T H E N E W T E S TA M E N T

GREEK ENGLISH INTERLINEAR BIBLE

Kami memberikan copy-teks Greek-English Interlinear Bible disini sebagai pelengkap Study-Alkitab pada
situs ini.
Situs ini adalah non-komersil, maka pemberian fasilitas copy-teks tersebut juga dengan maksud nonkomersil. Penggunaannya untuk kalangan sendiri untuk kepentingan study-Alkitab.

Demikian harap maklum.

Blessings,
SarapanPagi.org

http://www.sarapanpagi.org

A C T S

171

ACTS
CHAPTER 1
A Second Letter to Theophilus
3588-3303

4413

3056

Indeed the first

3956

756-3588-*

4160-5037

te

poiein
hrxato
o IhsouV

wn

891

kai didaskein

3739

2250

until which day

652

1223

4151

apostles

through

dia

353

giving charge

agiou

39

3739

[2spirit

1holy]

whom

to the

1586

exelexato

ouV

2532 3936

he chose,

1438

2198

zwnta

kai paresthsen
eauton

1:3 oiV

he was taken up;

3588

pneumatoV

3739

anelhfqh

to both do

1781

hmeraV
enteilamenoV
toiV

1:2 acri
hV

and to teach,

apostoloiV

concerning

Theophilus, which Jesus began

2532 1321

3326

3739

Qeofile

4012

epoihsamhn
peri

matter I made

5599 *

pantwn

all the things, O

4160

prwton
logon

1:1 ton men

to whom also he rendered himself living

3588 3958-1473

1722 4183

5039

to
meta

auton
en
paqein

after

his suffering, with many

1223

2250

tekmhrioiV

polloiV
di'

hmerwn

evidences, during [2days

5062

3700

1473

1forty]

being seen

by them, and speaking the things

2532 3004

tessarakonta
optanomenoV
autoiV
4012

3588 932

peri

3588

kai legwn

ta

3588 2316

tou qeou
thV basileiaV

concerning the kingdom

of God.

Promise of Holy Spirit

2532

4871

3853

sunalizomenoV

1:4 kai

1473

parhggeilen
autoiV

And being assembled together, he exhorted

575

apo

3361

5563

Ierosolumwn
mh

1to not 2separate],

3588

3588

epaggelian

thn

for the promise

1473

3962

patroV

tou

of the father,

of me.

4037

to remain about

3739

3303

For John

indeed immersed

907

1722 4151

191

hkousat
e

hn

which he says, you heard

3754 *

907

1:5 oti
IwannhV
men

mou

235

but

perimenein

cwrizesqai
alla

[3from 4Jerusalem
1860

them

5204

1473-1161

ebaptisen
udati

39

de
umeiV

in water, but you

3756 3326

4183-3778

baptisqhsesqe
en

pollaV
tautaV

pneumati
agiw
ou meta

shall be immersed in

[2spirit

2250

hmeraV
1473

3588

1:6 oi

days.

3303

men

3767

1holy] not after these many

4905

1905

oun
sunelqonteV

ephrwtwn

They indeed then having come together, asked

3004

2962

legonteV

auton
kurie

1487 1722 3588 5550-3778

O Lord, is it in

3588 932

3588 *

tw Israhl

thn basileian

the kingdom

to Israel?

21:25 Ald. omits amhn.

600

ei en tw cronw
toutw
apokaqistaneiV

him, saying,

this time
2036-1161

de
1:7 eipe

you restore
4314

1473

3756

them,

[2not

ouc
proV autouV

And he said to

P R A X E I S

172
1473

1510.2.3 1097

umwn

5550

2228 2540

gnwnai
cronouV
h

esti

3for you 1It is] to know times

eqeto
en

5087

1722 3588-2398 1849

exousia

th idia

put

in

his own authority.

39

3588

[4coming

1of the 2holy 3spirit]

1473

3144

2983

But

you shall receive power

1909

1473

1411

1722 5037 *

dunamin
2532 1510.8.5

kai esesq
e
umaV

pneumatoV

agiou
ef'

to me witnesses in

pathr

235

4151

martureV
en te

moi

3588 3962

seasons which the father

lhyesqe

1:8 alla

1904

epelqontoV
tou

3739

ouV
kairouV

or

2532 2193 2078

3588

and unto the end

of the earth.

3588 *

all

Judea

1093

991-1473

blepontwn
autwn

1869

2532

3507

5274

1473

575

he was lifted up,

and

a cloud

undertook

him

from

3788-1473

autwn

ofqalmwn

upelaben

auton

apo

816-1510.7.6

1519

And

as

they were gazing

into

atenizonteV
hsan

wV

4198-1473

2532 2400

the heaven

at his going,

and behold, [2men

3936

en
pareisthkeisan
autoiV

1473

1722 2066

leukh

esqhti

stood by

them

in

[2attire 1white],

5100 2476

ti

eipon
Galilaioi
andreV

said, Men,
3772

3022

435

3588 *

3588

outoV

ouranon
o

o
IhsouV

heaven? This

Jesus,

3588 3772

2064

3779

1519 3588

embleponteV
eiV ton

into the

575

1473

3739

1519 3588 3772

into the heaven.

575

1519

eiV
af' umwn

the one being taken up from you

going

ton ouranon

3735

5158

2300

into
1473

tropon
eqeasasqe
auton
5119

him

5290

1519

1:12 tote
upestreyan
eiV

Then they returned unto

3588

apo orouV
Ierousalhm

tou

2564

1638

kaloumenou
elaiwnoV

from the mount, of the one being called Olive Grove,

1510.2.3 1451

4521

2192

Ierousalhm
sabbatou

estin egguV

kai

shall come in which manner you saw

poreuomenon
eiV

3739

2532

ones who also

analhfqeiV

4198

Jerusalem

3739

353

outwV

ton ouranon
eleusetai
on

the heaven, so

1two]

1:11 oi

Galileans, why do you stand looking

3778

1417

1689

esthkate

eiV

andreV
duo

poreuomenou

ton ouranon
autou kai idou

435

twn

5613

3588 3772

2036

3588

2532

kai

1:10

their eyes.

which is

near Jerusalem,

3598

odon

econ

[2for a Sabbath 1sufficing] journey.

3753

1525

ote

1:13 kai

eishlqon

3739

uperwon

305

1519

anebhsan

ou

1510.7.6 2650

hsan

upper room, where were

3588

eiV

to

3739-5037 *

2532

both

and

katamenonteV
o te

PetroV
kai

staying

Peter,

2532 *

2532 *

James,

and John,

and Andrew, Philip,

2532 *

IakwboV
kai IwannhV
kai AndreaV
FilippoV
kai QwmaV
*

2532 *

and Thomas,

2532 *

kai MatqaioV
IakwboV

BarqolomaioV
Alfaiou

Bartholomew, and Matthew, James

3588 *

2532 *

kai IoudaV

ZhlwthV
Iakwbou

the Zealot,

and Jude

4342

proskarterounteV

omoqumadon

attending constantly with one accord

1162

dehsei

4862 1135

sun gunaixi

2532 *

kai Simwn

3778

3956

th

4277

1223

4750

proeipe

which [4foretold

4012

stomatoV
Dabid

peri

2holy] through the mouth of David concerning

3588

1096

3595

3588

4815

genomenou
odhgou toiV

3588

sullabousi
ton

a guide to the ones seizing

3754 2674-1510.7.3

4862 1473

2532 2975

Jesus.

For he was counted

with us,

and obtained

2819

3588 1248-3778

4335

2532

in prayer

and

3588

kai th
proseuch

3588 3384

3588 *

of Jesus,

2532 4862 3588 80-1473

autou
kai sun toiV adelfoiV

3778

a lot

of this service.

5564

1537

3588

cwrion
ek

450-*

And in

Peter having risen up in

1722

en

ekthsato

oun

2532 4248

tou misqou thV adikiaV

kai prhnhV

of iniquity; and [2fallen headlong

1096

2997

1being],

he split open in the middle, and [3poured out 1all

3319

genomenoV
elakhse
4698-1473

2532 1632

mesoV

3956

kai execuqh

2532 1110

splagcna
autou

3588

panta
ta

1096

3956

egeneto

1:19 kai gnwston

2his intestines].

3588

pasi
toiV

And [2known 1it became] to all the ones

2730

dwelling

in Jerusalem, so as to call

5620

2564

3588 5564-1565

3588

wste

ekeino
th

katoikousin
Ierousalhm
klhqhnai
to cwrion
2398

1258

idia

1473

that place,

5123

5564

in

129

Akeldama
tout' estin

aimatoV

dialektw
autwn
cwrion

[2own 3dialect

1their], Akeldama; that is,

1125-1063

1722 976

1:20 gegraptai
gar
3588

1886

1473

epauliV

2730

2048

and,

1510.5

2983

3767

3588

oun

1May 3receive

4905

sunelqontwn

twn

It is necessary then of the [2coming together

1722

3956

en
andrwn

3with us 1men]

5550

during all

1909

1473

en

the time in
3588 2962

o
hmaV

ef'

1722 3739

panti cronw

1525

which [4entered 5and

kurioV
IhsouV

575

2193

of John

until the day

353

575

anelhfqh

af'

1473

3144

1096

4862

1473

3to become 5with 6us

of which

thV anastasewV
autou

[4a witness

1520

7of his resurrection

3778

ena
sun hmin

genesqai

3739

thV hmeraV
hV
3588 386-1473

martura

hmwn

he was taken up from us,

beginning

3588 2250

ewV
tou baptismatoV
Iwannou

from the immersion

756

1:22 arxamenoV

1the 2Lord 3Jesus],

3588 908

2532

eishlqe
kai

6went forth 7among 8us

apo

3588

estw
o

[4his overseeing

1:21 dei
435

hmin

3361

kai mh

2532 3588 1984-1473

it!

2another].
1473

2532

1163

eteroV

genhqhtw

kai thn episkophn

autou laboi

auth

en

one dwelling in
2087

yalmwn

desolate, and let there not be

1722 1473

katoikwn

of Blood.

1096

the book of Psalms, Let [3become

autou erhmoV

2property 1his]

Place

5568

biblw

en

For it has been written in

toutwn

1for one 2of these].

Matthias Chosen by Lot

2532 2476

1417 *

1:23 kai esthsan

3588

2564

Iwshf
ton
duo

kaloumenon

And they established two, Joseph the one being called

*

3739

Barsabas,

who was called Justus,

1941

oV
Barsaban

2532 *

epeklhqh
IoustoV
kai Matqian

4336

2036

1473

proseuxamenoi
eipon

praying,

su

2532

1:24 kai

and Matthias.

2962

And

2589

kurie

kardiognwsta

they said, You, O Lord, are a knower of hearts

3956

322

of all,

make manifest! whom you chose of these [2of the 3two

ena

2532 1722 3588 2250-3778

PetroV

1:15 kai en taiV hmeraiV

tautaiV
anastaV

3588 93

a place from the wage

1520

Peter Addresses the Multitude

3767 2932

men

This one indeed then acquired

3588 3408

pantwn
anadeixon

his brothers.

3303

tauthV

klhron
thV diakoniaV
1:18 outoV

were

th mhtri tou Ihsou

kai Maria

those days,

brethren,

3739

this scripture,

agion
dia

1the 3spirit

1510.7.6

These all

supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother

and with

3588 1124-3778

3588 39

pneuma
to

to

of Alphaeus, and Simon

3588

80

Men,

tauthn

plhrwqhnai
thn grafhn
hn

hsan
1:14 outoi
panteV

of James.

3661

edei

exhlqen

And when they entered, they ascended unto the

5253

4137

1831

The Upper Room

2532

435

1:16 andreV
adelfoi

eikosin

kathriqmhmenoV

kai elacen
Ihsoun
1:17 oti
hn sun hmin
ton

eipwn

nefelh

1163

onomatwn

the multitude of names

1501

ekaton

3686

ocloV

about a hundred twenty,)

Judas, the one becoming

2036

kai

together

Iouda
tou

And [2these things 1having said], of their looking,

ephrqh

1510.7.3-5037 3793

1540

epi to auto wV

ghV

The Ascension of Jesus

tauta

1909-3588-1473 5613

3588 4151

and in

and Samaria,

3778

2036

eipen

maqhtwn
hn te

2532 1722 3956

kai ewV

kai Samareia
escatou
thV

2532

3101

twn

the midst of the disciples, said, (and was

it was necessary to fulfill

2532 *

1:9 kai

3588

mesw

upon you. And you will be

kai en pash

Ierousalhm
th Ioudaia

both Jerusalem,

3319

1:8

2983

1:25 labein

1the one],
651

3739

on

1586

1537 3778

3588 2819

3739

hV

1417

duo

3588 1248-3778

2532

tauthV

ton klhron
thV diakoniaV
kai

to receive the lot

1537

ex
apostolhV

3588

exelexw
ek toutwn
twn

3845-*

of this service

and

4198

1519 3588

to go

unto

parebh
IoudaV
poreuqhnai
eiV

commission, from of which Judas violated

ton

1:26

A C T S

5117

3588 2398

2532

topon
ton idion

[2place

1325

2819-1473

And they gave their lots,

4098

3588 2819

1909

[3fell

1the 2lot]

upon Matthias, and he was alloted

epesen
o

klhroV
epi

3588 1733

2532

*-5037

2532

and

both Jews

and converts,

kai
klhrouV
autwn

1:26 kai edwkan

1his own].

2532 4785

191

2980-1473

with

we hear

them speaking

1722

And
3588

3588

en

in

the

hsan

of Pentecost,

they were

1909-3588-1473

3772

2279

5618

ouranou hcoV

heaven

a sound as if

3588 3624

3708

1473

And appeared
4442

puroV

1909

of fire, and it sat

1538

4151

669

2730

1Jews],

3588

5259

4151

the

thV

5456

fwnhV

3778

3956

1484

nation
1161

de

[5having taken place 1And

3588

4128

2532

plhqoV

to
1520

oti
hkouon

sunecuqh

1538

kai

3588 2398

ekastoV
th

eiV

2980-1473

5dialect

3004

3778

And they were amazed and

240

to

one another, [4not 1Behold 5all

1510.2.6 3588

i
outo

eisin

3these 2are],

2980

3756

1538

1258

idia

hear we

[2own 3dialect

each

egennhqhmen

3588

which

2532 *

2532

kai Mhdoi
kai Elamitai
kai
*

*-5037

Mesopotamia,

2532

Cappadocia,

Pontus,

and

Kappadokian

Ponton

2532

and

Pamphylia,

thV

1our], in

2532

te kai
katoikounteV
thn Mesopotamian
Ioudaian

the ones inhabiting

3588

1722 3739

Parthians, and Medes, and Elamites, and

2730

oi

kai

pwV

And how

en
dialektw
hmwn

2532 *

2:9 Parqoi

we were born
3588

in

4459

2:8 kai
1473

akouomen

ekastoV
hmeiV
th

panteV
2532

Galileans?

3588 2398

3956

idou

the ones speaking,

1080

2400

ouk

lalounteV
Galilaioi

oi

1473-191

kai

4314

eqaumazon
legonteV
proV allhlouV

marvelled, saying

2532

2:7 existanto
de

3of them speaking].

2296

4in his own

1839-1161

dialektw
lalountwn
autwn

Pamfulian
2596

kata

kai

Aigupton

Egypt,
*

3588

Asian

and Judea,
2:10

Asia,
2532

3588

3313

and

the

parts

kai

Kurhnhn
kai

of the one about Cyrene,

thn

2532

1161

4862

3588

ta

3588

oi

and the

1733

1869

1And 2Peter] with the

2532

669

435

his voice,

2532

3588

andreV
Ioudaioi
kai oi

kai apefqegxato
autoiV
2730

autou
thn fwnhn

eleven, lifted up

1473

and declared

[3standing

3588 5456-1473

PetroV
sun toiV endeka
ephre

de

to them, Men,
*

Jews,

537

and [2the ones

3778

1473-1110

gnwston

apanteV
katoikounteV
Ierousalhm
touto
umin

3dwelling
1510.5

4in Jerusalem 1all];

2532 1801

estw

[2this 4made known to you

3588 4487-1473

kai enwtisasqe
ta

5613 1473

5154

3778

3588

3756

mou
rhmat
a

1063

2:15 ou

my words!

5274

gar

[3are not 1For

3184

1510.2.3-1063 5610

esti
gar

wra

2these 4intoxicated], for it is

[2hour

2250

hmeraV

thV

1the third] of the day.

merh

Spirit Poured Out

235

3778

1510.2.3 3588

But

this

is

tout
o esti
2:16 alla
4396

prophet
3004

and

*-5037

1632

God, I will pour out from

upon

pasan
sarka
kai profhteusousin
oi

uioi umwn
kai

all

flesh;

and [4shall prophesy

1your sons 2and

3588 5207-1473

2532 3588 3495-1473

3706

2532

3588

ai

3708

2532

kai oi neaniskoi

oraseiV

oyontai
qugatereV
umwn
umwn

3your daughters]; and

oi

1798

your old men

1065

ge

1909

1797

2532 1909

touV doulouV
mou

indeed upon

taV doulaV
mou

my manservants and upon

my maidservants

1632

575

in

I will pour out from

en taiV hmeraiV
ekeinaiV
ekcew

those days

2532 4395

kai profhteusousin
507

1909

2586

fire, and vapor

of smoke.

3588 2246

estai

paV oV

it shall be all

3344

1519 129

shall be converted
4250

selhnh
eiV aima
prin

2228 2064

2532 2016

thn megalhn
kai epifanh
an

elqein

into blood, before the coming

3588 3173

3956 3739 302

the
2532

hlioV
metastrafhsetai

The sun

into darkness, and the moon

1510.8.3

129

katw
aima
kai

thV ghV

2:20 o

2532 3588 4582

thn hmeran
kuriou

2736

tw

upon the earth below; blood, and

pur kai atmida

kapnou
kai h

1722 3588

terata
en

3588 1093

epi
kai shmeia

4442 2532 822

eiV skotoV

my spirit;
5059

And I will execute miracles in

heaven upward, and signs

1519 4655

mou
apo tou pneumat
oV

2:19 kai dwsw

2532 4592

anw
ouran
w

3588 4151-1473

2532 1325

and they shall prophesy.

And

3588 1399-1473

kai epi

1722 3588 2250-1565

3772

2532

2:18 kai

[2dreams 1shall dream].

3588 1401-1473

epi

kai

your young men [2visions 1shall see], and

enupnia

presbuteroi
umwn
enupniasqhsontai

5of the Lord

of Libya

1909

my spirit

2532 4395

2962

1927-*

days,

4561

the [4day

LibuhV

the last

mou epi
apo tou pneumat
oV

3956

2364-1473

the

2250

3588 4151-1473

says

3588 2250

575

ekcew

qeoV

both Phrygia
thV

tou
dia

taiV escataiV
hmeraiV

en

And it will be in

3588 2316

1223 3588

1722 3588 2078

legei
o

te
Frugian
3588

eirhmenon

the thing being spoken by

2532 1510.8.3

Joel,

2046

to

2:17 kai estai

profhtou
Iwhl

3588 4245-1473

idia

were confounded, for they heard [2one 1each

1258

said
2476

2:14 staqeiV

that, [2sweet new wine 1They are stuffed with].

trith

Ierousalhm

en

1096

3754 191

3004

elegon
cleuazonteV

memestwmenoi
eisi

And

2the 3report 4of this], [3came together 1the 2multitude] and

4797

5512

3325-1510.2.6

2532

1722 *

2:6 genomenhV

sunhlqe

2087-1161

5100

legonteV
ti

But others taunting

gleukouV

gave

1reverent] from every

4905

tauthV

4another 1saying], What

de
2:13 eteroi

be?

1098

edidou

spirit

575

of the ones under the heaven.

3588

3754

1325

pneuma

to

as

ton ouranon

3004

kai hrxanto

3588

kaqwV

3588 3772

upo

twn

1510.1

1of holy], and they began

2531

2126

[2men

3778

qeloi
touto
einai

5as 6you 7undertake

andreV
apo pantoV
eqnouV
katoikounteV
Ioudaioi
eulabeiV

2dwelling

3to

upolambanete

wV umeiV
outoi
mequousin

And there were [3in 4Jerusalem

435

243

as

2532 756

1510.7.6-1161

to them to be declared.

2309

1And

4314

tongues
of them.

de
2:5 hsan

apofqeggesqai

autoiV

and perplexed, [2one

de

[3were amazed

5616

39

glwssaiV

2all]

the
1161

existanto

1100

2:4 kai

3588

1839

1let 3be], and give ear to

pneumatoV
agiou

to speak with other languages,

1473

kaqhmenoi

ekaston
autwn

1100

eteraiV

2521

1473

upon [2one 1each]

apanteV

2087

lalein

1510.7.6

hsan

diamerizomenai
glwssai
wsei

they were filled all together [2spirit

2980

biaiaV

1266

ena

537

eplhsqhsan

3739

1520

ekaqis
e te ef'

4130

972

pnohV

to them divided

2523-5037

tou

house of which they were settled.

wfqhsan
autoiV

2:3 kai

ek

4157

ton oikon
ou

the whole

2532

3588

[4being brought 1of a 3breath 2violent],

3650

and filled

1537

suddenly from out of the

5342

olon
kai eplhrwsen

243

days

with one accord

869

wsper
feromenhV

2532 4137

2532 1280

oti

omoqumadon

all together

And came

1100

2:12

3956

2250

3661

egeneto
afnw

2:2 kai

in the same place.

the

537

apanteV
1096

qeou

tou

ever would this

hmeran

thn

filling up

1510.7.6

2532

epi to auto

3588

sumplhrousqai

penthkosthV

4005

thV

2316

of God.

an

4845

tw

2251

in our own languages

magnificent things

302

Pentecost

kai ArabeV

alloV
panteV
kai dihporoun
proV allon

CHAPTER 2

kai

2532

Cretans and Arabians

3588

3588

megaleia

the eleven apostles.

2:11 KrhteV

akouomen
lalountwn
autwn
taiV hmeteraiV
glwssaiV
ta
3167

twn endeka
apostolwn

2532

4339

i te kai proshlutoi

Ioudaio

3326

Matqian
kai sugkateyhfisqh
meta

652

2:1

173

1great

2532

2:21 kai

2and 3apparent].

1941

epikaleshtai

3588 3686

to

And
2962

onoma
kuriou

who ever should call upon the name of the Lord

epidhmounteV
Rwmaioi

4982

Romans emigrating here,

shall be delivered.

swqhsetai

435

191

Men,

Israelites,

hear

3588

2:22 andreV
Israhlitai
akousate
touV

P R A X E I S

174
3056-3778

3588

Nazwraion

andra

435

575

these words!

Jesus

the

Nazarene,

a man

from

logouV
toutouV
2316

Ihsoun

584

ton

1519

1473

4592

3739

signs,

which [2did

3319-1473

powers

and miracles and

1223

1473

3588

2532

as

autou o

qeoV

1473

1492

autoi

1012

oidate

2532

wrismenh
boulh

1560

2983

1223 5495

labonteV

1722

en

3588

5604

3588

wdinaV

taV

the

2288

pangs

of death;

2902-1473

in so far as

5259 1473

*-1063

up' autou
krateisqai
auton

for him to be held by

3004

continually; for [2at

[2was made merry

1100-1473

3754 1537

1223

de

mou eti
glwss
a
1680

2:27 oti

hope.
86

3761

ouk egkataleiyeiV

1325

Adou oude dwseiV

1519

my soul

into

mou eiV
thn yuchn
1492

on
sou
ton osi

Hades, nor shall you give

1312

diafqoran

idein

your sacred one to see corruption.

1473

2:28 egnwris
aV

in

3588 5590-1473

3588 3741-1473

1107

3598

2222

odouV

moi

4137

zwhV

1473

plhrwseiV
me

You made known to me the ways of life; you shall fill me

2167

3326

3588 4383-1473

tou proswpou

eufrosunhV
meta
sou

with gladness with

1832

3326

eipein

3954

4314

parrhsiaV

meta

3966

the

patriarch

tou

patriarcou

2290

brethren,

1473

you

2532

5053

David,

that

both

he came to an end

eteleuthse

1510.2.3 1722

his tomb

3588 2250-3778

thV hmeraV
tauthV

3588 2316

wmosen
autw

3751-1473

2596

as far as

and knowing

1God], (of the fruit

sarka

450

2523

1909 3588 2362-1473

Christ,

to sit

upon

2980

4012

the

3588

he spoke

386

looking out ahead

3588

thV anastasewV
tou

concerning the

3756-2641

his throne,
resurrection

3588 5590-1473

1519 86

5547

3754

cristou oti

of the Christ,

that

autou eiV Adou oude h

yuch

autou
sarx

[2was not left

1his soul]

his flesh

Hades, nor

2532

3588

twn

3956 3624

5547

kurion
kai

3588 *

2made] this

3739

Jesus

1473

3588 2316

auton
o
criston

6and 7Christ
1473

on
epoihse
touton
ton Ihsoun

qeoV

3him

1God

4717

estaurwsate

umeiV

whom you

crucified.

Three Thousand Added to the Assembly

191-1161

2660

3588

2588

And having heard,

they were vexed

in the

heart,

akousanteV
de

2:37
2036-5037

4314

on
te
eip
5100

3588 *

Peter

4160

2532 3588

3062

and the

rest

kardia

th

652

What shall we do

of the apostles,

435

80

men,

brethren?

And Peter said

1538

andreV

poihsomen

ti

katenughsan

apostolouV

proV ton Petron

kai touV loipouV

and they said to

adelfoi

*-1161

5346

efh

PetroV
de

2:38

4314

1473

3340

2532 907

to

them,

Repent,

and be immersed each

1473

metanohsate

ekastoV
proV autouV
kai baptisqhtw
umwn
1909 3588 3686

epi tw

onomati
Ihsou

in

the

name

of Jesus Christ

2532

2983

3588

lhyesqe
1473-1063

For to you is
3588

cristou eiV

266

amartiwn

afesin

for

a release of sins!

1431

3588

39

4151

present

of the holy

agiou
pneumatoV

spirit.

2532 3588 5043-1473

2532

kai toiV teknoiV

kai
epaggelia
umwn

the promise,

and to

3745

302-4341

1519 3112

osouV
eiV makran

to all the ones

of you

1519 859

1510.2.3 3588 1860

toiV
pasi

your children, and

2962

an proskaleshtai
kurioV

far away, as many as should call on

3588 2316-1473

5547

thn dwrean
tou

and you shall receive the

2087

hmwn

qeoV

5037

our God.

the Lord

3056

2:40 eteroiV
te

4183

logoiV
pleiosin

[3other 1And with 4words 2many more]

1263

2532 3870

3004

he testified

and appealed,

saying, Be delivered from

4982

575

diemartureto
kai parekalei
legwn
swqhte
3588 4646-3778

geneaV

tauthV

thV skoliaV

[2generation
588

gladly

receiving

3588

apo

3588

thV

3303

2:41 oi

1this crooked].

780

4369

3767

oun

men

The ones indeed then

3588 3056-1473

907

2532

his word

3588 2250

1565

5590

were immersed; and

5616

5153

ekeinh

proseteqhsan
th hmera
yucai wsei trisciliai

were added

3761 3588 4561-1473

ou kateleifqh
h

in

until

5286

asmenwV
apodexamenoi
ton logon
autou ebaptisqhsan
kai

4275

criston
kaqisai
epi tou qronou
autou 2:31 pro+dwn

elalhse
peri

3778

1074
3588

anasthsein
ton

the one according to the flesh,) to raise up

5547

3588

karpou thV

ek

4561

kata

2962

kai

3956

2532 1492

1537 2590

qeoV

3to him

3588

autou to
osfuoV

of his loin,

among us

3767 5224

1473

that [4an oath 2swore

3754 2532

and

891

acri
hmin

A prophet then being,

3660

my right,

ginwsketw

oun
paV oikoV

3of Israel]! that [4both 5Lord

gar estin h
2:39 umin

uparcwn

2:30 profhthV
oun
kai eidwV

this day.

orkw

is

4396

2193

mou 2:35 ewV

ek dexiwn

With certainty then let [4know 1all 2the house

2532

kai

1473

kai to mnhma
autou estin en

3754 3727

concerning

3754

kai

1537 1188-1473

2190-1473

2:36 asfalwV

oti

Israhl

kai

4012

oti

was entombed, and

oti

Men,

Dabid

2532 3588 3418-1473

etafh

80

peri
proV umaV

it is allowed to speak with an open manner to

3588

435

2:29 andreV
adelfoi

your countenance.

2036

exon

1909

shall encamp

For you shall not abandon

autoV

3588

2681

3754 3756-1459

elpidi

On account of

2532 21

my flesh

1473

sou upopodion

touV ecqrouV
806

sou
podwn

sarx mou kataskhnwsei

ep'

1my tongue]; but still also

For he says himself,

Sit down at
3588

qw

1my heart], and [2exulted

kai h

heavens.

2521

my Lord,

5087

an

[3did not
3004-1161

legei

touV ouranouV
de

3588 2962-1473

The Lord said to

302

3756

2:34 ou

3772

mou kaqou

eipen
o kurioV
tw kuriw

mou kai hgalliasato

kardia
h

1519 3588

anebh
eiV

1For 2David] ascend into the

4160

2:26 dia

2089-1161 2532 3588 4561-1473

305

Dabid

gar

the father, he poured out

blepete

nun umeiV
kai akouete

of the

1632

3767 1097

1275

this

having received by

touto
o
1063

3588 3962

tou patroV
execee

para

of your feet.

before me

touto
eufranqh

3844

4228-1473

1799-1473

3588 2588-1473

2983

pneumatoV

agiou
labwn

concerning

the Lord

2165

tou
epaggelian

thn te

1519

3588 2962

3778

uywqeiV

your enemies as a footstool

I foresaw

3my right hand 1he is] that I shall not be shaken.

oun
3588

whenever I should establish

4308

ina

estin
mh saleuqw

3767

dexia

of God having been raised up high, and the promise

2036-3588-2962

him,

1510.2.3 2443 3361-4531

tou qeou

and hear.

dunaton

1188

3588-5037 1860

see

prowrwmhn

on
mou dia
pantoV
oti
auton
ton kurion
enwpi
ek
mou
dexiwn

5312

which you now

1473

1188-1473

3588 2316

this

possible

For David says

By the right hand then

witnesses.

2532 191

gar legei

2:25 Dabid
eiV

it.

are

991

1415

it was not

of which all

3568-1473

3089

ouk hn

we

esmen martureV

panteV
hmeiV
2:33 th

ou

3739

7of God

3756-1510.7.3

kaqoti

3588

spirit

God raised up, having loosed

2530

qanatou

tou

1510.2.4 3144

3778

anesthse

qeoV
lusaV

Whom

God raised up,

1473

holy

4362

3588 2316 450

2:24 on

1you did away with].

3956

450-3588-2316

Jesus

This one

ceirwn
anomwn

dia
prosphxanteV
3739

aneilete

3739

3588 *

This

4151

1delivered up]; having taken, [2by 4hands 3lawless 5staking him up

337

3778

anesthsen

2:32 touton
ton Ihsoun
o qeoV

39

tou qeou

459

1312

eide
diafqoran

3778

3588 2316

prognwsei

[2by the 3confirmed 4counsel 5and 6foreknowledge

ekdoton

kai

2:23 touton

4268

kai

2532

1God] in

even you yourselves know.

3724

th

2316

3through 4him

kai
mesw
umwn
kaqwV

your midst,

3588

1492

saw corruption.

unto you

epoihse
di'

2531

tou

2532 5059

dunamesi

umaV
kai terasi

4160

shmeioiV
oiV

3588

1411

qeou apodedeigmenon
eiV

God exhibited

apo

2:23

[2day 1in that 5souls 3about 4three thousand].

Possessions Held in Common

1510.7.6-1161

2:42 hsan
de

4342

3588

proskarterounteV
th

1322

3588

twn
didach

And they were attending constantly in the teaching of the

2:30 Ald. omits.

652

2532

3588

apostles,

and in the fellowship, and in the breaking

apostolwn
kai th

2842

koinwnia

2532

3588

kai th

2800

klasei

3588

tou

2:43

A C T S

740

2532 3588

artou

4335

1096

proseucaiV

kai taiV

5590

5401

4183-5037

1161

2532 4592

foboV

te terata

yuch
polla

1223

4apostles

1took place].

apostolwn
egineto

3588

4100

But all

the ones believing

1510.7.6 1909-3588-1473 2532 2192

apanta
epi to auto kai eicon
koina

537

2839

were

together,

all

in common.

2532 3588

kthmata

ta

5223

1473

3956

2530

2192

4342

2596-3624

740

2532 858

2588

with exultation

and simplicity

of heart,

2316

5484

2532 2192

God, and having

4314

3650

3588

4982

[2by

this one was

added

the ones being delivered daily

prosetiqei
touV

at

swzomenouV

kurioV

1577

ekklhsia

to the assembly.

4439

wraia

[2together
3588 2413

to

1909 3588 5610

1473

autw

3588 4335

the temple at

the hour

5100

5560

435

a certain man

unto
2532

5087

whom they put daily

5224

4his mothers

2596-2250

3588 3004

5611

3588

1being]

1531

1161

[5holding

1And 2of the 4who was healed 3lame man]

2532

Peter

and John,

2992

1909

laoV

3588 4745

epi

1654

3739

ieron

816

1161

[3gazing

1And 2Peter] at

1519 1473

him

hrwta

2983

expecting

[2something 3from 4them 1to receive].

2192

3778

ecw

and gold
1473-1325

o soi didwmi

tout

I have, this
3588 *

1722 3588 3686

I give to you. In
1453

tw

of Nazareth arise
1473

3588

him

by the right

auton

thV

1188

dexiaV

1473

and walk!
1453

3739-1161

o de

to me; but what

5547

cristou

of Jesus Christ
2532

1565-630

of our fathers

1473

Jesus;

whom you

3860

2532

paredwkate

umeiV
kai

1473-1161 3588

ekeinou
apoluein

4084

3:7 kai piasaV

And laying hold of

3916-1161

ceiroV

hgeire

hand,

he raised him. And immediately

paracrhma
de

delivered up, and

2919

39

2532 1342

agion
kai dikaion

de ton
3:14 umeiV

to release that one.

But you [2the 3holy 4and 5righteous one

154

435

5406

5483

andra
hrnhsasqe
kai hthsasqe
fonea
1473

3588 2222

1537

3739

1473

nekrwn
ou
3588

are witnesses.

3686-1473

3:16 kai epi th pistei

tou

3778

2532 1492

4732

esterewse

3588

1223 1473

belief which is by him

561

3956

1473

before

all

of you.

apenanti
pantwn
umwn

kata

2532 3588

autou kai h
to onoma

1473

1his name];

and the

3588 3647-3778

thn oloklhrian
tauthn

di' autou edwken

autw

pistiV
h

2596

1325

this one whom

3588 3686-1473

you view, and you know, [2he made solid

4102

3739

onomatoV
autou touton
on

And by the belief, of the one of his name,

kai oidate

qewreite

whom

3144-1510.2.4

martur

esmen
hmeiV
eV

from the dead, of which we

2532 1909 3588 4102

2334

3739

of life you killed,

3498

hgeiren
qeoV
ek

God raised

615

thV zwhV

archgon
apekteinate
on

and the chief

3588 2316 1453

carisqhnai

a man, a murderer, to be granted

3588-1161 747

3:15 ton de

to you;

1161

[3said 1But

the name

2532 4043

5495

autoiV

onomati
Ihsou

egeirai
tou Nazwraiou
kai peripatei

twn paterwn

qeoV
hmwn

3739

umin

1473

uparcei
moi

does not exist

en

The God

with

3:6 eipen
de

5224

qeoV

3588 2316 3588 3962-1473

kai Iakwb
o
kai Isaak
3588 3816-1473

4862 3588

2036

labein

par' autwn

1392

and asked for

And he waited for them,

5100

2Peter], Silver

Abraam

2532 *

or

3588 2316

3:13 o

him to walk?

2532 *

2532

said, Look

4328

3756

making

1denied],

John,

2532 5553

piety

720

de

694

3588 4043-1473

pepoihkosi

auton

eusebeia
tou peripatein

of Pilate, having adjudged

2036

ouc
PetroV
argurion
kai crusion

[3us 1why 2gaze upon] as if it was by our own power

4160

dunamei
h

in front

2065

epeicen

2228

or
2150

idia

wV

him

idwn

3588 1161 1907

this?

1411

ti
hmin

denied

Iwannh
eipen
bleyon
eiV hmaV
3:5 o

2398

sun tw
PetroV
eiV auton

1473

why do you marvel at

5613

atenizete

epi toutw

2596-4383

3844

Israelites,

816

to

1909 3778

qaumazete

his servant

Who seeing

1519 3588 2413

at us!

responded

5100 2296

1473

1492

3:3 oV

4314

kata
proswpon

hrnhsasqe
auton
Pilatou
krinantoV

being about to enter into the temple, asked

ti
prosdokwn

And seeing, Peter

*

andreV
Israhlitai
ti
5100

611

PetroV
apekrinato
proV

720

3195

1519 1473

de
3:12 idwn

glorified

and John

991

kaloumenh
SolomwntoV

from

2532 *

3:4 atenisaV
de

2228 1473

1all

being called Solomons,

1492-1161

the people, Men,

3956

6them

3844

Peter
charity.

th
stoa

th

1473

paV
proV autouV

autou Ihsoun
on
edoxase
ton paida

Petron
kai Iwannhn
mellontaV
eisienai
eiV to ieron

elehmosunhn

4314

3588 2564

2the 3people] unto the stoa

435

cwlou

[4ran together 5to

of the

1654

4936

ton Petron
kai Iwannhn
sunedrame
3588

5560

iaqentoV

the door

into the temple.

1524

2390

tou

at

to ask charity
to

3588

sumbebhkoti

of Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, the God

3588 2413

eisporeuomenwn
eiV

the ones entering

4819

epi tw

3588

elehmosunhn

tou aitein
para

1519

1909 3588

3588 2374

3588 154

being called Beautiful,

eplhsqhsan

kai

4314

etiqoun
kaq' hmeran
proV thn quran
tou

ierou thn legomenhn

wraian

temple

And

3384-1473

[2lame 3from 5belly

was borne,

twn

ascended

autou uparcwn

koiliaV
mhtroV

3739

ebastazeto
on

3588

1519

3588 1766

2836

941

2413

305

of prayer the ninth.

1537

cwloV
ek
anhr

tiV

ierou

4130

2902

3:11 kratountoV
de

ton laon

thn ennathn

epi thn wran

thV proseuchV
3:2 kai

ieron

1sitting down]
2532

of the temple. And they were filled

kai ekstasewV

3588 2992

and John

2413

2532 1611

qambouV

utterly astonished.

PetroV
kai IwannhV
anebainon
eiV

1And] Peter

that

2521

3charity

3588

pulh
tou

ekqamboi

2532 *

3588 1654

the one [2for

the Beautiful Gate

to him.

The Lame Man Healed

*

3754

oti
auton

with stupefaction and astonishment over the thing having happened

CHAPTER 3
1909-3588-1473 1161

1473

And they recognized him,

proV thn elehmosunhn

kaqhmenoV

1569

3:1 epi to auto de

1921-5037

2285

o de

kaq' hmeran
th

peripatounta

provision
3588

3588

hn

4043

laoV

te
3:10 epeginwsk
on
4314

1909 3588 5611

epi th

2992

ton

1all 2the 3people] walking

God.

1510.7.3 3588

outoV

3588

5160

3588-1161 2962

2596-2250

3588 2316

kai ainounta
ton qeon

the people. And the Lord

4369

1473

paV o
eiden
auton

And [4saw 5him

3778

praising

3588 2992

favor with all

1492

3:9 kai

and praising

2:47 ainounteV
ton

kai econteV

qeon
carin
proV olon
ton laon

and entered with them

kai allomenoV

peripatwn
kai ainwn

2532

qeon

2596

134

agalliasei
kai afelothti
kardiaV

en

And

4862 1473

kai periepatei
kai eishlqe
sun autoiV

4043

ieron

to

2532 134

metelambanon
trofhV

1722 20

eiV

and

en tw ierw

3335

arton

kat' oikon

he stood and walked,

1519 3588 2413

2532

1722 3588 2413

and breaking [2in their houses 1bread], they shared

leaping up,

esth
exallomenoV

2532 1525

3956 3588

1And] attending constantly with one accord in the temple,

eV
te
klwnt

2532 4043

God.

3day
2806-5037

2476

2316

5037

proskarterounteV
omoqumadon

1814

And

2250

hmeran
te

3661

2532

3:8 kai

4ankles].

2532

2:46 kaq'

they divided them to all in so far as anyone [2need 1had].

3588 4974

3and

and praising

epipraskon
kai

eice

an tiV creian

2532

2bases

and leaping

2:45 kai

302-5100 5532

pasi
kaqoti

diemerizon
auta

3588 939

[5were solidified 1his

into the temple, walking

the possessions and the things of substance they sold,

1266

1473

esterewqhsan
autou ai baseiV
kai ta sfura

2532 134

4097

uparxeiV

kai taV

4732

2532 242

pisteuonteV

hsan

3588 2933

twn

[2through 3the

3956-1161

2:44 panteV
de oi

and had

3588

dia

kai shmeia

5soul 2fear]; and many miracles and signs

1096

pash

[3came 1And 4to every

5059

652

3956

2:43 egeneto
de

of bread, and in the prayers.

175

52

4238

he gave to him

this wholeness

2532 3568

80

3754

oti

And now, brethren, I know that

5618

2532 3588 758-1473

agnoian
wsper
epraxate
kai oi

according to ignorance you acted, as

3:7 i.e. feet.

1492

3:17 kai nun adelfoi oida

also

arconteV
umwn

your rulers.

P R A X E I S

176
3588 1161 2316-3739

4293

a
de qeoV

3:18 o

1223

3588 4396-1473

3958

his prophets,

outwV

3767

Repent

then, and turn,

1473

wiping away

of your

exaleifqhnai

4137

eplhrwsen

criston

ton

3340

1813

2540

5547

[3to suffer 1for the 2Christ], he fulfilled

2532 1994

3:19 metanohsate
oun

thus.

3956

stomatoV
pantwn

through the mouth of all

3588

autou paqein

twn profhtwn
3779

4750

prokathggeile
dia

But what God preannounced

3588

umwn

403

575

3704

the

3588

aposteilh

4296

prokekhrugmenon

ton

he should send

the one

Christ,

which [2must 1heaven] indeed receive

605

1209

3956

3739

cronwn
apokatastasewV
pantwn

of restoration

of all things, of which God spoke

4750

39-1473

575

3:22 MwshV

3303

his holy
1063

men

prophets

4314

3588

4396

1473

profhthn

umin

2962

anasthsei

kurioV

from

5613 1473 1473

2your God]

191

your brethren, as me; him

3956

3745

302-2980

all

as much as he should speak to

osa
panta
3956

3748

302

1473

1510.8.3-1161

you.

And it shall be

191

3588 4396-1565

every soul which ever should not hearken

1842

1537

exoloqreuqhsetai

to that prophet,

3588 2992

2532

tou laou

ek

3588 4396

575

And indeed all

2532 3588

2517

2980

2532 2605

spoke,

also announced

5207 3588

4396

3745

and of the ones in order, as many as

3588 2250-3778

1473-1510.2.5

este
elalhsan
kai kathggeilan
taV hmeraV
tautaV
3:25 umeiV
uioi twn

these days.

2532 3588

1242

kai thV
profhtwn

You are

3739

1303-3588-2316

diaqhkhV
hV

dieqeto
o qeoV

sons of the prophets, and of the covenant of which God ordained

4314

3588

3962-1473

3004

4314

2532

legwn

proV touV pateraV

hmwn
proV Abraam

to

our fathers,

4690-1473

saying to

1757

1722 3588

kai en

3588 3965

3588

1093

spermat
i sou eneuloghqhsontai
pasai
ai patriai thV

your seed

shall be blessed

1473

4412

3:26 umin

3588 2316

prwton
o

649

all

ghV

the families of the earth.

450

3588 3816-1473

anasthsaV

qeoV

To you first
*

tw

Abraham, And in

3956

autou
ton paida

God, having raised up

his servant

1473

2127

1473

1722 3588 654

him

blessing

you, in the turning

apesteilen

eulogounta

en tw apostrefein

Ihsoun
auton
umaV

Jesus, sent
1538

575

3588 4189-1473

from

your wickednesses.

3588

1their

1473

autwn

4314

[3speaking 1And 2of their] to

1473

3588

oi
autoiV

4them
2532

and the

iereiV

2532

3588

kai o

1the 2priests], and the

3588

kai oi

2409

Saddoukaioi

Sadducees,

1278

3588 2992

2186

epesthsan

the people, [3stood by

4755

strathgoV

3588

tou

2413

ierou

commandant of the temple,

4:2 diaponoumenoi

and scribes

2532 *

1223

dia

being worked up because of

3588 749

1519

2532

kai Ka+afan
kai

and Annas the chief priest, and Caiaphas, and

2532 *

2532 3745

John,

and Alexander,

and as many as were

1510.7.6 1537 1085

Iwannhn
kai Alexandron
kai osoi
748

2532

4441

2476

they inquired, By what power,

umeiV

touto

5119

the family

1722 3588 3319

en
autouV

2228 1722 4169

tw mesw

in

the midst,

3686

4160

onomati

en poiw
epoihsate

or in whose name

do

4130

4151

39

filled

[2spirit

1of holy],

pneumatoV

4:8 tote
PetroV
plhsqeiV
agiou

you this?

Then Peter,

2036 4314

1473

758

3588

2992

said to

them,

Rulers

of the people, and elders

arconteV
eipe
proV autouV
tou

2532 4245

laou

3588

kai presbuteroi
tou

1487 1473

4594

350

If

today

are questioned about a good work

1909

2108

shmeron

4:9 ei hmeiV
anakrinomeqa
epi

of Israel.

genouV

of

1473

And having stood them

1722 4169 1411

3778-1473

hsan
ek

4:7 kai sthsanteV

of the chief priest.

in

2532 *

4:6 kai Annan ton arcierea

we

euergesia

444

772

1722

5100

3778

4982

[2man

1of the infirm],

by

how

this one

was delivered;

anqrwpou

asqenouV

tini

en

1110-1510.5

3956-1473

estw

4:10 gnwston
*

3754 1722 3588 3686

Israhl
en
oti

tw onomati
Ihsou

of Israel, that in

the name

3739

1473

whom you

4717

3739

crucified,

whom

1722

3778

by

this one this man stands

en

toutw
3778

oV

4:11 out

3778

2532 3956

3588 2992

and to all

the people

5547

law

3588 *

cristou tou Nazwraiou

the Nazarene,

3588 2316 1453

1537 3498

hgeiren
qeoV
ek

God raised

3936

outoV

nekrwn

from the dead,

1799

1473

5199

before

you

in health.

paresthken
enwpion
umwn
ugihV

1510.2.3 3588 3037

3588 1848

liqoV
o

estin o

This one is

seswstai

of Jesus Christ

estaurwsate

umeiV
on

on

outoV

kai panti tw
pasin
umin

let it be made known to you all,

the stone

5259

1473

3588

by

you

the ones building,

umwn
twn

head

proV ton laon

2532 1122

and elders,

Jerusalem,

kefalhn

Five Thousand Believe

1161

2532 4245

2rulers],

Ierousalhm

exouqenhqeiV

being treated with contempt

3618

3588

1096

oikodomountwn
o

1137

gwniaV

4:12

of the corner.

3762
2980

4863

epi thn aurion

sunacqhnai

758

2776

CHAPTER 4

4:1 lalountwn
de

1909 3588 839

touV arcontaV

eiV
autwn
kai presbuterouV
kai grammateiV

uf

umwn

ekaston
apo twn ponhriwn

each

about

And it came to pass on the morrow, [3gathered together

Israhl

osoi
kaqexhV

kai twn
profhtai
apo Samouhl

the prophets from Samuel

3956-1161

3:24 kai panteV

de

shall be utterly destroyed from the people.

5616

wsei
andrwn

Peter and John before the Sanhedrin

1096-1161

4:5 egeneto
de

dunamei

epunqanonto
en poia
h

akoush
tou profhtou
ekeinou

mh

435

pente

arcieratikou

kata

de
proV umaV
3:23 estai

3361

htiV
pasa
yuch
an

oi

2596

you shall hear according to

4314

an lalhsh

5590

3754

umwn

qeoV

3588

twn
ariqmoV

4002

ciliadeV

1473

4said] that,

umwn
wV eme autou akousesqe

twn adelfwn

ek

1the 2number 3of the 4men]

3588 2316-1473

[4a prophet 5unto you 3shall raise up 1the Lord

1537 3588 80-1473

and [5was

aiwnoV

2036

6the 7fathers

450

706

the word

believed;

oti
proV touV pateraV
eipen

gar

[2Moses 3indeed 1For 5to

3588 3056

akousantwn
ton logon

and

from the eon.

3962

191

3588

165

autou profhtwn
ap'
stomatoV
pantwn
agiwn

through the mouth of all

3588

2532 1096

elalhsen
o qeoV

4396

hn gar

But many of the ones hearing

episteusan
kai egenhqh
o

till

1223

3956

thn aurion

until the morrow; for it was

891

times

dia

4183-1161

the

1510.7.3-1063

4100

2980-3588-2316

wn

3588

taV
autoiV

2532

acri
dexasqai

men
ouranon

keep

4:4 polloi de twn

[2thousand 1five].

Jesus

dei

2235

to you

3739

5550

3303

1473

3588 839

eiV thrhsin
eiV

evening already.

5505

5547

1519 5084

ceiraV
kai eqento

1473

criston
3:21 on
Ihsoun

3772

Jesus

2532 1911

nekrwn
4:3 kai epebalon

2532 5087

hdh
espera

umin

who was publicly proclaimed

1163

thn anastasin
twn

2073

3:20 kai

1times 2of respite] from the presence of the Lord,

649

3498

hands, and put them in

to

an elqwsi

kuriou

3588

tw Ihsou

in

for
302-2064

2962

3588 386

1722 3588 *

kai kataggellein
en

1519

so that [3should come

tou

2532 2605

5495

opwV

3588

the people, and announcing

1519 3588

sins!
4383

3588 2992

their teaching

ton laon

didaskein
autouV

And they put upon them

amartiaV

kairoi anayuxewV
apo proswpou

1321-1473

the resurrection of the dead.

kai epistreyate
eiV

266

taV

3:18

2532

kai

And

3588 4991

1519

genomenoV
eiV

the one becoming

3777-1063

1722

there is not

[2in

ouk estin
3686

en

1510.2.3

estin
onom
a

for
243

allw

4other

2087

eteron

oudeni h

swthria

3no one

1deliverance]; for neither [3name 1is there 2another]

5259

3772

upo

3588

ton

under
3739

gar
oute

3756-1510.2.3

3588

ouranon
to

heaven
1163

dei

4982

swqhnai

1325

dedomenon
1473

hmaV

which [2must 3be delivered 1we].

3588

to

4:12 See Ald. for variants.

1722

en

being given to

444

1722

anqrwpoiV
en

men

by

2334-1161

3588

And viewing

the

4:13 qewrounteV
de thn

4:14
3588

A C T S

*-3954

2532

tou Petrou
parrhsian

2532

2638

kai Iwannou
kai katalabomenoi

177

3588

749

2532

arciereiV

oi

3588

kai

4245

2036

and taking it in

1the 2chief priests 3and 4the 5elders

444

2532

1161

3754

oti

62

1510.2.6

2illiterate

1they are] and common people,

anqrwpoi
agrammato
i eisi

that [3men
2296

1921-5037

eqaumazon

1473

te
epeginwsk
on

1510.7.6

4862

1473

with them
2192

2753-1161

565

5100

4160

saying,

What

shall we do

legonteV

3588

poihsomen

ti

3754-3303-1063 1110

4592

3956

3588

pasi
3756

1410

we are not able

4183

1519

dianemhqh

pleion

2532 3588 2281

kai thn qalassan

them;

3588 3816-1473

autwn
2532

kai

But

1909

2992

3191

kai laoi

3936

3588

[5stood

1The 2kings

935

4:26 paresthsan
oi

3588

758

4863

1909-3588-1473 2596

kata

rulers

gathered

together

against the Lord,

2596

3588

kata

5547-1473

cristou autou

tou

against

sunhcqhsan
gar

For they gathered together

that [2not 4unto

truly

against the holy one, your servant Jesus,

547

5548

3588 39

3816-1473

ton agion

*-5037

ecrisaV

apeilh

2532 *

upon them,

to no longer

speak

in

1473

3853

1473

them,

they summoned

them

autouV

parhggeilan

5350

3366

fqeggesqai

2532

anqrwpwn
3588

autoiV

3588 1161 *

epide
epi

1896

1909

1to not

look

upon

to teach

in

onomati
tou Ihsou

the name

611

of Jesus.

4314 1473

But Peter

and John

1487 13421-510.2.3

1799

answering
3588 2316

to

them

1473-191

ei

estin enwpion

akouein

dikai
on
tou qeou umwn

If

it is just

2228

h
a

before

3588 2316

2919

tou qeou krinate

than
3739

God, you judge!

1492

2980

lalein

1For 2we]

released

3588 4459 2849

1473

pwV kolasontai
1392

all

glorified

1909

epi
panteV
edoxazon
ton qeon
2094

444

anqrwpoV

3man]
3588

gar

thV

3739

upon

which

ef'

iasewV

of healing.
4314

3588

2398

to

their own,

tw

pleionwn

hn

1909

2392

3588

1510.7.3 4183

[7years old 1For 4was

on

4:23

1096

1223

terata
ginesqai

1096

5062

3588 3686

dia

3588 39

to

had taken place

2064

hlqon

And having been released,

2532 518

3745

4314

and reported

as much as [7to

1510.7.6

537

3588 2316

the word

they came

39

4spirit

3of holy], and they spoke

3326

3954

8them

2532 2980

parrhsiaV

meta
h

was

kai oude
2398-1510.1

And the multitude

2532

kai
kardia

3588 5590

[2heart 3and

1520 5100

3588 5224

yuch

4soul
1473

twn uparcontwn
autw

eiV ti
235

plhqouV

4:32 tou de

1510.7.3 3588 2588

pisteusantwn
hn
2532 3761

kai elaloun
3588-1161 4128

of God with confidence.

4100

1510.7.3 1473

3existing
537

4to him

2839

elegen
idion
einai
apanta
all' hn
autoiV
koina
1said ] to be his own; but [2were 4to them 1all things 3in common].
2532

4:33 kai

3173

megalh

1411

4:32 i.e. claimed.

591

3588 3142

dunamei
apedidoun
to

And with great power

1473

proV autouV

kai

4151

of the ones believing

3004

2532

sunhgmenoi

apanteV
pneumatoV
agiou

ton logon
tou qeou

mia

4which 5they were 6being gathered together], and

eplhsqhsan
3588 3056

3588

4863

hsan

1of one]; and not even one [2anything

this sign

apoluqenteV
de

3739

en

4531

And in their beseeching [7was shaken 1the

2the
touto

shmeion

630-1161

proV touV idiouV

kai aphggeilan
osa

1722

[2holy 3servant

2532 1189-1473

1of your] Jesus.

and

3816

4:31 kai dehqentwn

autwn
esaleuqh

3588

4592-3778

2532

kai
kai shmeia

tou onomatoV
tou agiou
paidoV

1520

tessarakonta
o
3588

egegonei

Ihsou

twn

gegonoti

5more than 6forty

1096

sou

3588

God over the thing having taken place.

1063

4:22 etwn

oti

ton laon

on account of the people. For

in the thing
2532 4592

eiV iasin

in
se
ekteine

they were [2filled 1all

3754

1722 3588

[2your hand 1you stretching out] for healing; and signs

5059

4130

3588 2992

dia

autouV

3588 2316

1614-1473

a
sou
thn ceir

2147

[2nothing 1finding]

1223

your servants

3588 3056-1473

1519 2392

2place 3in

them,

toiV douloiV
sou

3588 5495-1473

topoV

euriskonteV

3588 1401-1473

kai doV

their intimidations, and grant to

your word!

5117

3367

how they shall punish them,

3956

2532 1325

autwn

taV apeilaV

with every open manner to speak

And the one

1473

mhden

prosapeilhsamenoi
apelusan
autouV

kurie

parrhsiaV
pashV

ton logon

meta
lalein
sou 4:30 en tw

3588-1161

4:21 oi de

to not speak.

adding threats

1473

2962

And at present, O Lord,

1473

1063

dunameqa
gar hmeiV

3361

630

2532 3569

3588 547-1473

2980

2532 3588

your hand and

4:29 kai ta nun

miracles to take place through the name

1410

eidomen
kai hkousamen
mh

4324

1096

God to hearken to you rather

[3are not 4able

2532 191

mallon

as much as

3326 3954-3956

said,
3123

to do

with nations, and

sou kai h
ceir

3756

4:20 ou

what we know and hear

to

2036

eipon

de PetroV
kai IwannhV
apokriqenteV
proV autouV

4:19 o

4309

mh

3588 *

2532

3588 5495-1473

your counsel predefined to take place.

3361

1909 3588 3686

3745

sou prowrise

boulh
genesqai

[3altogether

1321

2532 *

1012-1473

2527

kaqolou

to

mhde didaskein
epi tw

2utter a sound] nor

kalesanteV

And having called

4160

osa
4:28 poihsai

Israhl

peoples of Israel,

2564

4:18 kai

whom

HrwdhV
te kai PontioV
PilatoV
sun eqnesi
kai

laoiV

3739

on
Ihsoun
4862 1484

we should press

tw

a
sou
paid

2992

3588

epi

and

4863-1063

4:27

his Christ.

ep alhqeiaV
epi

2532

tou kuriou
kai

1909

lalein

444

3588 2962

1909-225

epi

3588

kai oi

arconteV
sunhcqhsan
epi to auto

you anointed both Herod and Pontius Pilate,

to not one of men.

2532

ghV

3of the 4earth], and the

1909

3367

kena

1093

thV
basileiV

2980

this name

2756

emelethsan

3371

onomati
toutw
mhdeni

inati

1nations], and peoples meditate upon vain things?

1473

2532

eqnh
efruaxan

1473

3686-3778

2444

eipwn

5your servant 1having spoken], Why do

[2neigh

4:17 all' ina

mh

mhketi

dia

2036

sou
tou paidoV

546

autoiV

1223

the one [2through

5more 1it should 3be spread] among the people, with intimidation

apeilhswmeqa

sea,

3588

4:25 o

one another,

2443 3361

ton laon

eiV

God, the one

earth, and the

autoiV

the things in
*

qeoV

to

1484

235

3588 2992

proV

3588

5433

di'

to deny it.

1268

and all

2316

240

5in Jerusalem 1is apparent]; and

dunameqa
arnhsasqai

ou

su

1473

en

stomatoV
Dabid

5318

720

1722

3the mouth 4of David

1223

3588

panta
ta

4750

katoikousin
Ierousalhm
faneron

[2to all 3the ones 4dwelling

3956

kai

[2outside

having taken place through them

2730

toiV

2532

to these men?

1096

For indeed a known sign

4314

fwnhn
3588

kai thn ghn

poihsaV
ton ouranon

1854

anqrwpoiV
toutoiV

men gar gnwston

shmeion
gegone

oti

5456

O Master, you are

and the

444-3778

toiV

kai eipon
despota

2532 3588 1093

suneballon
proV allhlouV

3004

1473

the heaven,

ouden

4314

1203

3588 3772

3762

3the 4sanhedrin 1to go forth], they engaged with

4:16

qeon

ton

2036

making

1473

4820

2532

4160

And having bid them

sunedriou
apelqein

2316

2seeing]

exw
4:15 keleusanteV
de autouV

anteipein

3588

God, and said,

standing, the one having been cured, [2nothing

4892

tou

tw

142

hran

omoqumadon

991

teqerapeumenon

1they had] to contradict.

3588

444

2323

ton

471

eicon

sun

anqrwpon
bleponteV

de

3588

estwta

3588

3661

akousanteV

4:24 oi

6said].

And having heard, with one accord they lifted a voice

that [2with

[3the 1But 4man

2476

autoiV

sun

1161

4:14 ton

3Jesus 1they were].

191

de

4862

oti

autouV

3588

Ihsou hsan

idiwtai
3754

they marvelled; and they recognized them,

*

2399

kai

3588

presbuteroi
eipon

oi

open manner of Peter and John,

[3rendered

3588

marturion
oi

4testimony 1the

P R A X E I S

178
652

5484

2apostles] of the resurrection of the Lord

3588

386

Jesus;

[3favor 1and

3173

3761-1063

apostoloi
thV

3588

1510.7.3 1909

3956

megalh
hn

epi

2great] was

upon all

5100

1473

1473

1anyone] existed
5564

among them;

2228 3614

cwriwn
3588 5092

2935

kthtoreV

for as many as were owners

5224

4453

houses existing to them, by selling

3588

4097

twn
taV timaV

pipraskomenwn

the value of the things being sold,

3844

3588 4228

3588

by

the feet

of the apostles;

652

touV podaV

para
twn
2530

kaqoti
1941

epiklhqeiV

3588

652

3177

by

the

apostles,

1085

Son of Comfort),

5224

genei

1473

by race,

[3existing

3588 5536

2532 5087

eqayan

and they put it

entered.

1538

ekastw
3588

1510.2.3

esti

(which is,
3588

a Levite, a Cypriot
4453

5342

hnegke

agrou pwlhsaV

3588 4228

3588

the feet

of the apostles.

touV podaV

to crhma
kai eqhke
para
twn

the thing, and put it by

3588

3483

said,

Yes, for so much.

5100

[3man

1And

2a certain], Ananias

3686

AnaniaV

4862

onomati

sun

by name, with

Sapfeirh
th

3588 1135-1473

gunaiki autou epwlhse

kthma

4453

2933

Sapphira

his wife,

sold

a possession.

3588 5092

2532

5:2 kai

And

3557

575

he pilfered

from the value, [3being fully conscious of it 1and

enosfisato
apo
3588

4894

2532

suneiduiaV

thV timhV

kai

1135-1473

2532

5342

3313-5100

2his wife],

and having brought a certain part [2by

autou kai enegkaV

thV gunaikoV
3588

4228

3588

652

3the

4feet

5of the 6apostles

1302

PetroV
Anania

5087

5574-1473

2036

5:3 eipe

1put it].

has Satan filled

your heart

3588 39

2532 3557

3588 5092

3306

5564

3780

2532

4097

1722

3did it] remain?

and

for selling

[2in

emene

kai
5100

ti

praqen
3754

oti

5087

eqou

2962

pragma
touto

1this thing]?
2316

qew

God.
4098

peswn

3756

th

1722

en

5574

eyeusw

ouk

You did not

191

5:5 akouwn

1161

spirit

lie

of the Lord? Behold, the feet

[3hearing 1And
1634

exeyuxe

2532

kai egeneto

the

2290

qayantwn

of the ones burying

2532 1627-1473

qura
kai exoisous
i se

th

3916

3844

3588

4228-1473

2532

touV podaV

paracrhma
para
autou kai
1161

his feet,

3588 3495

de

neaniskoi

oi

and

2147

1473

euron
authn

2532

dead;

and having brought her forth they entombed her by

1627

3650

1096

2532 1909

thn ekklhsian
kai epi

assembly,

3778

tauta

3588 2588-1473

3588

sou to
kardia

alla

3588

akouontaV

the ones hearing

5495

3588

the

hands

of the apostles

twn

2532

1510.7.6

ceirwn

5059

terata

apostolwn
3588

en

537

3588-1161

SolomwntoV
1473

235

3062

3762

but of the rest

5111

the stoa
2853

no one dared

1473

3588 2992

join
3123-1161

laoV

5:14 mallon
de

[3magnified 4them 1the 2people];

4369

4100

3588

2962

believing

in the Lord,

prosetiqento
pisteuonteV
tw
5037-2532 1135

people

th stoa

en

oude
iV
etolma

loipwn
kollasqai

5:13 twn de
3170

them, but

law

1722 3588 4745

apanteV

omoqumadon

many, (and they were with one accord all together in

*

2992

tw

and miracles among the

3661

kai hsan
polla

652

twn

1722

5620

and more

4128

435

kuriw
plhqh

2596

andrwn

multitudes of men

3588 4113

1627

taV plateiaV
ekferein

5:15 wste
kata

gunaikwn

and also of women)

so as in

the squares

772

2532 5087

3588

the

weak,

and to put them upon beds

2443

2064

to

ina

tw

191

pantaV
touV

3588

3your heart
235

3956

3588

shmeia
kai

2532

1909

And by

there took place signs

4183

3173

foboV
megaV
ef'

1223-1161

4592

egineto

5401

and upon all

de
dia

5:12

these things.
1096

proV

And there became [2fear 1great] upon

3588 1577

the entire

4314

eqayan

5:11 kai egeneto

her husband.

te kai

th

2532

authV
ton andra

olhn

2290

exenegkanteV

3588 435-1473

1909

kai tiqenai

touV asqeneiV
*

2825

epi

2579

3588 4639

ercomenou
Petrou
kan h

to bring forth

2532 2895

klinwn
kai krabbatwn

skia

and litters,
1982

episkiash

to men,

but

3588

3056-3778

that at the coming of Peter even the shadow should overshadow

these words,

tini

touV logouV
toutouV
5401

3173

1909

foboV
megaV
epi

5100

1473

autwn

4905-1161

5:16 sunhrceto
de

some one of them.

3588

twn

4038

perix
3791

kai ocloumenouV

2532 3588 4128

kai ta

plhqoV

And came together also the multitudes

4172

1519 *

5342

772

feronteV

polewn
eiV Ierousalhm
asqeneiV

of the [2all around 1cities] into Jerusalem,

2532

4:36 Ald. omits meqermhneuomenon.

3588

podeV
twn

oi

3588 2374

epi

3588

peirasai
to

3498

4authority

exousia

falling down, he expired. And there became [2fear 1great] upon

4:33 CP adds cristou Christ.

1909

1525

3your

sh

2Ananias]
1096

to

3985

your husband are at the door, and they shall bring you forth.

1849

anqrwpoiV

AnaniaV

3588 4228

idou

sou
ton andra

4674

444

3588 *

de

2400

pneuma
kuriou

were added

1it existed]? Why is it that you put [2in

4229-3778

said

Why is it that you joined in one accord to test

4151

from

soi
3588

en

4314

her,

all' emegalunen

o
autoiV
autouV

[4not 1Remaining 2in your possession

3306

And she

And Peter

sunefwnhqh
umin

of Solomon;

1473

cwriou
5:4 ouci menon

the value of the place?

de

2036

PetroV
eipen
proV

de

4856-1473

oti

575

to pneuma
to agion
kai nosfisasqai
apo

1holy], and to pilfer

uphrce

de

3588 2588-1473

for you to lie against the [2spirit

5224

1161

[3said 1And

4137-3588-*

3588 4151

yeusasqa
i se
3588

para

thn kardian
sou
diati eplhrwsen
o SatanaV

2Peter], Ananias, why

tou
thV timhV

3844

meroV
ti

eqhken
apostolwn

touV podaV
twn

5:9 o

3754

5100

nekran
kai

1161

tiV

tosoutou

1161

expired. [4having entered 1And 2the 3young men], found her

435

de

3588

exeyuxen
eiselqonteV

Ananias and Sapphira

anhr

5118

1473

3588 1161

1you rendered]?

And she fell immediately by

CHAPTER 5

2036

2Peter], Tell me

1473

1634

5:1

what happened,

PetroV
eipe moi

cwrion
apedosqe

2036

5:10 epese
de

apostolwn

gegonoV

to

591

[2so much 3for the 4place

3588 435-1473

triwn

3588 *

auth

5564

tosoutou
to

if

4098-1161

652

1473

de

ei

authn
ti

5140

wrwn

3588 1096

[3responded 1And 4to her

eipen
nai

1161

5:8 apekriqh

1487 5118

5610

wV

And it came to pass about [2hours 1three]

611

eishlqen

4to him 2a field 1having sold], brought

3844

5613

5:7 egeneto
de

they entombed him.

1525

68

4:37 uparcontoV
autw

and having brought him forth

1096-1161

not knowing

paraklhsewV

meqermhneuomenon
uioV
Leu+thV KuprioV
tw

being translated,

2290

2532 5087

him,

kai exenegkanteV

sunesteilan
auton

the younger men wrapped

3361 1492

3739

5207 3874

2532 1627

his wife,

BarnabaV
upo twn apostolwn
o

being called Barnabas

newteroi

And having risen up,

1473

autou mh eiduia

gunh

And Joses, the one

5259

4958

and

de
4:36 IwshV

in so far as any should [2need 1have].

450-1161

5:6 anastanteV
de

these things.

2532 3588 1135-1473

*-1161

creian
eicen

an tiV

3588 3501

oi

3778

akouontaV
tauta

interval,

and it was distributed to each

2192

191

diasthma
kai h

1239-1161

5532

the ones hearing

1292

apostolwn
diedidoto
de

302-5100

3588

all

pantaV
touV

they brought

kai etiqoun

4:35

3956

5342

eferon
pwlounteV

oikiwn
uphrcon

of places or

endehV

For neither [2lacking

3745-1063

osoi
gar
autoiV

uphrcen
en

1729

4:34 oude gar

of them.

1722

5037

Ihsou
cariV

kuriou
te

pantaV
autouV

5224

tiV

2962

anastasewV
tou

4:34

5259

bringing the weak

4151

169

3748

[2spirits

1unclean],

who

upo pneumatwn
akaqartwn
oitineV

and ones being mobbed by

5:17

A C T S

179

2323

537

970

were cured

all together.

force; for they feared the people, that they should not be stoned.

eqerapeuonto
apanteV

5399-1063

3588 2992

71-1161

450-1161

3588

de
anastaV

749

arciereuV

And having risen up, the

3588

4862

1473

3588

the ones with him

4130

2205

3588

Saddoukaiwn

3588 5495-1473

1909

epi
5:18 kai epebalon
taV ceiraV
autwn

of zeal.

652

panteV

the sect of the Sadducees,)

2532 1911

eplhsqhsan
zhlou

were filled

3588

ousa
airesiV
twn

(which is

3956

kai

And they put

2532 5087

their hands

1473

1722 5084

upon

1219

en

touV apostolouV
kai eqento
autouV

thrhsei
dhmosia

the

[2keep

apostles,

and put

32-1161

them

2962

in

1223 3588 3571

de kuriou
5:19 aggeloV
5438

1806

night

5037 1473

exagagwn

fulakhV

thV

3588 2374

thV nuktoV
hnoixe

dia
taV quraV

But an angel of the Lord by

3588

1a public].

455

opened the doors

2036

4198

eipen

autouV
5:20 poreuesqe

te

of the prison,

[2leading 4out 1and 3them] said,

Go!

2532 2476

2980

3956

1722 3588 2413

3588

2992

en
kai staqenteV
laleite

tw ierw

and standing,

the temple to the people all

4487

speak

in

3588 2222-3778

law

tw

191-1161

3588

panta
ta

the

1525

tauthV

rhmata
thV zwhV
5:21 akousanteV
de

5259

eishlqon

upo

words

of this life!

And having heard, they entered at

3588 3722

1519 3588 2413

the dawn

into the temple, and were teaching. But having come,

2532 1321

ton orqron
eiV to ieron
3588 749

3854-1161

kai edidaskon

2532 3588

4862 1473

kai oi
arciereuV

paragenomenoV
de

4779

3588

sunekalesan

sun autw

to

the chief priest and the ones with him, they called together the
4892

2532 3956

3588 1087

3588

sunedrion
kai pasan
thn gerousian

sanhedrin and all

2532 649

1519 3588 1201

to

71-1473

for them to be brought.

3854

3756

2147

uphretai
paragenomenoi
ouc

And the officers

having come,

did not find

390-1161

the prison,

and having returned, they reported,

th

3754

oti

3588 3303

518

to

that,

2147

Indeed the jail

in

5:23 legonteV

saying

2808

desmwthrion
euromen

men

them
3004

aphggeilan

1201

1722

en
euron
autouV

3588 5438

anastreyanteV

fulakh
de

1473

1722

kekleismenon
en

we found locked

with

4253

3956

803

2532 3588 5441

2476

all

security,

and the keepers

standing before the doors;

2080

3762

esw

anoixanteV
de

2147

oudena

191

3588

touV

they heard

3056-3778

logouV
toutouV

these words,

3588-5037

And as
2532

iereuV

both the

and [3asked

4them 1the 2chief priest],

o
kai ephrwthsen
autouV
3852

1473

with an exhortation we exhorted

3588 3686-3778

2532 2400

this name?

kai

priest

3588 652

oi

2036

2228

444

rather

than men.

1453

3739

raised

Jesus,

whom you

mallon
h

3586

5312

1473

kai

266

and

release

of sins.

witnesses
3588 39

to

and

3588

the

5100-302

ti an
autwn

1096-3778

5100

518

3854-1161

1473

a certain one reported

ouV

5087

3754 2400

th

oi andreV

1510.2.6 1722 3588 2413

eisin
en
fulakh

the prison

2532 1321

3588 2992

and teaching

the people.

3588 4755

4862 3588 5257

kai didaskonteV
ton laon

strathgoV

3588 435

to them, saying that, Behold, the men

1722 3588 5438

eqesqe
en

whom you put in

3004

And having come,

legwn

oti
aphggeilen
autoiV
idou

tiV

3739

dihporoun

genoito
touto
5:25 paragenomenoV
de

concerning them, whatever this might be.

are

in
5119

5:26 tote

tw ierw

2476

estwteV

the temple standing

565

5:23 Ald. adds exw outside.

5:25 Ald. omits legwn.

we

are

his

esmen

autou
1161

5spirit

1but

1325-3588-2316

kai

pneuma

to

3588

de

3980

toiV
edwken
o qeoV

peiqarcousin

to the ones yielding obedience

191

1282

2532

akousanteV
dieprionto

And the ones hearing

337

kai

were sawed through, and

1473

ebouleuonto
anelein

autouV

they consulted to do away with them.

Gamaliels Advice
450-1161

5100

de
5:34 anastaV

1722 3588 4892

tiV

en

3686

a Pharisee,

by name Gamaliel,

71

1473

3756 3326

led

them,

not with

sunedriw

tw

And having risen up, a certain one in

the sanhedrin,

3547

5093

FarisaioV
onomati
Gamalihl
nomodidaskaloV
panti tw

2753

1854

1024-5100

exw
ekeleusen

law

timioV

a teacher of the law, esteemed

3588

bracu ti

touV

[4outside 5a little while 1the

652

4160

2apostles

3to be made to go].

poihsai

5:35

2036-5037

4314

e te
eip

proV

And he said

to

1473

435

4337

1438

them,

Men,

Israelites,

take heed

to yourselves over

andreV

autouV
Israhlitai
prosecete
eautoiV
444-3778

5100 3195

these men

what you are about to act!

anqrwpoiV
toutoiV
ti
3778

3588 2250

mellete

450-*

4238

these
1438

eauton

days
3739

1909

3588

epi toiV
4253-1063

prassein
5:36 pro gar
3004

For before
1510.1

anesth

legwn

i
toutwn
twn hmerwn
QeudaV
eina

apelqwn

Then [3having gone forth

ou meta

hgagen
sun toiV uphretaiV
autouV

1the 2commandant] with the officers

1473

And

3the

apostolouV

1473

peri

1510.2.4

hmeiV

[2also

4012

1280

arciereiV

1473

of these things;

people, urged

kai oi

to Israel

2532

4151

5:33 oi de

1011

Israhl

3588

to him.

tw

2532

3588-1161

autw

3588

repentance

kai

5:32

4holy], which God gave

1473

and deliverer,

3341

4487-3778

3739

agion

2532 4990

dounai
metanoian

rhmatwn
toutwn

twn

747

God, chief

1325

amartiwn

3588

kremasanteV

archgon
kai swthra

qeoV

his right hand, to give

afesin

2910

laid hands upon having hanged

3588 2316

autou
dexia

859

of our fathers

1315

dieceirisasqe

umeiV

1188-1473

th

3588 3962-1473

twn paterwn

qeoV
hmwn

This one

3588

martureV

qew

The God

5:31 touton

exalted by
2532

and
2316

dei

5:30 o

3778

xulou

upon a tree.

uywse

2532

1163

3588 2316

anqrwpoiV

Ihsoun
on
hgeiren
epi

the

said, [2to yield obedience 1It is necessary] to God

3123

1909

3588

to
hmaV

And answering Peter

3980

apostoloi
eipon
peiqarcein

the apostles

1473

upon us

de PetroV

5:29 apokriqeiV
kai

of this man.

the

2532 3588 749

ierou

1909

611-1161

aima
tou anqrwpou
toutou

by all

2413

Jerusalem

1863

3588 444-3778

blood

in

3588 *

peplhrwkate
thn Ierousalhm

with your teaching, and you want to bring

129

1909

didaskein
epi

ef'
kai boulesqe
epagagein

commandant of the temple and the chief priests were perplexed

tou

4137

2532 1014

2992

3588

1321

mh

And behold, you have filled

umwn

thV didachV

3588

strathgoV

saying, Was it not

3361

to you to not teach

tw onomati
toutw
kai idou
3588 1322-1473

3756

5:28 legwn
ou

parhggeilamen
umin

3956

4755

3004

arciereuV

3853

paraggelia

5:24 wV de
2409

o te

3588 749

twn qurwn

but having opened [3inside 2no one 1we found].

hkousan

en tw sunedriw

1473

5613-1161

euromen

1722 3588 4892

3588 2374

kai touV fulakaV

pash
asfaleia
estwtaV
pro
455-1161

2476

esthsan
autouV

2532 1905

3144

desmwthrion
acqhnai
autouV

the jail

3588-1161 5257

5:22 oi de

Israhl

uiwn

the council of elders of the sons of Israel,

kai apesteilan
eiV to

and sent

5207

twn

liqasqwsin

And having brought them, they stood them in the sanhedrin;

chief priest and all

1510.6 139

h
sun autw

oi

2532

3034

mh
ina

1473

5:27 agagonteV
de

Apostles Imprisoned
5:17

2443 3361

biaV
efobounto
gar ton laon

5100

tina

Theudas rose up, naming [2to be 3somebody

4345.1

proseklhqh

706

ariqmoV

435

andrwn

5616

wsei

1himself], in whom [3leaned towards 1a number 2of men], about

5:30 or timber.
5:36 CP adds megan great.

P R A X E I S

180
5071

3739 337

tetrakosiwn
oV

2532 3956

anhreqh

3745

kai panteV
osoi

four hundred, who were done away with; and all

3982

1473

epeiqonto

1262

autw

2532 1096

3326

3778

meta

5:37

touton

anesth

IoudaV

After this

[4rose up 1Judas

3588

2250

3588

582

the

days

of the census,

taiV hmeraiV
thV
2425

3745

3982

osoi

1722

5532-3778

2the

3Galilean]

in

this need.

2548

GalilaioV

epeiqonto

en

2992

3588

laon

622

3004

legw
umin

ta nun

575

2532

1439

1473

easate

kai

and allow
3588

these men,

autouV

oti

1437

1510.3

them!

for

if

[2should be 3of

1012-1473

2228

auth
boulh

3588

1537

4men

kataluqhsetai

this work

will be broken up.

1510.2.3 3756-1410

2647-1473

ek qeou estin ou dunasqe

But if

anqrwpwn

2647

ergon
touto

to

444

ex

2041-3778

1this counsel], then

1487-1161 1537 2316

5:39 ei de

And

3754

ean

katalusai
auto

[2of 3God 1it is], you will not be able to break it up,

3379

2532

mhpote

2314

lest at any time

2147

qeomacoi

kai

even

1473

5:40 epeisqhsan
de

2532

autw

1you be found].

4341

proskalesamenoi

kai

And they were persuaded by him. And having called

3588

652

1194

3853

the

apostles,

having flayed them, they exhorted them to not

touV apostolouV
deiranteV
2980

1909 3588 3686

speak

in

3588 *

the name

3588 3303

5:41 oi

2532 630

575

4383

3754

2661

5228

kathxiwqhsan

3588 3686

1722

hmeran
en

And every day

3756-3973

in

1321

kai kat' oikon

ouk epauonto

the temple, and by

2250

an
te
5:42 pas

of Jesus to be dishonored.
3624

the name

3956-5037

atimasqhnai
2532 2596

of the

tou onomatoV

uper

818

tou Ihsou

ierw

3588

rejoicing from in front

sanhedrin, that they were deemed worthy for

tw

autouV

eporeuonto

oun
caironteV
apo proswpou
tou

oti
sunedriou

3588 2413

1473

kai apelusan

5463

Indeed then they went

3588

mh

of Jesus, and they released them.

3767 4198

men

4892

3361

parhggeilan

epi tw onomati

lalein
tou Ihsou

2532

didaskonteV
kai

house, they ceased not teaching

2097

euaggelizomenoi

and

3588 5547

700

4128

2532 1586

3588

And in

these days

[3were multiplying 1the

taiV hmeraiV
tautaiV
plhqunontwn
3588

twn
goggusmoV

twn

2disciples], and there took place a grumbling of the Hellenists

3588 *

against the

1161

de

1722 3588 1248

3588 5503-1473

ai
kaqhmerinh

chrai
autwn

5daily

1their widows].

3588

oi

en

diakonia

th

Hebrews, that [2were overlooked 3in 4the 6service

3588 2522

th

3754 3865

touV EbraiouV
pareqewrounto
oti

proV

1427

3588 4128

dwdeka
to

plhqoV

3588

twn

4341

6:2 proskalesamenoi

[4having called
3101

2036

1510.2.3 1473

2641

3756

eipon

maqhtwn
ouk

1And 2the 3twelve] the multitude of the disciples, said,

701

3588 3056

[2not

3588 2316

kataleiyantoV

areston
estin hmaV
ton logon
tou qeou

3pleasing 1It is] for us leaving behind

1247

5132

trapezaiV

diakonein

to serve

tables.

1980

the word
3767

6:3 episkeyasqe
oun

Number

435

multitude. And they chose Stephen,

4151

of God,
80

adelfoi

[2then 1brethren]!

3956

3588

4134

all

the

4102

2532

39

2532 *

[2spirit

1holy], and Philip,

2532 *

2532 *

a man full

of belief and

2532 *

2532 *

pneumatoV
agiou
kai Filippon
kai Procoron
kai Nikanora

and Prochorus, and Nicanor,

2532 *

4339

kai Nikolaon

kai Timwna
kai Parmenan
proshluton
Antiocea

and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas

3739

2476

1799

a convert

3588 652

of Antioch,

2532 4336

esthsan
enwpion
twn apostolwn
kai proseuxamenoi

6:6 ouV

whom they stood before

2007

1473

the apostles.

3588 5495

And having prayed,

2532 3588 3056

taV ceiraV

they placed [2on them

3588 2316

logoV
tou qeou

6:7 kai o

1hands].

And the word

3588

2532 4129

grew,

and [5was multiplied 1the 2number 3of the 4disciples]

huxane
kai eplhquneto

706

of God

837

3588

3101

ariqmoV
twn

en

4970

sfodra

Ierousalhm

in

Jerusalem

exceedingly; also a great multitude of the priests

5219

3588

4183-5037

maqhtwn

1722 *

3793

*-1161

pistei
4160

5059

2532 4592

and power,

did

miracles and [2signs

ierewn
4102

plhrhV
pistewV

And Stephen, full

2532 1411

2409

twn

4134

6:8 StefanoV
de

hearkened to the belief.

3588

ocloV

te
poluV

4102

uphkouon
th

of belief

3173

1722

1great]

among the

3588

terata

megala

kai dunamewV
epoiei
kai shmeia
en
2992

law

3588

4864

tw

450-1161

5100

And rose up

certain ones of the ones from the

6:9 anesthsan
de tineV

people.

3588

3004

thV
sunagwghV

1537

twn

3588

ek

thV

2532 *

2532

legomenhV
Libertinwn
kai Kurhnaiwn
kai

synagogue, the one being called Libertines and Cyrenians, and

*

2532 3588

575

Alexandrewn
kai twn

2532 *

3588 *

2532

and Asia, debating

3756

2480

436

iscuon
antisthnai

6:10 kai ouk

And they were not able

2532 3588 4151

sofia

4802

kai AsiaV
suzhtounteV

apo KilikiaV

Alexandrians, and the ones from Cilicia,

3739

435

3754

6:11 tote

andraV
oti
legontaV

saying

989

1473

akhkoamen

autou

that, We have heard him

speaking

[2words 1blasphemous] against Moses

lalountoV
rhmata
blasfhma

Then

191

4487

4787-5037

5119

elalei

which he spoke.

3004

1519

2532 3588 2316

kai ton qeon

Mwushn

eiV

3588 2992

te
6:12 sunekinhs
an

to withstand

2980

pneumati
w

kai tw

2980

Ellhnistwn

1799

tou
logoV
enwpion
pantoV

they suborned men,

4129

1112

diakonia

andra
plhqouV
kai exelexanto
Stefanon
plhrh
pistewV
kai

upebalon

2250-3778

3056

And [3was pleasing 1the 2word] before

the wisdom and the spirit

The Hellenists and Hebrews

4314

3588

6:5 kai hresen

th

1722-1161 3588

egeneto

and in the service

in prayer

Stephen
2532

5260

maqhtwn

But we
4342

3588 4678

CHAPTER 6

1096

1248

de th proseuch
kai th
6:4 hmeiV

with Stephen.

announcing good news of Jesus the Christ.

3101

over

2532 3588

tw Stefanw

ton criston

Ihsoun

6:1 en de

1909 3588

katasthsomen
epi thV

1473-1161 3588 4335

epeqhkan
autoiV

eureqhte

[2as fighters against God

3982-1161

2525

logou
proskarterhsomen

5:38 kai

aposthte
apo twn anqrwpwn
toutwn

from

3739

kai sofiaV
ouV

of the word will attend constantly.

2532

3588 444-3778

at present I say to you, abstain

plhreiV

2532 3956

dieskorpisqhsan

868

2532 4678

apwleto
kai panteV

1287

autw

1473

3056

tou

as many as were persuaded by him, were dispersed.

3569

tauthV

creiaV

and that one perished; and all

1473

4134

1of holy] and wisdom, whom we will place

pneumatoV
agiou

autou kakeinoV

2033

being witnesses seven men, full

39

and he separated [2of people

1473

opisw

3140

marturoumenouV

umwn
epta

[2spirit

nothing.

3588

1473

4151

2532 868

1a fit amount] to go after him;

from among you

to

kai apesthse

apografhV

3694

ikanon

1537

men

1519 3762

dieluqhsan
kai egenonto
eiV ouden
450

435

ex
andraV

as many as

were persuaded by him, were parted, and came

5:37

and

God.

2532 3588 4245

ton laon

kai touV presbuterouV

And they agitated together the people, and the elders,

2532 3588 1122

2532 2186

and the scribes;

and attending to it they seized

4884

kai epistanteV

kai touV grammateiV

71

1519 3588 4892

hgagon

eiV to

brought him to
5571

sunedrion

3588 444-3778

2476-5037

anqrwpoV
outoV
ou

1false], saying,

This man

blasfhma

2980

lalwn

2596

kata

2blasphemous 1speaking] against

2532 3588 3551

kai tou nomou

and the law.

191-1063

and

3144

And they set [2witnesses

3756

legontaV

yeudeiV
o
989

2532

him,

te marturaV

an
6:13 esths

the sanhedrin.

3004

1473

kai
sunhrpasan
auton

3973

4487

pauetai
rhmata

does not cease

3588 5117

[3words

3588 39

3778

tou topou
tou agiou
toutou

[3place

6:14 akhkoamen
gar

1473

2holy 1this],
3004

3754

saying,

that

autou legontoV
oti

For we have heard him

6:15

A C T S

3588

o
IhsouV

3778

2647

3588 5117-3778

NazwraioV
outoV
katalusei
ton topon
touton

[2Jesus 3the 4Nazarene

1this] will destroy

3739

3588 1485

and alter

the customs which [2delivered up 3to us 1Moses].

eqh

1519 1473

And having gazed onto him,

1492

Mw=shV

hmin

537

3588

2516

all

the ones being seated

apanteV
auton
oi

6:15 kai atenisanteV

eiV
1722 3588 4892

1473

paredwken

2532 816

kaqezomenoi

3588 4383-1473

32

aggelou

2036

1161

7:1 eipe

3588

de

3779

2192

so

hold to?

749

1487 686

arciereuV

3588 1161

ecei
outwV

7:2 o

5346

3778

435

80

3588

fathers,

hearken!

The God

3962-1473

1510.6

our father

Abraham, being in

akousate

2316

2228 2730-1473

brethren, and

1391

3708

wfqh

doxhV

thV

en

prin
Mesopotamia

th

Mesopotamia

1722 *

2532 2036

in

And he said to

Carran
7:3 kai eipe

Haran.

3588 1093-1473

2532 1537

thV ghV sou kai ek

Go forth from out of

sou
thV suggeneiaV

your land and from

your kin,

1093

3739

302-1473-1166

and

come

into

a land

which

I show to you!

1831

ghn

1537

exelqwn

1093

ek

an soi deixw

hn

5119

tote

7:4

Then

2730

Caldaiwn

ghV

him,

3588 4772-1473

1519

eiV

1473

proV auton

1204

deuro

before

4314

2532

1722

katwkhsen
en

having gone forth from the land of the Chaldeans, he dwelt

2547

3326

kakeiqen

Carran

3588 599

to
meta

1473

3588 3962-1473

he displaced him

1519 3739

thn ghn tauthn

eiV

into

this land

2532 3756

1473

1473

2817

1722

4228

to him an inheritance in

3761 968

nor [2stool 1a foot]; and he promised to give [2to him 3for

2532 1861

1473

1325

1473

1519

kai ephggeilato
dounai
autw

eiV

2532 3588 4690-1473

3326 1473

and to

after him, there not

3756

kai tw spermati

ouk
katascesin
authn
autou met' auton

4a possession 1it],
1510.6 1473-5043

his seed
2980

1161

teknou

ontoV
autw

7:6 elalhse
de

being a child to him.

[4spoke

3588 4690-1473

3779

3588 2316

outwV
o

1his seed]

a sojourner in

3588 1484

3739

1437

eqnoV
w

to

2094

and inflict evil

3754

oti

245

2532

kai
allotria

[2land 1an alien], and

5071

eth
auto kai kakwsousin

they shall enslave it,

tetrakosia

[2years 1for four hundred].

1398

2919-1473

ean
douleuswsi

egw

krinw

And the nation which ever shall enslave them I shall judge,
3588 2316

2532

3326

3778

1831

eipen
o

qeoV

said

God. And after these things they shall come forth,

2532 3000

kai

1473

kai latreusous
i moi

tauta

meta

exeleusontai

1722 3588 5117-3778

en

tw topw
toutw

and shall serve

to me in

this place.

1473

4061

2532 3779

1242

diaqhkhn

autw
peritomhV

2532 4678

1726

to him favor and wisdom before

and

935

2532

1325

And he gave
1080

kai outwV
egennhse

he engendered

3588 3590

2532 4059

1473

3588 2250

th
Isaak
kai perietemen
auton

and circumcised him

hmera
th

the [2day

ogdoh

3588

2532

2525

1473

2233

1909

of Egypt.

And he placed

him

as leader

over Egypt

1909

ef'

3588 3624

1473

ton oikon

3650

2064-1161

3042

limoV

And there came a famine

3588 1093 *

2532 *

2532 2347

kai qliyiV

thn ghn Aiguptou

kai Canaan

upon the entire

land of Egypt

2532 3756

2147

megalh
kai ouc

1great], and [2did not 3find

191

and Canaan, and [2affliction

5527

3588 3962-1473

euriskon
cortasmata
oi

1161

patereV
hmwn

4fodder

7:12 akousaV
de

1our fathers].

1510.6

4621

onta

Iakwb

1722 *

sita
en

Aiguptw

[3hearing 1And 2Jacob] of their being grain in

1821

3588

3962-1473

4412

sent forth

our fathers

a first time.

3588 1208

319-*

tw deuterw
5318

1096

3588

egeneto

autou
toiV adelfoiV

1161

7:14 aposteilaV
de

3of Joseph].

1085

3588

genoV

to

tou

6to Pharaoh 1the 2family

649

Iwshf

3588

Faraw

and [5apparent 4became

*

his brothers;

tw

en

And in

3588 80-1473

anegnwrisqh
Iwshf

kai faneron

1722

7:13 kai

the second time Joseph made himself known to

2532

Egypt,
2532

exapesteile
touV pateraV
hmwn
prwton

3333

Iwshf

3588

metekalesato
ton

[3having sent 1And 2Joseph], called back

3962-1473

2532 3956

3588 4772-1473

1722

autou Iakwb
kai pasan

patera
thn suggeneian
autou en

his father
5590

Jacob, and all

1440

his kin,

4002

2597

2five].

in total
1161

ebdomhkonta

yucaiV
pente
7:15 katebh

1519

Iakwb
eiV

de

[3went down 1And 2Jacob] unto

2532 5053

Egypt,

and [4came to an end 1he

1473

2532

3588 3962-1473

kai
autoV

2532 3346

3our fathers].
2532 5087

Sucem

eiV

patereV
hmwn

oi

2and

1519 *

7:16 kai meteteqhsan

1722

kai eteqhsan
en

And they were transferred unto Shechem, and were put in

3588 3418

3739

the tomb

which Abraham purchased for a value of silver from

tw mnhmati
w

5608-*

3588 *

Emmor

twn uiwn
o

3588

of Shechem.

1860

cronoV
thV

3739

Abraam

837

1448

And as

[3approached

3660-3588-2316

2532 4129

laoV

891

3739

until

of which time there rose up [2king

3756-1492

ouk hdei

3588

ton

knew not

450

935

anesth
*

2559

our race,

2532

be brought forth alive.

oV

3962-1473

3588

touV pateraV
hmwn
tou

our fathers,
1519-3588 3361

eiV to
brefh
autwn

mh

their babies,

they should not

1722 3739

zwogoneisqai

3739

1another] who

katasofisamenoV
3588

3588 1025-1473

to make them expose

Egypt,

2087

inflicted evil upon

1570

ekqeta
ta

poiein

Aiguptw

This one having dealt subtly with

genoV
hmwn
ekakwse

4160

in

2686

7:19 outoV

Joseph.

1085-1473

tw

eteroV

basileuV

3778

Iwshf

3588

1722 *

kai eplhqunqh
en

1the 2people] and multiplied

7:18 acriV
ou

to

2531-1161

of which God swore by an oath to

3588 2992

huxhsen
o

Abraham, [3grew

3844

para

arguriou

wmosen
o qeoV

hV
epaggeliaV

1the 2time] of the promise

*

694

de hggizen
7:17 kaqwV

tou Sucem

the sons of Emmor

3588 5550

5092

wnhsato
Abraam
timhV

2225

1eighth]; and

Aigupton

de
7:11 hlqe

autou

3house 1his].

olhn

3173

hgoumenon

katesthsen
auton
ep'

ton

kai

Pharaoh king

3588

7:8 kai edwken

to him a covenant of circumcision; and thus

Isaac,

gave

3588 5207

2God], that

1722 1093

1473 2532 2559

doulwsousin

qeoV

1And 3thus

3941

to sperma
autou paroikon
en gh

1402

2036

5484

2532

his afflictions,

1473

now

it,

oude bhma

auth
podoV

7:7 kai

from out of all

Aigupton
kai eteleuthsen

1473

2532

with him,
3588 2347-1473

twn qliyewn

paswn
autou kai

[3souls 1seventy

klhronomian

edwken
autw
en

And he did not give

[2will be

3956

3568

nun
umeiV

hn

into which you

1325

7:5 kai ouk

dwell.

of his father,

1519 3588 1093-3778

eiV
metwkhsen
auton

in

ton patera
autou
apoqanein

Haran. And from there, after the dying

estai

1537

1325

4250

his dwelling
ek

tw

of glory appeared to

en
katoikhsai
auton
1537

3588

1722 3588 *

onti

patri hmwn
Abraam

3588

qeoV

2532

andreV
adelfoi kai

And he said, Men,

191

1510.8.3

1473

and [2whole

ara
tauta

ei

efh

de

3962

2697

Joseph,

met' autou 7:10

and God was

ek
kai exeileto
auton

kai olon

[4said 1And 2the 3chief priest], Do then these things

katoikeite

eiV Aigupton
kai hn o qeoV

2532 3650

Stephen Relates the History of the Jews

2730

envying

2532 1510.7.3-3588-2316 3326 1473

rendered him into Egypt;

Aiguptou
kai

CHAPTER 7

3351

twelve

3588 *

patriarcai
zhlwsanteV
ton Iwshf

1519 *

apedonto

1427

the

carin

edwken
autw
kai sofian
enantion
Faraw
basilewV

of an angel.

591

and delivered him

his face

kai

And the patriarchs,

7:9 kai oi

patriarchs.

Jacob
2206

the face

the sanhedrin beheld

exelqe

patriarcaV

3588

Iakwb
touV dwdeka

Jacob, and

2532 3588 3966

as

in

1831

3966

2532 1807

proswpon
autou wsei proswpon

2532 3588 *

ton Iakwb
kai o

4383

eidon

tw sunedriw
to

3588 *

Isaak

5616

en

patereV

Isaac engendered

2532 236

kai allaxei
to

3588 *

this place,

3860

181

7:20 en

In

so that
2540

which time

3739 397

1080-*

egennhqh

kairw
MwushV

Moses was born,

2532 1510.7.3 791

kai hn

tw qew
oV
asteioV

3588 2316

3376

and was

fair

to God, who was reared [2months 1three] in

anetrafh
mhnaV

5140

treiV

1722

en

P R A X E I S

182
3588 3624

3588 3962-1473

1620

autou
tw oikw
tou patroV

the house

1161

7:21 ekteqenta

of his father.

1473

auton

de

[3being exposed 1And 2he],

337-1473

3588

[4took him up

1the 2daughter 3of Pharaoh], and reared

2364

h
aneileto
auton
1473

1438

1519 5207

him

herself for a son.

2532 397

Faraw
2532

eauth
eiV uion

auton
4678

qugathr

kai aneqreyato

3811-*

3956

And Moses was instructed in all

1510.7.3-1161 1415

1722 3056

en
dunatoV

hn de

wisdom of the Egyptians; and he was mighty

in

2041

5063

5613-1161 4137

ergoiV

eplhrouto

7:23 wV de

works.

1473

autw

305

cronoV

1909

anebh

2532 1722

3588 80-1473

his heart

3588

his brethren

5207

to visit

5100

292

2532 1492

adikoumenon

tina

hmunato

1557

kai epoihsen
ekdikhsin

a certain one being wronged, he defended and executed vengeance

3588

2669

3960

kataponoumenw

tw

for the one

being harassed,

3543-1161

3588

sunienai

5495-1473

dia

qeoV

3588

oi

3756-4920

but

that

1473-4991

they perceived not.

1is giving 2deliverance to them];

ou sunhkan

3708

1473

1966

2250

epioush

hmera

And the following day

3164

autoiV

wfqh

7:26 th te
2532

macomenoiV

4900

1473

sunhlasen
autouV

kai

he appeared to ones doing combat, and he forced

1519 1515

2036

eiV

eirhnhn
eipwn

to

peace,

91

435

having said, Men,

240

1510.2.5-1473

why

3588 4139

adikwn

ton plhsion

But the one wronging the neighbor,

2036

5100

eipwn

apwsato
auton

1473-2525

1909 1473

3361 337

2532

ruler

and

1473 1473-2309

ef' hmaV

dikasthn
7:28 mh anelein

magistrate over us?

758

arconta
se katesthsen
kai

tiV

thrust him away, having said, Who placed you

1348

2444

inati
este umeiV

91

7:27 o de

one another?

683-1473

them

[2brethren 1you are],

3588-1161

allhlouV

adikeite

wrong

80

andreV
adelfoi

sandal

me

3588 2992-1473

3588-1063 5117

1519

2532 3588 4726-1473

su qeleiV

Do [2to do away with 3me 1you want],

2036

3778

kai dikasthn

3588 2316

touton

at

3941

1722 1093

paroikoV

en

1417

2532

1473

plhrwqentwn

en

2962

tessarakonta

1492

4442

Sina

tou orouV

of mount Sinai

942

3588 1161

batou

flogi puroV

en

an angel of the Lord in

7:31 o

a flame of fire of a bush.

2296

idwn

MwushV

3588 3735

the wilderness

1722 5395

kuriou
aggeloV

eqaumaze

3588 3705

to

3778

This one led them out,

1806-1473

2657

1096

autou katanohsai
egeneto

1473

auton

him, saying,

Abraam

1473

gh

and signs

in

the land of Egypt, and in

2094

th

and in

the wilderness [2years 1forty].

is

3588

the Moses,

4396

fwnh

2962

4314

kuriou

proV

3588 2316

3588 3962-1473

twn paterwn

qeoV
sou

I am the God
2532 3588 2316

Isaak

qeoV

kai o

2036

This
3588

eipwn

5207

Iakwb

qeoV

Israhl

uioiV

toiV

450

umin

2962

anasthsei

3588

kurioV

hmwn

qeoV

[4a prophet 5to you 3shall raise up 1The lord

1537

3588 80-1473

ek

umwn

twn adelfwn
wV

eme

your brethren

me.

from out of
3588

5613 1473

1096

1722

3588 1577

genomenoV
en

the one being

as

2532 3588

1473

1473

3588

oi

3588

3739

tw

orei

Sina

mount Sinai,

1209

3051

2198

edexato
logia

zwnta

who received [2oracles 1living]

3756-2309

5255

1096

ouk hqelhsan
uphkooi
genesqai

3962-1473

235

683

1our fathers],

but

thrust him away, and turned

patereV
hmwn

1519

their hearts

unto Egypt,

1063

gar

for

4160

2532

apwsanto

all'

2588-1473

Aarwn
o

en

to whom [2did not want 4subjects 3to become

kai

taiV kardiaV autwn

eiV

3588

meta

the wilderness with

to him on
3739

7:39 w

to give to us;

3326

1722 3588 3735

lalountoV
autw

oV
paterwn
hmwn

dounai
hmin

is

1722 3588 2048

2980

and of the ones of our fathers;

1325

1510.2.3

This

en th erhmw

th ekklhsia

3962-1473

kai twn

2our God]
3778

oV
estin
7:38 out

among the assembly in

tou aggelou
tou

of Israel,
2316-1473

4762

estrafhsan

2036

Aigupton
2316

3739

us

gods

who shall go before

*-3778

outoV

MwushV

this Moses

3739

oV

4313

1473

proporeusontai
hmwn

1806-1473

exhgagen
hmaV

who led us out

5100

1096

1093

of

the land

ek

3756-1492

of Egypt,

we know not what has happened to him.

gegonen

1473

autw

7:34 Ald. adds kai and.

7:37 Ald. adds autou akousesqe him you shall hear.
7:39 Ald. th kardia the heart.

us;

1537

Aiguptou
ouk oidamen
ti

tw

having said

1473

qeouV
oi
poihson
hmin

3588

7:40 eiponteV

qeoV

of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.

7:22 See CP & Ald. for variants.

3778

oV

7:37 out

3588 2316

of your fathers, the God

2532 3588 2316

the red sea,

the one having said to the sons

1473

profhthn

qalassh

eruqra

tessarakonta

kai en

o
Mw=shV

2281

5062

eth

erhmw

terata

2532 1722 2063

Aiguptw
kai en

2532 1722 3588 2048

estin o

5059

having done miracles

en
kai shmeia

to Aaron, Make

there came the voice of the Lord to

o
7:32 egw
kai o

5456

4160

poihsaV

exhgagen
autouV

1722 1093

1510.2.3 3588 *

1473

ofqentoV
autw

2532 4592

4334

3708

tou

in the bush.

en th batw
7:36 outoV

And

prosercomenou
orama

3588

1722 3588 942

de

beholding, marvelled at the vision. [3coming forward

1473

1And 2of his] to study it,

5062

etwn

erhmw

th

there appeared to him in

de

2094

1722 3588 2048

autw

wfqh

1161

egennhsen

ou

And [3being fulfilled 2years 1forty],

3708

Moses

1080

4137

7:30 kai

[2sons 1two].

egeneto

kai

the land of Midian, of which place he engendered

duo

uiouV

32

and became

3739

Madiam

gh

a sojourner in
5207

this word,

logw
toutw

tw

lutrwthn

by the hand of the angel, of the one appearing to him

the one speaking

en

3086

1sent]

aggelou

3588

And Moses fled

ruler

2532

God [2as ruler 3and 4ransomer

32

ceiri

the angel,

efuge
de MwushV

758

1722 5495

apesteilen
en

3588 32

7:29

758

649

the Egyptian yesterday?

1096

Moses

arconta
se katesthsen

arconta
qeoV
kai

ton Aiguption

cqeV
2532

Mw=shn

whom they denied, having said, Who placed you

you did away with

3056-3778

1473-2525

tiV

manner

3588

3588

7:35 touton
ton
5100

hrnhsanto
eiponteV

in which

1722

3568 1204

This

5504-3588-*

5343-1161-*

And now come,

Egypt.

337

aneileV

2532

them.
3778

Aigupton

5158

tropon

[2their moaning

1473

kai nun deuro

exelesqai
autouV

3739

on

and

1807

eiV

720

on

3588 2561

eidon
thn kakwsin

Egypt,

kai katebhn
se

which you stand

1492

In beholding, I saw the ill-treatment

in

1473

2476

Aiguptw
kai tou stenagmou autwn

tou en

I shall send you to

3739

3588

esthkaV

place in

7:34 idwn

2532 2597

apostelw

1722 3739

topoV
en

o gar

3588 1722 *

tou laou mou

hkousa

3089

kurioV
luson
to

1492

estin

agia

191

etolma

3588 2962

autw

of your feet! for the

39-1510.2.3

and magistrate? This one

3754

1his brethren]

3588-5037

3588 4228-1473

sou
upodhma
twn podwn

Egyptian.

80-1473

1325

1161

de

the

1473

de

2532 1348

autou didwsin

swthrian

ceiroV
autoiV

God [3through 4his hand

5266

gh

5111

did not dare

[4said 1And 5to him 2the 3Lord], Untie the

Aiguption

autou oti

touV adelfouV

And he thought [2would perceive

3588 2316 1223

ton

having struck

4920

7:25 enomize
de

3588

pataxaV

1161

7:33 eipe

649

And beholding

2532 4160

3756

MwushV
ouk

1I heard], and I came down to rescue

7:24 kai idwn

of the sons of Israel.

91

2036

katanohsai

of my people

1980

autou touV uiouV

Israhl

touV adelfouV

2657

[2ground 1is holy].

tessarakontaethV

genomenoV

words and in

autou episkeyasqai

thn kardian

2of time], it ascended unto

1096

de

1093

3588 2588-1473

epi

1161

[4trembling 1And 3having become 2Moses]

logoiV
kai en

And as [3was filled up 4to him 1forty years

5550

1790

entromoV

to study it.

pash

7:22 kai epaideuqh

MwushV

Aiguptiwn

sofia

7:21

ghV
2532

7:41 kai

And

7:42

A C T S

3447

1722 3588 2250-1565

emoscopoihsan
2378

3588

qusian

those days,

1497

5495-1473

autwn

ceirwn

twn

1473

and led up

you.
3962-1473

1did your fathers]? And they killed the ones preannouncing

3588

2316

2532

4012

2God]

and

concerning the advent

of the just one; of whom you now

4273

1096

4762

1161

[3turned

1And

estreye

de

3588 4756

qeoV

3588

3588

biblw

3772

2531

ouranou kaqwV

4396

2378

3361

kai
5062

eth

[2years 1for forty]

in

2532 353

oikoV

3588 *

And you take up the tent

*

kai to astron

of Molech, and the star

3588

tou qeou umwn

Remfan

5179

4352

1473

proskunein

2532

to do obeisance to them;
3588

BabulwnoV

in

lalwn

Moses,

1473

ewrakei

3962-1473

3588 5179

ton tupon

according to the model

1237

kai eishgagon
diadexamenoi
oi

1722 3588 2697

3588

meta
Ihsou en th katascesei

patereV
hmwn

1our fathers]
3739

575

4383

3588 3962-1473

whom God pushed out from in front

3588 2250

3739 2147

Dabid

twn hmerwn

the days

who found favor before

4638

3588

2316 *

asked

to find a tent

for the God of Jacob.

1473

235

skhnwma

hthsato
eurein
tw
3624

oikon

wkodomhsen
autw

built

Iakwb

qew

2730

naoiV

3588 3772

legei

says,

1473

The heaven

3588 4228-1473

4169

uyistoV

2362

as

5286

upopodion

gh

1473

3004

tiV

3780

for my rest?

4160

3778-3956

make

all these things?

by disposition of angels, and kept it not.

Stephen Stoned to Death

Did not

kai

3588

toiV

and
39

3775

wsin

2532

ears,
496

agiw
antipiptete

1473

umeiV

you

1282

these things,

tauta

dieprionto

they were sawed through

3588

2588-1473

2532 1031

3588

in

their hearts,

and gnashed their teeth

3599

1909

1473

kai ebrucon

taiV kardiaiV
autwn
touV odontaV
ep'

auton

against him.

5224-1161

4134

4151

39

And being

full

[2spirit

1of holy], having gazed into

816

7:55 uparcwn
de plhrhV
pneumatoV
agiou
3588 3772

1492

the heaven,

he beheld the glory of God, and Jesus

1391

eide

ton ouranon
1537 1188

2316

doxan

3588 2316

ek

dexiwn
tou qeou

at

the right

2532 *

qeou

eiV

2476

estwta

kai Ihsoun

2532 2036

2400

7:56 kai eipen

of God.

1519

atenisaV

standing

2334

idou

3588

touV
qewrw

And he said, Behold, I view the

3772

455

2532 3588 5207 3588 444

heavens

being opened, and the son

1537 1188

2476

3588 2316

estwta

1standing]

sunescon

3588

they held
1473

2532

kai

wrmhsan

their ears,

and

advanced

2532

auton

ep'

3173

And crying out [2voice 1with a great],

3775-1473

wta
autwn

ta

[2at 3the right

5456

megalh

7:57 kraxanteV
de fwnh

of God.

4912

of man

2896-1161

tou qeou

1544

3661

omoqumadon

with one accord

1854

3588 4172

exw

ekbalonteV

7:58 kai

against him.

3729

thV polewV

And having cast him outside the city,

3036

2532 3588 3144

eliqoboloun

659

3588 2440-1473

martureV
apeqento
ta imatia
autwn

kai oi

they stoned him. And the witnesses put aside

2564

their garments

3844

3588 4228

3494

by

the feet

of a young man, being called Saul.

touV podaV

para
neaniou
3036

2532

kaloumenou
Saulou
7:59 kai

3588 *

1941

they stoned
2962

Stephen,

kurie

1209

5087-1161

a
mou
pneum

to

O Lord Jesus, receive

7:60 qeiV de

my spirit!

2896

kai legonta

the one calling upon and saying,

3588 4151-1473

Ihsou dexai

And
2532 3004

eliqoboloun
ton Stefanon
epikaloumenon

5456

ta gonata
ekraxe

And having placed

2476

1473

set

[2to them

3173

2962

3588 266-3778

sthshV
autoiV

3361

megalh

fwnh
kurie

mh

2532 3778

2036

And this

having said,

tauthn

thn amartian
kai touto
eipwn

1this sin].

ekoimhqh

he went to sleep.

CHAPTER 8

my hand

The Persecution of the Assembly

7:51 sklhrotrachloi
kai
2532

And hearing

ceir mou

Stephen Rebukes the Jewish Leaders

O hard-necked

3778

akouonteV
de

7:54

epoihse
tauta
panta

4644

191-1161

3588 5495-1473

wV
mou 7:50 ouci
topoV
thV katapause

or what place

the law

2837

2962

legei
kurioV

for my feet; what house will you build to me? says the Lord,
3588 2663-1473

received

2532 3756-5442

the prophet

mou poion
oikon

twn podwn
oikodomhset
e moi
2228 5100 5117

2983

Who

the knees, he cried out [2voice 1a great], O Lord, you should not

profhthV

3588-1161 1093

qronoV
h de

3618

32

3748

7:53 oitineV
elabete

3588 1119

is my throne, and the earth a footstool

3624

gegenhsqe

nun umeiV

3588 4396

o
katoikei kaqwV

moi
ouranoV

7:49 o

But Solomon
3588 5310

2531

5in 7made by hands 6temples 4dwell];

3004

de
7:47 Solomwn

3756

But [3does not 1the 2highest

3485

ceiropoihtoiV

God, and
*-1161

7:48 all' ouc

to him a house.

1722 5499

until

3588 2316 2532

eure
carin
enwpion
tou qeou kai

7:46 oV

of David;

1799

2147

3618

2193

of our fathers,
5484

154

en

eqnwn

twn

ewV
apo proswpou
twn paterwn
hmwn

exwsen
o qeoV

3568-1473

1519 1296

1909

1484

after Joshua in the taking possession of the nations,

1856-3588-2316

wn

3588

Which also [3brought in 2relieving

3326 *

3739

dikaiou
ou

anewgmenouV

tou anqrwpou

ouranouV
kai ton uion
ek dexiwn

set in order by the one

2532 1521

7:45 hn

which he had seen.

with

3588

2596

to make it
3739

toiV

dietaxato

kaqwV
o

4160

3708

on

1299

poihsai

kata

Mwush
authn

tw

speaking to
3739

hn

of testimony was
2531

the wilderness, as

3588 *

1510.7.3 3588

tou marturiou

skhnh

en th erhmw

patrasin
hmwn
2980

beyond

3588 3142

1722 3588 2048

our fathers

1900

umaV
epekeina

and I will displace you

The tent

3962-1473

epoihsate
1473

metoikiw

4633

7:44 h

Babylon.

4160

models of which you made

3351

kai
autoiV

3739

touV tupouV
ouV

of your god Remphan, the

prokataggeilantaV

1342

3588 3551

Israhl

2532 3588 798

tou Moloc

7:43 kai anelabete

thn skhnhn
3588 2316-1473

2532 5406

prodotai
kai foneiV

the wilderness, O house of Israel?

3588 4633

3588

thV eleusewV
tou

2to me]

3624

erhmw

th

peri

4293

1473

1722 3588 2048

tessarakonta
en

3588 1660

proshnegkat
e moi

[3victims for slaughter 4and 5sacrifices 1offer

2094

3588

kai apekteinan
touV

aggelwn

ton nomon
eiV diatagaV
kai ouk efulaxate

Did you not

4374

qusiaV

patereV
umwn

[2betrayers 3and 4murderers 1have become].

profhtwn
mh

twn

the book of the prophets,

2532

sfagia

kai

the military of the heaven; as

1722 976

4968

oi

works

toiV ergoiV

2532 615

3588

ediwxan

2041

3000

it has been written in

1377

[2not 3persecute

the

7:42

en

3756

profhtwn
ouk

in

delivered them up to serve

gegraptai

4396

twn

Which of the prophets

1722 3588

latreuein

tou
paredwken
autouV
th stratia
1125

3588

7:52 tina

and made merry

of their hands.
3860-1473

5100

umeiV

2532 2165

eidwlw
kai eufrainonto
en

tw

a sacrifice to the idol,

3588

2532 321

taiV hmeraiV
ekeinaiV
kai anhgagon

en

they made a calf image in

183

564

3588

aperitmhtoi

th

and uncircumcised
104

3588

aei

tw

continually
5613

wV

3holy 1rush headlong against]; as

3588

oi

[2the

4151

*-1161

1510.7.3 4909

suneudokwn

And Saul

was

assenting with

1096-1161

2588

kardia

in heart

pneumati

8:1 SauloV
de hn

3588

tw

4spirit

1722 1565

egeneto
de

en

And came to pass in

1909

epi

3588 1577

3588 2250

his removal.
1375

that

day

3588

thn ekklhsian
thn

en

3588 5561

2532

1289

your fathers,

so also

were dispersed throughout the places

3173

megaV

[2persecution 1a great]

1722 *

the one in

diesparhsan
kata

anairesei
autou

hmera
diwgmoV

3962-1473

patereV
umwn
kai

th

ekeinh
th

against the assembly,

2596

3588 336-1473

3956-1161

IerosolumoiV
panteV
de

Jerusalem;
3588 *

and all

2532 *

kai SamareiaV

taV cwraV
thV IoudaiaV

of Judea and Samaria,

P R A X E I S

184
4133

3588 652

4792

plhn twn apostolwn

435

1161

2532

4160

3men

2reverent],

and

were making

3173

1909 1473

eulabeiV

megan

*-1161

But Saul
1531

kopeton
3588 1577

laid waste

the assembly
435

2532

touV oikouV

andraV
kata
eisporeuomenoV
surwn
te
kai
[2by houses
1entering].
Dragging both men
and
1135

3860

1519 5438

women,

he delivered them up into prison.

gunaikaV
paredidou
1289

3588

3303-3767

eiV fulakhn
8:4 oi

1330

men oun

The ones then

2097

diasparenteV
dihlqon

3588 3056

euaggelizomenoi

ton logon

being scattered went through announcing good news the word.

*-1161

2718

1519 4172

3588 *

And Philip

going down unto a city

3588 5547

ton criston

autoiV

5037

on

8:6 proseic

to them the Christ.

3588

of Samaria, proclaimed

4337

3793

ocloi

oi

[4took heed 1And 2the 3multitudes]

3004

5259 3588 *

3661

1722

by

with one accord, in

legomenoiV
upo tou Filippou
omoqumadon

toiV

to the things being said

3588 191-1473

Philip

their hearing

3588 4592

3739

and seeing

the signs

which he did.

4183-1063

3588

For many

of the ones having

2192

gar twn
8:7 pollwn
5456

3173

en

2532 991

kai blepein

akouein
autouV
ta

tw

3588

te

4160

a
shmeia

epoiei

4151

169

[2spirits

1unclean], yelling

994

econtwn
pneumata
akaqarta
bownta

1831

4183-1161

and viewing works of power and signs

3886

2532

1411

2532 4592

dunameiV

1096

kai shmeia
ginomena

191

1161

8:14 akousanteV

he was amazed.

being done

3588 1722 *

de

en IerosolumoiV

oi

[6having heard 1And 2the 4in 5Jerusalem

652

3754 1209-3588-*

3apostles]

that Samaria received

649

4314

1473

sent

to

them

oti
apostoloi

3588 3056

3588 2316

dedaktai
h Samareia
ton logon
tou qeou

the word

3588 *

of God,

2532 *

3748

ton Petron

apesteilan
proV autouV
kai Iwannhn
8:15 oitineV

Peter

2597

4336

having gone down

prayed

2983

4151

katabanteV

3762

1holy].

For not yet was it

but only [2immersed

1519 3588 3686

to

onoma
tou

3588

1being]

in

the

name

of the Lord

3588 5495

1909

2962

2300

1161

[3seeing

1And

3588

laying on

of the hands

5495

4151

3754 1223

Simwn

3588

652

1325

4374

1473

5536

[2voice 1a great] came forth; and many having been disabled and

2holy], he brought

5560

1325 2504

2323

2532 1096

5479

cwloi eqerapeuqhsan
8:8 kai egeneto

lame were cured.

kai

3173

1722

megalh

cara
en

And came to pass [2joy 1a great] in

1473

Simon and the Magic Arts

1161

8:9 anhr

5100

de

3686

4391

onomati
Simwn
pro=phrcen

tiV

[3man 1And 2a certain], by name Simon, beforehand

1722 3588 4172

en

th

3096

in

the city

was practicing magic, and amazing the nation

3588

polei
mageuwn

SamareiaV

thV

2532 1839

of Samaria,
3739

1510.1

5100

saying

[2to be 3some

i
eina

575

proseicon
pantaV
apo

To whom all gave heed

3004

legonteV

saying,
3173

megalh

3778

3588

estin

This one is

the

5550

3753-1161

dunamiV

of the [2God

3095

1223

3588

dia

to

1839

1473

with the magic

he amazed

3588 *

them.

2097

4012

3588

peri

Philip

announcing good news,

932

3588

2316

thV basileiaV
tou qeou

kingdom

3686

907

name

of Jesus Christ,

5547

onomatoV
Ihsou

3588

women.
907

kai baptisqeiV

1161

de

435-5037

2532

andreV
te kai

they were immersed, both men and

*

2532

Simwn
kai

And Simon
1510.7.3

hn

and having been immersed, was

8:3 i.e. house by house.

3588

kai tou

of God, and the

cristou ebaptizonto

8:13 o

2532

1473

autoV

4100

episteuse

even himself believed,

4342

proskarterwn

constantly attending to

3588

tw

And Peter said

1510.4

1519 684

1431

thn

for

[2the 3gift

2932

3588 2316

before
2532

for

your heart

Repent

1189

3588 2316

epinoia

straight

3588 2549-1473

then from
1487 686

ei

God! if

ara

afeqhseta
i
1519-1063 5521

sou
thV kardiaV

8:23 eiV gar colhn

3of your heart];

for in

93

3708

of unrighteousness I see you being.

3588

de
8:24 apokriqeiV

bile

1473 1510.6

se onta
orw

kai sundesmon
adikiaV

of bitterness, and bond

[2your evil

863

then [4shall be forgiven

3588 2588-1473

2532 4886

pikriaV

is not

apo thV kakiaV

sou
8:22 metanohson
oun

1963

4088

lot

3756-1510.2.3 2117

3767 575

God.
and beseech

3588

2819

oude klhroV

sou ouk estin

gar kardia
euqeia

3340

tauthV
kai dehqhti
tou qeou
soi

3761

soi meriV

3588 1063 2588-1473

this matter;

enwpion
tou qeou

1473

crhmatwn

dia

There is no portion to you nor

logw
toutw
h

3588 2316

1this],

1223 5536

enomisaV

8:21 ouk esti

tw

3778

3543

4of God 1you thought 6by 7things

5is to be acquired].

1799

apwleian

eiV

3756-1510.2.3 1473-3310

ktasqai
en

soi eih

tou qeou
dwrean

611-1161

episteusan
tw Filippw
euaggelizomenw

1holy].

1473

2036

3754 3588

oti

5you 1the 2thought

mageiaiV
exestakenai
autouV

the things concerning the

2532

3588

qeou

tou

autw

And when they believed

gunaikeV

2316

1473

3588

4100

de
8:12 ote

1135

unto great,

3588

power

cronw
taiV

for a fit amount of time

ta

1411

megalou

*-1161

8:20 PetroV
de eipe

[2your money 4with 5you 1May 3be] unto destruction,

in

And they were giving heed to him, because

ikanw

39

to him,

great one.
3173

an epiqw

on
sou sun
arguri

1722 3588 3056-3778

2193

2007

to
auton

megan

mikrou ewV

8:11 proseicon
de

2425

3588

1himself]

3397

4337-1161

1great].

3173

eauton

from small

1510.2.3

oV

out

1438

tina

4337-3956

8:10 w

eqnoV

kai existwn
to

3004

legwn

3588 1484

4862

saying,

302

agion
pneuma

3588 694-1473

3004

8:19 legwn

that whom ever I should place

4151

the hands should receive [2spirit

that city.

435

this authority,

2983

taV ceiraV
lambanh

th polei
ekeinh

2443 3739

tauthn

thn exousian
w
ina

Give to me also
3588 5495

3588 4172-1565

to

to them things,

3588 1849-3778

kamoi
dote

3588

[4was given 1the

crhmata

agion
proshnegken
autoiV

polloi de paralelumenoi

thV

apostolwn
didotai

of the apostles

3spirit

megalh
exhrceto

3588

dia
oti

2Simon] that through the

pneuma
to

fwnh

pneuma

and they received [2spirit

3588 *

ceirwn
twn

3588 39

Then
4151

kai elambanon

autouV

8:18 qeasamenoV
de

epiqesewV
twn

5119

8:17 tote

Jesus.

2532 2983

they placed the hands upon them,

1936

kuriou
Ihsou

1473

epetiqoun
taV ceiraV
ep'

1holy].

hn

3440-1161 907

uphrcon
eiV

39

that
1510.7.3

monon

epipeptwkoV
de bebaptismenoi

5224

agion

them,

3768-1063

8:16 oupw
gar

[2upon 3any one 4of them 1falling];

2007

3704

opwV

autwn

concerning

1968

autwn

1473

peri

39

1473

oudeni

Who

4012

agion
pneuma

they should receive [2spirit

ep'

and John.

proshuxanto

labwsi
1909

2784

ekhrussen

8:5 FilippoV
de katelqwn
eiV polin
thV SamareiaV
1473

2334-5037

Philip;

te
Filippw
qewrwn

existato

[2beating of the breast

3075

4951-5037

1839

8:3 SauloV
de elumaineto
thn ekklhsian

1a great] over him.

2596-3588-3624

5Stephen

2870

epoihsanto

kai

autw

ep'

ton Stefanon

[4collected up 1And

2126

andreV

3588 *

8:2 sunekomisan
de

except the apostles.

8:2

2036

Simon

said, You beseech

1189-1473

5228

uper

Simwn
eipe
dehqhte
umeiV

And responding
4314

3588 2962

3704

me

to

the Lord!

so that nothing should come upon me

opwV
emou proV ton kurion
3739

2046

8:25 oi

of which you have said.

2532

kai

2980

lalhsanteV

mhden

3588

eirhkate

wn

3367

3588

ton

and having spoken the

3303

men

1904

for

1473

1909

epelqh
3767

ep'

1473

eme

1263

oun
diamarturamenoi

They indeed then, testifying

3056

3588

word

of the Lord,

returned

logon

tou

2962

kuriou

5290

upestreyan

1519

4183-5037

2968

3588

unto

Jerusalem,

and in many

towns

of the

Samaritans

eiV

Ierousalhm

te
pollaV

8:13 CP adds megala great.

kwmaV

twn

Samareitwn

8:26

A C T S

2097

185

3588 1124-3778

euhggelisanto

2097

this scripture,

32-1161

2962

de
8:26 aggeloV

2980

kuriou

450

saying, Rise up
3588 3598

4314

to

Philip,

2532 4198

2596

3314

and go

according to the south!

legwn
anasthqi
kai poreuou
kata
3588 2597

1909

meshmbrian
epi

575

unto

1519

thn katabainousan

thn odon
apo Ierousalhm
eiV

the way

going down

3778

1510.2.3 2048

auth
estin

erhmoV

this

is

wilderness.

2532

2400

2532

4198

anastaV

8:27 kai

Gazan

unto Gaza;

450

eporeuqh

And having risen up he went.

435-*

idou

kai

from Jerusalem

2135

Aiqioy

anhr

1413

eunoucoV
dunasthV

And behold, there was an Ethiopian man, a eunuch, a mighty one

*

3588 938

3739 1510.7.3 1909

KandakhV
thV basilisshV
Aiqiopwn

of Candace the queen

3956

3588 1047-1473

3739

her treasury,

2064

1909

4352

1519

elhluqei
proskunhswn
5290

eiV

2532 2521

upostrefwn
kai kaqhmenoV

8:28 hn te

Jerusalem.

over

who had come to do obeisance in

1510.7.3-5037

Ierousalhm

epi

hn

of the Ethiopians, who was

pashV
thV gazhV
authV
oV

all

oV

And he was returning,

3588 716-1473

314

and sitting

3588 4396

aneginwske

autou
tou armatoV
ton profhthn
Hsa+an

epi

upon

his chariot.
2036-1161 1161

8:29 eipe

[4said
2853

And he read the prophet

3588

de

4151

3588 *

pneuma
tw

to

Isaiah.

4334

2532

Filippw
proselqe
kai

1And 2the 3spirit]

to Philip, Draw near and

3588 716-3778

4370-1161

3588 *

de o

kollhqhti
tw armati
8:30 prosdramwn
toutw

FilippoV

join

Philip

to this chariot.

And running up,

191

1473

314

3588 4396

heard

him

reading

the prophet

Isaiah, and said,

2532 2036

hkousen
autou anaginwskontoV
ton profhthn
Hsa+an kai eipen
686

1065

1097

ge
ara

3739 314

ginwskeiV
a

3588 1161 2036

anaginwskeiV
8:31 o

4459-1063

302-1410

1437-3361

For how

might I be able, unless

pwV gar an dunaimhn

3870-5037

Philip

3588-1161 4042

autw

him.

3588

And the section

1510.7.3 3778

hn

5613 4263

auth
wV

was

this,

As a sheep

286

1726

3588

a lamb before

the one shearing

his mouth.

71

2532 5613

kai wV

1473

880

it

is voiceless, so

8:33 en

his humiliation
autou
genean

thn de
575

3588 1093

apo

thV ghV

3588 2135

5100

sou peri

3588 4396

tinoV
o

you, concerning whom

1438

eautou

2228

himself, or
1161

3588 2222-1473

3588 *

de

1And

autou
zwh

1his life]?

3004

to Philip, said, I beseech

3778

2087-5100

peri

of

your entire

4100

3588

5207

2532

3588 2316

pisteueiV

you believe

de
apokriqeiV

2476

3588

ekeleuse
sthnai

eterou
tinoV
3588 4750-1473

peri

1519 3588 5204

te

into the water,

both Philip

2532

2Christ].

2597

katebhsan

kai

3588 5037 *

1473

2532 3588 2135

FilippoV
kai o

3753-1161

2532

eunoucoV
kai

and the eunuch; and

305

de

auton
8:39 ote

he immersed him.

1537

anebhsan

3588

ek

tou

And when they ascended from out of the

5204

4151

2962

water,

spirit

of the Lord seized Philip by force,

726-3588-*

udatoV
pneuma
kuriou

2532 3756

hrpase
ton Filippon
kai ouk
3588

1473

3765

4see

5him

6any longer 1the 2eunuch]; for he went

ouketi

eiden
auton
3598-1473

5463

his way

rejoicing.

4198-1063

3588

eunoucoV
eporeueto
gar thn

autou cairwn

odon
2532 1330

2135

and [3did not

1492

*-1161

2147

1519 *

And Philip

was found in

8:40 FilippoV
de eureqh

2097

eiV Azwton

3588

kai diercomenoV
euhggelizeto

4172

Azotus;
3956

poleiV
pasaV

taV

and going through he announced good news to [2the 3cities 1all]

2193 3588 2064-1473

1519 *

until

unto Caesarea.

auton
eiV
ewV
tou elqein

he came

Kaisareian

CHAPTER 9
The Conversion of Saul
3588

1161

9:1 o

de

2089

1519

3588

2962

tou
touV maqhtaV

749

stoma
autou kai arxamenoV

2Philip]

his mouth,

154

arcierei

tw

apo

kai

4334

proselqwn

kuriou
3844

having come forward

1473

1992

1519

asked

4314 3588 4864

from him
3704

1437 5100

letters

for

2147

proV taV sunagwgaV

opwV
tinaV eurh

Damaskon
ean

Damascus to
3598

the synagogues, so that if

1510.6

odou ontaV

thV

435-5037

any

2532 1135

[2of the 3way 1being], both men and women,

71

1519 *

agagh

egeneto

having bound them

1722-1161 3588 4198

eiV Ierousalhm
9:3 en de

he should lead them unto Jerusalem.

1096

should be found
1210

dedemenouV
andraV
te kai gunaikaV

1473

1448

eggizein

auton

it happened as he
1473

3588 *

th

approached to
5457 575

tw poreuesqai

And in the going,

2532 1810

kai exaifnhV

Damaskw

Damascus, and suddenly

3588 3772

2532 4098

fwV apo tou ouranou 9:4 kai peswn

perihstrayen
auton

flashed about him

3588 1093

light from the heaven.

191

5456

3004

And having fallen

1473

legousan

Saoul
Saoul

hkouse
fwnhn
autw

upon the ground, he heard a voice saying

me diwkeiV

why do you persecute me?

2036-1161

de
9:5 eipe

to him, Saul,
5100 1510.2.2

tiV

ei

Saul,
2962

kurie

And he said, Who are you, O Lord?

575

and having begun from

2532

apeilhV

eiV
9:2 hthsato
par' autou epistolaV

to the chief priest,

*

547

empnewn

still breathing intimidation and

3588 3101

fonou
eiV

1709

eti
SauloV

And Saul

ti

[3having opened

FilippoV
to

8:37 CP omits verse but inserts lines of zeros; text Ald.

9:5 & 6 CP omits text but inserts lines of zeros.

8:28 Ald. adds kai and.

5547

1Jesus

arma

to

1both]

5100 1473-1377

8:35 anoixaV
2532 756

eipe

[3to stop 1the 2chariot]. And [2went down

amfoteroi
eiV to udwr
o

ebaptisen

2036

criston

ton Ihsoun

716

297

907

3588 *

einai

6of God 3to be

And he urged

If

611-1161

1510.1

tou qeou
uion

2753

8:38 kai

1487 4100

2Philip],

it is allowed. And responding he said,

I believe [4the 5son

epi thn ghn

455

concerning some other?

1473

kwluei
me

FilippoV
ei

1832

heart,

pisteuw
ton

1909

4012

profhthV
legei
touto

5100 2967

3588 *

exestin
thV kardiaV

4015

2036 1189

[2prophet 3speak 1does this]? concerning

4012

3588 *

tiV

deoma

eunoucoV
tw Filippw
eipe
i

[4responding 1And 2the 3eunuch]

1473 4012

5100

And [3his generation 1who

2shall describe], for [2is taken 3from 4the 5earth

o

olhV

3588

3588 1161 1074-1473

his judgment was taken away.

1161

outwV

th tapeinwsei
autou

In

krisiV
autou hrqh

611

3779

1722 3588 5014-1473

142

de
8:34 apokriqeiV

1161

[3said 1And

3588 2588

ex

5408

aneginwsken

afwnoV

keirontoV
auton

3754 142

1537 3650

with

unto slaughter he was led, and as

oti
airetai

to be immersed?

4862

314

sfaghn
hcqh

2751

stoma
autou

dihghsetai

2036

8:37 eipe
de

baptisqhnai

3588

he opens not

1334

5204

of the scripture which he read

4967

5100

epi ti

udwr
ti

1909

ouk anoigei
to
h

2400

eunoucoV
idou

carnage against the disciples of the Lord,

3588 4750-1473

3588 2920-1473

907

kaqisai
sun
3739

thn odon
hlqon
kata

water. And [3says 1the 2eunuch], Behold, water, what prevents me

me

2523

hn
grafhV

probaton
epi

enantion

amnoV
tou
3756-455

odhghsh

1124

1909

1473

having ascended to sit

thV
perioch

8:32 h de

Jesus.

3588 3598 2064

3588 2135

someone should guide me?

305

ton Filippon
anabanta

And he appealed to
1473

3594

tiV

3588 *

parekales
e te

2532 5346

And he said,

5100

mh
ean

5204

udwr
kai fhsin o

eipe

de

Then indeed you know what you read?

ton Ihsoun

And as they were going along the way, they came upon some

elalhse
proV Filippon

And an angel of the Lord spoke

2596

eporeuonto

8:36 wV de

Philip and the Ethiopian Eunuch

3588 *

autw

announced good news to him

5613-1161 4198

3004

1473

tauthV

thV grafhV
euhggelisato

they announced good news.

P R A X E I S

186
3588 1161 2962

2036

kurioV

de

1473 1510.2.1 *

eimi
eipen
egw

And the Lord said, I

4314

3739

Jesus,

1473

It is hard

to you [2against 3spurs 1to kick].

2532 2284

2036

kai qambwn

2759

2962

eipe

2979

kentra
laktizein

proV

su diwkeiV

4314

the Lord

said to him,

1473

kurioV
proV

235

450

But

rise up

1161

1519 3588 3614

into the house; and having placed [3upon 4him

4160

2532 2007

1909

2532

3588 5495

And

1the 2hands], he said, O brother Saul, the Lord

poihsai
kai

2036

taV ceiraV

*-80

eipe

3588 2962

adelfe o
Saoul

2532 1525

1519 3588

3588

3708

1473

and enter

into the

the one appearing to you in

ofqeiV

en

has sent

308

city!

and it will be told to you what you must do.

But the

you should gain sight, and should be filled [2spirit

435

3588 4922

1473

2476

andreV
oi sunodeuonteV
autw

men

journeying

3303

3588 5456

with him stood

3367

qewrounteV

indeed the voice

[3no one 1but 2viewing].

3588 *

3588 1093

575

991

[3rose

1And

as it were

scales;

and he gained sight,

and

having risen up

5037

3588

te

5496

twn

Damaskon

eiV

5140

3361 991

treiV

2532 3756

de

907

1096

1161

some days.

5100

3101

2532 2036

4314 1473

3588 2962

kai eipe

o
AnaniaV
proV auton

Ananias. And [3said 4to

3588 1161 2036

eipen

de

1722 3705

kurioV
en oramati
Anania

1473

idou

2962

egw

3588 1161 2962

kurie

9:11 o

1473

450

4198

kurioV

de

And he said, Behold, it is I, O Lord.

4314

And the Lord

1909 3588 4505

3588 2564

anastaV
poreuqhti

proV auton
epi thn rumhn
thn kaloumenhn

said to him, Rise up, go

2117

2532 2212

unto the street

1722 3614

euqeian
kai zhthson
en

Straight, and seek

*

oikia

*-3686

Iouda

4336

Saulon
onomati

idou gar

2532 1492

1722 3705

proseucetai
9:12 kai eiden
en

of Tarsus! For behold he prays,

and he saw in

435

2532 2007

3686

1525

oramati

a vision
1473

andra
onomati
Ananian
eiselqonta
kai epiqenta

a man, by name Ananias, entering

5495

ceira

3704

2962

AnaniaV

191

kurie

575

akhkoa

4183

4012

435-3778

3745

2556

toutou

osa
androV

this man,

4160

en

Ierousalhm

in

Jerusalem.

749

2532

3956

pantaV

2036

9:15 eipe

your name.

he did

to

2192

1849

5602

chief priests to bind all

3686-1473

3588

1589

oti
skeuoV

3844

3588

ekloghV

4314

to

3588 2962

1473

6him

2the 3Lord], Go!

moi

1510.2.3-3778

3588 941

2532 935

arciereiV

my name

before

nations, and kings,

te
kai basilewn
uiwn
1473

3745

osa

autw

and the sons of Israel.

1163-1473

5228

uper

dei auton

will show plainly to him how much he must

[2for

1909 3588

3588

epi touV

*-1161

3123

And Saul

the more was empowered, and

3588

1743

1722 *

dwelling

in

touV IoudaiouV
touV katoikountaV
en

confounded the

Jews

4822

3754 3778

1510.2.3 3588 5547

instructing

that this

is

oV
estin o
oti
sumbibazwn
out

2532

enedunamouto

2730

kai

Damaskw

Damascus,

cristoV

the Christ.

The Plot to Kill Saul

9:23

5613-1161

4137

2250

eplhrounto

wV de

2425

hmerai

ikanai

Now when [3were fulfilled 2of days 1a fit amount],

4823

3588

337

[3advised

1the

2Jews]

to do away with

sunebouleusanto

oi

1097

Ioudaioi

1161

9:24 egnwsqh

3588 *

[3was made known 1And

auton

4to Saul

autwn

epiboulh

2their plot].

3906-5037

3588

4439

2250-5037

And they were closely watching

the

gates

both day

parethroun
te
3571

3704

3588

oi

pulaV

taV

1473-337

opwV
anelwsi

nuktoV
auton
maqhtai

3571

nuktoV

2524

2983

kaqhkan

[4taking
1223

dia

1161

9:22 CP PauloV Paul.

kai

and
1473

auton

1And 5him
3588

tou

by night, lowered him through the

9:18 CP adds paracrhma immediately.

2532

hmeraV
te

9:25 labonteV
de

so as to do away with him.

3101

him.

3588 1917-1473

tw Saulw
h

de

1473

anelein

9:17 CP adds IhsouV Jesus.

Israhl

eiV touto

1he should lead] unto the

3588

1519 3778

and [4here 1for 2this

9:22 SauloV
de mallon

2the 3disciples]

to bear

5207-5037

Jerusalem

71

outoV

estin
tou bastasai
to

1484

mou enwpion

onom
a
eqnwn

4198

kurioV
poreuou

Ierousalhm

in

2532 5602

this name,

2443 1210-1473

749

night

1473

o
proV auton

de

1799

1473-1063 5263

3588

the ones calling upon

1161

3686-1473

gar upodeixw

9:16 egw

the

epikaloumenouV

for [2a utensil 3of choice 4to me 1this one is],

For I

your holy ones

twn
exousian
para
1941

touV

[4said 1And 5to

3754 4632

39-1473

And here he has authority by

dhsai

sou
onom
a

3588

wde
ecei

9:14 kai

1210

arcierewn

tou

epoihse

kaka
toiV agioiV
sou

how many evils

1722 *

3588

concerning

1722 *

porqhsaV
en

3he has come], that [2them bound

de

apo pollwn
peri

3the ones 4hearing], and

4199

agagh

ina
dedemenouV
autouV

elhluqei

sunecune

2532

akouonteV
kai

onoma
touto
kai wde

the ones calling upon

4797

the son
191

panteV
oi

3588 3686-3778

2064

tou
uioV

estin o

3588

the one ravaging

epikaloumenouV
to

[3responded 1And

2Ananias], O Lord, I have heard from many

3956

1510.2.3 3588

1941

touV

1161

9:13 apekriqh

de

they said, [2not 3this 1Is]

synagogues

1510.2.3 3588 5207 3588

that this one is

1161

oV
estin o
out

autw

611

anableyh

a hand, so that he should gain sight.

*

3778

ouc

and placing upon him

308

opwV

3756

3588

the

3754 3778

[5were amazed 1And 2all

3004

4864

taiV sunagwgaiV

en

oti
oV

ton criston
out

9:21 existanto

elegon

3101

maqhtwn

Damaskw

1722 3588

euqewV

1839

chief priests?

for the house of Judas, one named Saul

2400-1063

Tarsea

called,

3588 1722 *

2112

3588 5547

of God.

3686

eniscusen

And immediately in

he was proclaiming the Christ,

5him 1the 2Lord] in a vision, Ananias!

2400

2532

9:20 kai

ekhrusse

1722 *

1765

with the [2in 3Damascus 1disciples]

nor drink.

And there was a certain disciple in Damascus, by name

*

3326

2Saul]

hmeraV
tinaV

qeou

5160

twn en
SauloV
meta

2784

en Damaskw
onomati

maqhthV

tiV

3588 *

3761 4095

Ananias and Saul

1510.7.3-1161

2983

And taking nourishment, he strengthed.

[3existed 1And
2250-5100

hmeraV

anastaV

kai

trofhn

9:19 kai labwn

egeneto
de

2316

9:10 hn de

anebley
e te
2532

ebaptisqh

And he was [2days

efagen
oude epien

mh blepwn
kai ouk

1three] not seeing, and he did not eat

lepideV

2532 1510.7.3 2250

9:9 kai hn

2068

wsei

he was immersed.

1161

ceiragwgounteV

1519 *

his eyes
450

9:8 hgerqh
de

[2no one 1he saw]. [2leading 4by the hand 1And

1521

And immediately there fell away from

2532

3762

3him], they brought him unto Damascus.

1of holy].

3588 3788-1473

autou
apo twn ofqalmwn

308-5037

2his eyes]
eishgagon

auton

575

apepeson

3013

3788-1473

1473

634

9:18 kai euqewV

5616

anewgmenwn

eblepe

2532 2112

39

pneumatoV
agiou

1161

from the ground, [3having been opened 1and

autou oudena

ofqalmwn

4151

kai plhsqhV

1453

455

SauloV
apo thV ghV

2Saul]

191

dumb, hearing

1161 2334

mhdena

thV fwnhV
de

men

1769

eisthkeisan
enneoi akouonteV

2532 4130

anableyhV

3704

opwV

the way by which you came, that

3588-1161

9:7 oi de
poiein

me,

2064

hrcou

5100 1473 1163 4160

se dei

1473

kurioV
apestalke
me

h
odw

th

auton

649

1722 3588 3598 3739

soi

1473

ep'

2532 2980

ti

AnaniaV

and entered

4172

polin
kai lalhqhseta
i soi

de

[3went forth 1And 2Ananias]

kai eishlqen
eiV thn oikian
kai epiqeiV

alla
anasthqi

auton
kai eiselqe
eiV thn
1473

565

9:17 aphlqe

1suffer].

2532 1525

and distraught, he said, O Lord, what do you want me to do?

3588 2962

3my name

And trembling

me qeleiV

ti

3958

mou paqein

tou onomat
oV

5141-5037

9:6 tremwn
te

5100 1473-2309

kurie

3588 3686-1473

whom you persecute.

4642

soi
sklhron

1473 1377

on
IhsouV

am

9:6

5038

teicouV

wall,

9:26

A C T S

5465

1722 4711

calasanteV

3748

en spuridi

letting him down in

187
1994

oitineV

a small basket.

1909 3588 2962

epestreyan
epi ton kurion

the ones who turned

Saul Joins the Disciples in Jerusalem

3854

1161

3588 *

9:26 paragenomenoV
de

Dorcas Restored to Life

1722 *

SauloV
en

Ierousalhm

[3having arrived 1And

2Saul]

Jerusalem,

2853

2532 3956

3985

3588 3101

in

mh pisteuonteV

auton
esti
oti

3361 4100

maqhthV

him,

not believing

a disciple.

1949

3754 1510.2.3 3101

that he is

1473

71

4314

hgage

epilabomenoV
auton

having taken

him,

1334

dihghsato

he described to them how in

3754 2980

1473

were afraid of

Tabitha,

which

being interpreted

is called

Dorcas.

*-1161

1510.7.3

4134

full

that he spoke

to him, and how in

1722 3588 3686

3588 *

tw

in

the name

entering

3588

2962

in the name

of the Lord

en tw onomati
tou

she did.

2532

770-1473

599

3068-1161

and

she having weakened,

died.

And having bathed

epignonteV
de

2532 3955

and speaking openly

2980-5037

80

2532 4802

kai sunezhtei

1473-337

the

3303

1473

and they sent

3767

unto

1519 *

him

1577

oun

men

eiV

led him down

3588

eiV Tarson

Kaisareian
kai exapesteilan
auton

Caesarea,

1519

kathgagon
auton

brethren

2532 1821

5087

1722

to

2596

9:31 ai

Tarsus.

3650-3588

[3the

2532

olhV
thV IoudaiaV
kai

ekklhsiai
kaq'

1Indeed 2then] assemblies according to the whole of Judea and

3588 *

sent
3635

tou

in the fear

of the Lord;

and in the comfort

4129

spirit

they were multiplied.

1096-1161

egeneto
de

Petron

And it came to pass, Peter

3956

2718

2532 4314

all places, went down also to

*

2147-1161

de
Luddan
9:33 eure

Lydda.

through

touV katoikountaV

dwelling in

444-5100

2094

3686

tina Ainean
onomati

on
ekei anqrwp

3638

etwn

ex

2621

oktw

1909

1510.7.3 3886

hn

paralelumenoV

was

disabled.
2390

2532

9:34 kai

2036

1473

o
IhsouV

450

4572

2532 2112

seautw

kai euqewV

450

anesth

3956

3588

1all

2the ones 3dwelling

panteV
oi

2730

katoikounteV
Ludan

9:35 Ald. Assarwna.

2532

all

5509

epideiknumenai
citwnaV

epoiei

3326

inner garments

1473

1510.6

3588

autwn
ousa

met'

and cloaks, as many as [2made 4with 5them 3while being

1544

DorkaV

1161

9:40 ekbalwn

1854

3956

exw

de

3588 *

pantaV
o

PetroV

[3having put 1And 5outside 4all

5087

3588

qeiV

ta

1119

gonata

4336

2036

1994

proshuxato
kai

4314

3588 4983

to

the body, he said, Tabitha, rise up!

3588

3788-1473

2532 1492

her eyes,

and seeing

swma
eipe

2Peter],

2532

his knees, he prayed.

epistreyaV

And having turned

450

3588 1161 455

anasthqi

Tabiqa
h

1325-1161

1473

auth

douV de

9:41

And having given

5455-1161

fwnhsaV
de

3588

hnoixe

de

And she opened

3588 *

339

1473

3588 *

ton Sarwnan

6Saron],

she sat erect.

5495

450-1473

his hand,

he raised her up,

ceira

anesthsen
authn

2532 3588 5503

kai taV chraV

3936

paresthsen

holy ones and the widows, he presented

1110

1161

[3known

1And 2it became] throughout

olhV
thV IopphV

And [7saw 8him

Peter,

and having called the

who
1Peter],

to her

39

touV agiouV

living.

PetroV

2532 1492

kai

1925

4160

authn
zwsan
3650-3588

9:42 gnwston
de
2532

4183

1096

2596

egeneto

kaq'

4100

1909

believed

upon the Lord.

kai polloi episteusan

epi

the whole of Joppa. And many

1096-1161

2250

9:43 egeneto
de

hmeraV

2425

ikanaV

3588 2962

ton kurion

3306-1473

meinai
auton

And it came to pass [3of days 2a fit amount 1that he abided]

1722 *

3844

5100

tini
en Iopph
para

in

1038

Simwni
bursei

Joppa with a certain Simon, a tanner.

9:35 kai eidon

auton
2532

3956

pasai

autw

and displaying

3745

2198

and make [2bed

4Lydda 5and

they led up
1473

paresthsan

klaiousai
kai

her

anasthqi

cristoV
kai strwson

1your own]! And immediately he rose up.

anhgagon

widows weeping,

2532 4766

Eneas, [4heals 5you 1Jesus 2the 3Christ]; rise up

321

paragenomenon

3936

kai

2799

1473

3588 *

eipen
autw

3588 5547

2532

uperwon

3739

krabbatw
oV

upon a litter,

And [2said 3to him

1473 *

iata
i se
Ainea

2895

katakeimenon
epi

who was for [2years 1eight] reclining

PetroV

3854

on

osa
kai imatia

3588 2730

And he found there a certain man, Eneas by name,

1537

dia

going

the holy ones

1563

autoiV

2532 2440

1223

diercomenon

3588 39

3739

authV
kai idousa

touV ofqalmouV
ton Petron
anekaqise

1330

kai proV touV agiouV

pantwn
katelqein

the

proV to

Peter Heals the Paralyzed Man

9:32

And having risen up, Peter

1473

having placed

pneumatoV

agiou
eplhqunonto

of the holy

unto them.

ewV

de
dielqein
autwn
9:39 anastaV

chrai

1Dorcas].

4151

appealing for him to not

450-1161

5503

ai

39

him

3588

and

3588

to

2193 1473

upper room. And there stood beside him

2532

going

two men

the

being built up

paraklhsei

3361

to

3618

kuriou
kai th

it,

3870

5253

to

peace,

fobw
tou

in

1473

3588

eiV

1515

poreuomenai
tw

is

4314

1519

had

3874

1510.2.3 1722 1473

came together with them, whom having arrived,

2192

2532 3588

3754 *

1417 435

sunhlqen

and Samaria

2962

her,
*

oushV
LuddhV

[4near 1And 3being 2Lydda]

191

be reluctant to go

2532 *

3588

1510.6

en auth

oti
maqhtai akousanteV
PetroV
estin

1330

oknhsai

Galilee

5401

authn

andraV proV auton

parakalounteV

apesteilan
duo
mh

GalilaiaV
kai SamareiaV
eicon
eirhnhn
oikodomoumenai
kai
3588

1161

Joppa, the disciples having heard that Peter

649

1473

lousanteV
de

de
9:38 egguV

3588 3101

which

those days,

1451

uperww

th Iopph
oi

4198

apoqanein

wn

taiV hmeraiV
ekeinaiV

en

5253

4905

anelein

auton

2609-1473

adelfoi

oi

And knowing,
*

1473

met' autwn

hn

Jesus. And he spoke and debated

3588

asqenhsasan
authn

She
3739

2250-1473

And it came to pass in

they put her in an upper room.

1510.7.3 3326

but they attempted to do away with him.

1921-1161

9:37 egeneto
de

Damascus he spoke openly

3588 1161 2021

with the Hellenists;

epoiei

1722 3588

eqhkan
en

oi de epeceiroun

proV touV EllhnistaV

9:30

ton kurion
kai

Ihsou elalei

kuriou
te

4314 3588 *

charity

and

3588 2962

9:29 kai parrhsiazomenoV

and

apostles,

1096-1161

auth

elehmosunwn

the

3955

into Jerusalem,

1722 3588 3686

works

1654

kai

4160

And he was with them

1519 *

of good

2532

was

9:28 kai

eisporeuomenoV
eiV Ierousalhm

ergwn

eparrhsiasato

Damaskw

of Jesus.

1531

2041

agaqwn

3778

DorkaV

2532

2532

onomati
tou Ihsou

en

18

plhrhV

hn

legetai

But Barnabas,

the way he saw the Lord,

kai pwV en

diermhneuomenh

652

2532 4459 1722 *

oti
elalhsen
autw

by name

3004

Tabiqa

3588

eide

odw

th

3686

maqhtria
onomati

1329

de
9:27 BarnabaV

4459 1722 3588 3598 1492

pwV en
autoiV

3102

tiV hn

And in Joppa there was a certain disciple,

3739

proV touV apostolouV

kai

brought him to

1473

5100-1510.7.3

9:36 en Iopph
de
*

the disciples; and all

1473

1722-*-1161

5399

kai panteV

epeirato
kollasqai
toiV maqhtaiV
efobounto

attempted to join

unto the Lord.

9:38 Ald. omits duo andraV.

P R A X E I S

188
CHAPTER 10
435

1161

10:1 anhr

5100

de

1510.7.3

tiV

hn

1543

Kaisareia

en

1537 4686

Caesarea,

3588 2564

ItalikhV

2532 5399

pious

and fearing

3588 3624-1473

3588 2316

4160-5037

his house,

people, and beseeching

1275

5610

wsei wran

oramati
fanerwV

in

a vision

openly

3588 2316

aggelon
tou qeou

an angel

10:4 o

to

2532 2036

1473

5100

eipe

2532 1719

1510.2.3 2962

ti

3588 4335-1473

2036-1161

kurie

esti

1473

de
eipe

autw

O Lord? And he said to him,

2532 3588 1654-1473

305

1519

and

ascended

for

proseucai sou kai ai

elehmosunai
sou anebhsan
eiV

Your prayers

your charity

3422

1799

3588 2316

a memorial

before

2532 3568 3992

mnhmosunon
enwpion
tou qeou
*

435

3Joppa

1men],

and fetch

3778

3739

Peter.

Simon,

3579

PetroV
10:6 outoV

3844

3739

1510.2.3-3614

whose house is

3844

2281

3778

by

the sea;

this one shall tell to you

1473 -1163

4160

2980

3588 2980

aggeloV
o

10:7 wV de

1the 2angel

fwnhsaV

4to Cornelius], having called

2532 4757

2152

twn oiketwn
autou kai stratiwthn

duo
eusebh

two

of his servants, and [2soldier

4342

1473

proskarterountwn
autw
537

649

twn

1a pious] of the ones

2532 1834

1473

autoiV

and having described to them

1473

1519 3588 *

them

unto

eiV
apesteilen
autouV

all things, he sent

3588

10:8 kai exhghsamenoV

attending constantly to him,

apanta

aphlqen
5455

Kornhliw

tw

3speaking

1417 3588 3610-1473

565

And when [5departed

3588 *

lalwn

1473

lalhsei
soi

5613-1161

poiein

se dei

thn Iopphn

10:9
3588

th

4172

1887

And the

next day,

th de

epaurion

1448

4336

proseuxasqai
peri

to pray

3596-1565

odoiporountwn
ekeinwn

wran

anebh
PetroV
1622

hungry,

and wanted to taste.

prospeinoV
kai hqele

1089

he viewed

qewrei

2597

katabainon

epi

to

1473

being opened;

and

anewgmenon

4632-5100

5064

oqonhn

wV

a certain item as

746

kai

5613 3607

skeu oV
ti
auton

ep'

there descending unto him

3173

2532

heaven

ouranon

ton

1909

455

1210

[2piece of cloth

2532 2524

1909

dedemenon

megalhn
tessarsin
arcaiV
kai kaqiemenon

1a great], the four

3588 1093

1722 3739

thV ghV
3588

3956

3588 5074

all

the four-footed creatures

uphrce
panta
ta tetrapoda

in which were

1093

thV

5224

10:12 en w

the earth;

2532 3588 2342

ghV

epi

corners being tied, and being lowered unto

2532 3588 2062

qhria

kai ta

2532 3588

erpeta

kai ta

4071

3588

birds

of the heaven.

3772

tou
peteina

2532

ouranou

1096

kai ta

450

2380

2532 2068

him,

Rise up,

Peter, sacrifice and eat!

anastaV
Petre

auton
quson
2036

3365

2962

Peter

said, By no means, O Lord; for

PetroV
eipe
mhdamwV

anything common or
1537-1208

4314

2840

3739

3825

3588 2316 2511

palin

1473-3361

ekaqarise

qeoV
su mh

What

God cleansed

you are not

1909 5151

de egeneto

10:16 touto

to make unclean!

3825

fwnh

10:15 kai

3778-1161 1096

koinou

5456

And a voice again

a
auton

a second time came to him,

efagon

at no time ate I

unclean.

1473

ek deuterou
proV

2068

oudepote
2532

akaqarton

de

3763

oti

kurie

10:14 o

And

3754

2228 169

koinon

pan

2532

epi triV

kai

And this happened unto three times. And

353

3588 4632

palin
anelhfqh

1519 3588 3772

5613-1161

eiV ton ouranon

10:17 wV de
skeuoV

to

again [3was taken up 1the 2item] into the heaven.

1722

1438

1280

eautw

3588 *

dihporei

to

3739

1492

orama
o

302

1510.4

eih

an

1Peter] what ever [3may be

2532 2400

eide

And as

5100

PetroV
ti

[3within 4himself 2was perplexed

3588 3705

3588 435

kai idou

3588

andreV
oi

oi

1the 2vision] which he beheld, that behold, the men,

649

proV

3588 1161

kai fage

2839

4314

fwnh

And there came a voice to

1473

3956

5456

egeneto

10:13 kai

575

3588 *

1331

the ones
3588

apestalmenoi
apo tou Kornhliou
dierwthsanteV
thn

being sent

from

Cornelius

3614

2186

house

of Simon, stood

oikian
SimwnoV
5455

at

4441

1487

2532

3588

And

1941

Simwn
o

epikaloumenoV

they inquired, Does Simon, the one being called

1759

Peter,

[2here 1lodge]?

3579

3588 1161 *

PetroV
enqade
xenizetai
4012

about the
10:18 kai

the vestibule.
*

fwnhsanteV
epunqanonto
ei

calling out

having inquired

1909 3588 4440

epesthsan
epi ton pulwna

3588 3705

And Peter

2036

1473

peri tou oramatoV

eipen
autw

over the vision,

2212

1760

Petrou
enqumoumenou

10:19 tou de

3588 4151

pondering
2400

435

pneuma
idou

to

andreV

[3said 4to him 1the 2spirit], Behold, [2men

1473

i se
zhtous

235

450

and

having risen up go down

2597

anastaV

10:20 alla

you;
4862 1473

kai

with them! [2nothing 1examining],

and

apestalka
autouV
10:21 katabaV

3367

mhden

kai poreuou
sun autoiV

katabhqi

1252

1360

diakrinomenoV
dioti

1473

egw

because I

1473

2597

dwma

have sent

them.

[3having gone down 1And 2Peter] to

roof

touV andraV
eipen
idou

10:10 egeneto
de

around [2hour 1the sixth].

2532 2309

And

kai

3772

and go

1096-1161

ekthn

4361

1909

3588

1611

649

as those are journeying

305-*

2334

ep'

2532 4198
2532

1approaching], Peter ascended upon the

5610

a change of state.

2532

1three] seek

1430

4012

ekstasiV

him

treiV

3588

polei
eggizontwn

[2the 3city

auton

5140

Joppa.

Peter Beholds Heaven Opened

3588-1161

1473

upon

en

1038

Simwni
bursei

with a certain Simon, a tanner,

what is necessary for you to do.

32

epikaleitai

para
qalassan

estin oikia
outoV

1941

who is called

5100

tini
xenizetai
para

This one lodges

eiV

And now send forth [2unto

2532 3343

1519

10:5 kai nun pemyon

God.

andraV
Iopphn
kai metapemyai
Simwna
oV

autw

kai emfoboV
autw

1becoming], he said, What is it,

3588

1473

him, and having said to him,

atenisaV

de

2036

genomenoV

ti

hmeraV

thV

And gazing upon him, and [2thrown into fear

1096

5100

2250

kai eiponta

eiselqonta
proV auton

Cornelius.

ai

3588

ennathn

3588 1161 816

Kornhlie

He beheld

1766

4314 1473

of God entering

10:3 eiden

about [2hour 1the ninth] of the day

1525

1909

there fell

epepesen

of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the reptiles, and the

1492

God always.
5616

en
32

1much] to the

pantoV

tou qeou dia

5320

3588

tw
elehmosunaV
pollaV

3588 2316

kai deomenoV

1722 3705

4183

both performing [2charity

2532 1189

law

4862 3956

God with all

1654

te
oikw
autou poiwn

2992

being called,

kai foboumenoV

sun panti
10:2 eusebhV
ton qeon

Italic;
tw

of the cohort

2152

1968

2as those],

ekeinwn

10:11

onomati
KornhlioV
ekatontarchV
ek speirhV
thV kaloumenhV

by name Cornelius, a centurion

1565

1And
1722 *

[3man 1And 2a certain] was there in

3686

1161

de

Cornelius Receives a Message from God

10:1

And he became

3903

geusasqai
paraskeuazontwn

3588

435

2036

2400

the

men,

said,

Behold, I am

3588

156

aitia

1223 3739

di'

hn

1161

de

1473-1510.2.1 3739

eimi
egw

on

4314

PetroV
proV

2212

zhteite

5100

tiV

whom you seek. What

3918

pareste

is the reason for which you are at hand?

[3were making preparations

10:13 i.e. slay.

10:5 Ald. epikaloumenon Petron being called Peter.

10:17 CP adds kai maqonteV and learning.

10:6 CP omits text but inserts lines of zeros.

10:19 Ald. omits treiV.

10:21 See CP for variants.

3588-1161

10:22 oi de

2036

eipon

And they said,

10:23

A C T S

1543

435

1342

2532 5399

dikaioV

KornhlioV
ekatontarchV
anhr

Cornelius, a centurion,
2316

3140-5037

5259 3650

3588 1484

5537

[2angel

3588 3624-1473

his house,

metapemyasqa
i

1a holy] to fetch
4487

3844

and to hear

words

from you.

1473

1473

eiskalesamenoV
oun

Then having invited

3588 *

exenise

them,

1831

epaurion
o

PetroV
exhlqe

next day

Peter

80

3579

autouV

he lodged them.

4862

1473

went forth with them;

3588 575

4905

of the brethren

from Joppa

3739 1941

Simon

who is called

Peter! this one lodges

Simwna
oV
*

1799

and certain ones

we

before

kai

10:24

And
*

epaurion

th

the

3588 1161

next day

Caesarea.

And Cornelius

4779

KornhlioV
hn

1473

having met

him,

sunanthsaV

3588

autw

and

450

4098

Cornelius,

having fallen at

10:26 o

de

1473

I also

myself am a man.

4926

1525

5346-5037

444-1510.2.1

2532 2147

111-1510.2.3

435

it is unlawful

for a man, a Jew,

estin andri
aqemit
on
2532 1473

4905

1473

1987

5613

them,

You

know

that

2853

2228 4334

to join

or approach

3588 2316

1166

169

3004

legein

anqrwpon

9unclean

2to call

6man].

2064

444

koinon

1352

2532

Therefore

also

dio

10:29

3343

hlqon
anantirrhtwV

2839

mhdena

kai

4441

metapemfqeiV

3767

punqanomai
oun

indisputably

I came having been fetched. I inquire

5100

3343

3056

tini

logw

1473

metepemyasq
e me

to what matter you fetched

me?

5346

3360

575

efh
apo

5067

2250

tetarthV
hmeraV

said, From four

2532

3588

fasting,

and the

10:30 kai o

And
3778

then

3588 *

1510.7.1

hour I was

5610

4336

1722

ninth

hour

praying

in

2476

1799

oikw
mou kai idou

435

anhr

2986

2532 5346

10:31 kai fhsi

lampra

1bright].

3588

tw

1473 1722 2066

ion

esth
enwp
mou en

my house; and behold, a man stood before

me

1522

Kornhlie
eishkousqh

in

2532 3588 1654-1473

2prayer],

and

3403

kai ai elehmosunai

proseuch
sou emnhsqhsan

10:28 i.e. a gentile.

3992

1did]

3568

having come.

3588 2316

4314

1473

to

you;

epemya
oun
proV se

3918

3767

3956

oun

panteV

Now then, all

191

God are at hand to hear

1473

5259 3588 2316

3956

3588

all

the things

assigned

to you by

455

God.

3588 4750-1473

2036

1909 225

2638

PetroV
to

katalambanomai

stoma
autou eipen
ep' alhqeiaV

2Peter]

his mouth,

said, In

truth

3754 3756-1510.2.3 4381

proswpolhpthV

that [2is not

3one who discriminates

1722 3956

en

panti eqnei

1484

in

every

nation
1184

1343

dikaiosunhn

I am overtaken

3588 2316

oti
ouk esti

3588 5399

1799

on

enwpi

your gifts of charity were remembered before

10:35 all'

1God],

but

1473

2532 2038

fearing

him,

and practicing

1473

1510.2.3

kai ergazomenoV

foboumenoV
auton

dektoV

autw

3588

esti

10:36 ton

righteousness, [2acceptable 3to him 1it is].

3739

649

3588

5207

apesteile
toiV

on

which he sent

to the sons

1515

1223

peace

through Jesus

eirhnhn
dia

euaggelizomenoV

5547

3778

Christ,

this one is

1510.2.3 3956-2962

pantwn
kurioV

esti

Lord of all.

1473

1492

3588 1096

4487

You

know

the [2taking place 1thing] in

genomenon

756

575

Judea,

beginning

from

2596

rhma

3588 *

3650

3326

2784-*

ekhruxen
IwannhV

Galilee,

all

3588 908

5613 5548

wV

1473

ecrisen

3588 2316

o
auton

3739

oV

1330

3588

Jesus,

the one from Nazareth,

4151

575

apo Nazaret

39

1God 5spirit

2109

dihlqen

2532 1411

pneumati

qeoV
agiw

how [2anointed 3him

baptisma

after the immersion

ton
10:38 Ihsoun

which John proclaimed.

3588

kaq' olhV
thV

to
IoudaiaV
arxamenon
apo thV GalilaiaV
meta
o

logon

of Israel, announcing good news,

oV

Ihsou cristou out

oidate

10:37 umeiV
to

3056

The word

2097

Israhl

uioiV

kai dunamei

4in holy] and power;

2532 2390

3956

and healing

all

3588

euergetwn
kai iwmenoV
pantaV
touV

the ones

2616

oti
katadunasteuomenouV
upo tou diabolou
o

5259 3588 1228

3754 3588 2316

hn
qeoV

being overpowered

by

for

God was

3326

1473

met' autou

2532

1473

And we
1722-5037 3588 5561

epoihsen
en te

he did

1510.2.4 3144

on

are
3588

th cwra
twn

and in Jerusalem;

1909

3586

3588

hgeire
qeoV

5154

upon a tree.

2250

1096

genesqai

3748

auton

and appointed him

3756 3956

3588 2992

not to all

the people, but

10:41 ou

[2apparent 1to become];

1473

1473

trith
hmera
kai edwken

th

3588

This one

2532 1325

God raised up in the third day,

martusi

3778

kremasanteV
epi xulou
10:40 touton

1453

emfanh

which

2532 1722 *

kai en Ierousalhm

Ioudaiwn

2910

aneilon

1717

3739

witnesses of all

both in the region of the Jews,

337

3588 2316

3956

1510.7.3

esmen martureV

10:39 kai hmeiV

pantwn
wn

with him.
4160

the devil;

panti tw

to witnesses, to the ones being inaugurated

3588

235

qeoV

3144

sou

de

[3having opened 1And

[2attire
1473

1161

upo tou qeou 10:34 anoixaV

esqhti

And he says, Cornelius, [3was listened to 1your

4335

3767

3854

whom they did away with by hanging

1766

2532 2400

4160

Cornelius

wran
nhsteuwn
kai thn enathn
proseucomenoV
en
3624-1473

paragenomenoV

oV

Immediately then I sent

3739

3588 5610

this

1824

KornhlioV

hmhn
mecri
tauthV
thV wraV

days ago until

3522

2532

qalassan

who went through benefiting

1God 2showed 4not 5one 7common

8or
369

prosercesqai

3367

edeixe
qeoV

who, having come,

4367

3739

[2were come together

1473

2228

akaqarton

And

kollasqai

Ioudaiw
h

allofulw
kai emoi
o
a philistine. And [3to me
h

2532

10:27 kai

umeiV
epistasqe

proV autouV
wV

And he said to

246

him,

kai euriskei
sunelhluqotaV
4314

10:28 efh
te

1many].

1473

raised

eimi
anqrwp
oV

accompanying him, he entered and found

pollouV

the

hgeire
PetroV
auton

2504

4183

touV

1453

But Peter

eishlqe

autw

3588

epi

3588 1161 *

autoV

anasthqi
kagw

sunomilwn

1909

peswn

saying, Rise up!

1473

important

ton Petron

eiselqein

did obeisance.

legwn

them,

1525-3588-*

KornhlioV

podaV
prosekunhsen
3004

1473

it came to pass at Peter entering,

4352

feet,

into

expecting

egeneto

And as

4876

thn

2532 3588 316

his relatives

10:25 wV de

friends.

4228

was

5613-1161 1096

filouV

eiV

autou kai touV anagkaiouV

touV suggeneiV

having called together

5384

3588

prosdokwn
autouV

3588 4773-1473

sugkalesamenoV

1519

1510.7.3 4328

de

the sea;

soi
prostetagmena

they entered

Kaisareian
o

by

enwpion

hmeiV
tou qeou paresmen
akousai
panta
ta

autw

eishlqon

the house

3854

epoihsaV

kalwV
paragenomenoV
nun

su te
1473

1525

in

3739

10:33 exauthV

soi

1722 3614

xenizetai
en oikia

2281

shall speak to you.

and you [2well

went together with him.

1887

3579

3844

para

1473

lalhsei

And the

Peter and Cornelius

3588

bursewV

2980

*
2532

1038

SimwnoV

3778

epikaleitai
PetroV
outoV

2532 5100

1473

twn apo IopphV

adelfwn
sunhlqon

2532 3333

Iopphn
kai metakalesai

1473-5037 2573

kai tineV
sun autoiV

eiV
oun

Send forth then unto Joppa, and call for

3588-1161

th de

3767 1519 *

10:32 pemyon

of Simon, a tanner,

2532 191

1528-3767

1887

twn

Ioudaiwn

sou
ton oikon
autou kai akousai
rhmata
para

eiV

you unto

3588

3343

upo aggelou
agiou

received a divine message by

10:23

39

3992

tou qeou

God.

nation of the Jews,

5259 32

ecrhmatisqh

3588

tou eqnouV
twn

God, and borne witness by the entire

se

3588 2316

[2man 1a righteous] and one fearing

marturoumen

te upo olou
qeon
oV

1473 1519

3588

kai foboumenoV
ton

189

4401

law

5259

235

alla

3588 2316

prokeceirotonhmenoiV
upo tou qeou

toiV

by

God,

4906

2532 4844

1473

3326

ate with

and drank with

him

after

3588

oitineV

meta
to
hmin
sunefagomen
kai sunepiomen
autw

to us who
450-1473

1537

his rising up

from the dead.

ek
anasthnai
auton

3498

nekrwn

10:39 CP adds kai also.

2532 3853

1473

And he exhorted

us

10:42 kai parhggeilen

hmin

P R A X E I S

190
2784

3588

khruxai

2992

2532 1263

law

tw

3588

3754 1473

1510.2.3

4172

that he

is

the city of Joppa praying.

estin

kai diamarturasqai
autoV
oti

to proclaim to the people, and to testify

3724

5259 3588 2316

10:43
1722 1611

en ekstasei

And I beheld in a change of state

3705

2597

4632-5100

5613

3607

a vision,

[2coming down

1a certain item]

as

[2piece of cloth

3498

3588

4396

3140

3173

5064

the

prophets

bear witness,

1a great], [2by four

upo tou qeou krithV

3778

nekrwn

3956

10:43 toutw

dead.

panteV
oi

To him all

859

266

afesin

2983

3956

kai

3588 3686-1473

dia

tou onomatoV
autou

1to receive] through

3588 4100

panta

zwntwn

profhtai
marturousin

1223

labein

amartiwn

[2a release 3of sins

2532

2532 1492

proseucomenoV
kai eidon

God as judge of the living and

wrismenoV

2198

4336

the one being confirmed by

2923

polei
Iopph

his name

believing

katabainon
746

[4fell

1the

epepese
to

agion

2holy]

upon all

2532

epi

3956

3588

the ones
3588

exesthsan

1537

oi

ek

And [5were amazed 1the 3of

3745

4905

osoi

pistoi

3588 *

3754

oti
sunhlqon
tw Petrw

4the circumcision 2believers], as many as came with

Peter, that

2532 1909

4151

3588 1484

kai epi

3588 1431

eqnh

ta

3588

dwrea

39

pneumatoV

agiou

tou

also [7upon 8the 9nations 1the 2present 3of the 4holy 5spirit
1632

191-1063

1473

gar
10:46 hkouon

ekkecutai

atenisaV

which having gazed upon

2980

For they heard them

1100

3588 2316

2532 3170

5119

2532 3588 2062

3588

191-1161

2532 3588 4071

5456

speaking

611-3588-*

3004

1473

And I heard a voice saying

2532 2068

quson

anastaV

Petre

3365

11:8 eipon
de

2962

mhdamwV

2839

all

common or

2228 169

3763

akaqarton
oudepote

unclean

1525

1519

1161

611

my mouth.

[3responded 1And 4to me 2the voice] a second time

1537

3588 3772

de

3739

2511

you are not

1909 5151

de egeneto

11:10 touto

to make unclean!

1473-3361

God cleansed,

3778-1161 1096

koinou

ek deuterou

ekaqarise

qeoV
su mh

heaven, What

2840

1537-1208

fwnh

moi

3588 2316

tou ouranou a

ek

5456

Shall
3361

2967

5100

3778

3748

baptisqhnai
toutouV

3588

oitineV
to

4151

tou

pneuma
to

[2the 4spirit

2983

4367-5037

2531

2532

1473

kaqwV
kai hmeiV

1received] as

also we?

907

baptisqhnai

3588

2962

tw onomati
tou

en

to be immersed in

the name

5119

1824

5140

2532

eiV ton ouranon

435

2186

11:11 kai

And

1909 3588 3614

treiV andreV
epesthsan
epi thn oikian

exauthV

stood

575

4314

1473

3holy

en

in

which I was, ones being sent from Caesarea

to

me.

2036

1473

autouV
2065

kuriou
tote
hrwthsan

of the Lord.

1519 3588 3772

1722 3739

And he assigned them

1722 3588 3686

537

apanta

agion

1473

10:48 prosetax
e te

385

idou

kai

And this happened unto three times, and

palin
anespasqh
2400

2532

epi triV

behold, immediately three men

3588 39

[2to not 3be immersed 1of these], who

elabon

3588

dunata
i tiV

water [2to be restrained 1be able] to anyone

907

mh

1410

udwr
kwlusai

to

into

4750-1473

stoma
mou 11:9 apekriqh

1473

3588

eishlqen
eiV

at no time entered

again it was pulled up all together into the heaven.

3588 5204

3754

oti

kurie

3825

3385

ouranou

450

languages, and magnifying

10:47 mhti
to

3772

of the heaven.

And I said, By no means, O Lord, for

3956

pan koinon

kai

to me, Having risen up, Peter,

2036-1161

kai fage

sacrifice and eat!

2532

ghV

3588

tote

o PetroV

glwssaiV
kai megalunontwn
ton qeon
apekriqh

God. Then Peter responded,

1093

thV

kai ta peteina
tou
kai ta erpeta

from out of

lalountwn

autwn

6has been poured out].

3588 5074

legoushV

de fwnhV
11:7 hkousa
moi
2380

pantaV
touV

1839

10:45 kai

4103

peritomhV

these things,

3spirit

the word.

4061

1Peter]

pneuma
to

3588 3056

on

the wild beasts, and the reptiles, and the birds

tou Petrou
ta rhmata
tauta
1909

hearing

816

11:6 eiV hn

kai eidon
ta tetrapoda

ta qhria

3588 4487-3778

39

akouontaV
ton logon

1519 3739

emou

2532 1492

katenooun

3588 *

3588

191

1473

acriV

I contemplated, and I saw the four-footed creatures of the earth, and

lalountoV
4151

tou ouranou

2657

him.

While [2was speaking

3588

3588 3772

ek

in

2980

1968

1537

3corners 1being lowered] from the heaven,

891

kai hlqen

3588 2342

10:44 eti

2524

kaqiemenhn

megalhn
tessarsin
arcaiV
2532 2064

oqonhn

wV

1519 1473

The Nations Receive the Present of the Holy Spirit

2089

ti
skeu oV

and it came as far as me;

ton pisteuonta
eiV auton

for every one

orama

Then they asked

2250-5100

1510.7.1 649

hmhn
1161

11:12 eipe
de

at

the house

apestalmenoi
apo KaisareiaV
proV me

1473

3588 4151

moi

4905

pneuma
sunelqein

to

autoiV

[4said 1And 5to me 2the 3spirit] to come together with them,

3367

1252

mhden

2064-1161

4862

diakrinomenon
hlqon
de

[2nothing 1examining].

1473

2532

3588 1803

sun emoi kai oi

And went with me

ex

also

[2six

1473

epimeinai

auton
hmeraV
tinaV

1961

80

him

to remain some days.

3brethren 1these], and we entered into the house of the man.

3588 652

1And 2the 3apostles], and the brethren

2532 3588 80

apostoloi
kai oi

3754 2532 3588 1484

thn Ioudaian
oti

kata
kai ta eqnh
onteV

Judea,

3588 2316

305-*

11:2 kai ote

tou qeou

of God.
1252

diekrinonto

[4argued

proV

1209

3588 3056

edexanto
ton logon
1519

anebh
PetroV
eiV

5with

3004

3754

saying

1473

4314

1537

oi

6him

Ierosoluma

ek

1the ones

2of

peritomhV

3the circumcision],

203

men

[2an uncircumcised condition

1473

756-1161

1having] you entered and ate with

them?

And beginning,

3588 *

3004

1473 1510.7.1 1722

econtaV
o

eishlqeV
1620

2517

kaqexhV
legwn

hmhn
PetroV
exetiqeto
autoiV
11:5 egw
en

Peter

displayed to them in order, saying,

10:48 CP adds Ihsou Jesus.

1722

was

1473

andraV

435

2532

[2unto

3Joppa

1men],

and fetch

1941

called

Peter!

3343

metapemyai

kai

3739

epikaloumenon
Petron
1473 1722 3739

11:14 oV

aposteilon

Simwna

Simon,
2980

4487

lalhsei

3588 39

swqhsh

in

1909

1473

3403-1161

5618

2532 1909

as

also upon us

3588 4487

1473

3303

John

indeed immersed

907

5204

ebaptisen
udati

1722 4151

39

in [2spirit

1holy].

en pneumati
agiw

pneuma

1the 3spirit
1722 746

en arch

hmaV

in

2962

the beginning.
5613 3004

tou rhmatoV
kuriou

And I remembered the saying

IwannhV
men

to

3588 4151

epepese
to

wsper
autouV
kai ef'

11:16 emnhsqhn
de

4314

your house.

1968

my beginning to speak, [4fell

2holy] upon them

the one

oV
sou
oik

su kai paV o
2980

i me lalein
tw arxasqa

to agion
ep'

ton

1473 2532 3956 3588 3624-1473

1722-1161 3588 756-1473

11:15 en de

3588

rhmata
proV

who shall speak words

4982

se en oiV

in

649

autw

and having said to him, Send

Iopphn

11:4 arxamenoV

kai sunefageV
autoiV
de
1473

standing

And in

435

2532 4906

androV

ton aggelon
en

you by which you shall be delivered, you and all

4061

proV andraV
akrobustian

that, To

1525

3588

auton

435

3588 32

2532 2036

1519

eiV

And when Peter ascended unto Jerusalem,

4314

11:3 legonteV
oti
2192

3753

1492

pwV eide

hmin

2476

his house,

3588

adelfoi oi

that also the nations received the word

2532

4459

oikw
autou staqenta
kai eiponta

tw

1161

being in

3588

And he reported to us how he beheld the angel

3588 3624-1473

[4heard
3588 *

1473

11:13 aphggeil
e te

191

1510.6 2596

1519 3588 3624

kai eishlqomen
eiV thn oikon
tou

518-5037

Peter Reports to the Jerusalem Assembly

oi

2532 1525

adelfoi outoi

CHAPTER 11

11:1 hkousan
de

3778

wV

elegen

of the Lord, how he said,

1473-1161 907

de baptisqhsesqe

umeiV

in water, but you shall be immersed

1487 3767 3588

11:17 ei

If

2470

thn ishn
oun

1431

1325

edwken
dwrean

then [4the 5equal 6present 2gave

11:18

A C T S

1473

3588 2316

autoiV

5613 2532 1473

qeoV

3to them

4100

1909 3588 2962

pisteusasin

wV kai hmin

1God] as

epi ton kurion

also to us having believed on the Lord

criston
egw
de
Ihsoun

5547

1473-1161 5100

tiV

Jesus

Christ,

then I,

who was I

1510.7.1 1415

2967

hmhn
dunatoV

3588

kwlusai

ton

191

2425

5537

5037

crhmatisai

ikanon

4412

1722 *

3588 3101

touV maqhtaV

prwton
en Antioceia

te

1a fit]. [4were 6treated 1And 5first

8in 9Antioch 2the 3disciples

cristianouV

7as Christians].

to be able to restrain

2316

qeon

Agabus Signifies a Great Famine

God?

Conversion of the Nations

191-1161

3778

11:18 akousanteV
de

2270

tauta

2532

hsucasan

kai

And having heard these things, they were still, and

1392

3588

edoxazon

they glorified
3588

toiV

1484

11:19

The ones

that also

one of them, by name Agabus, signified through the spirit

3588 3341

1325

1519

3767

indeed

then

575

diasparenteV
*

because of

1330

taking place with Stephen,

2532 *

went

3367

1508

3440

to Jews.

5100

tineV

ex

1473

435

1525

eiselqonteV
2097

spoke

3588 2962

euaggelizomenoi

3326

kuriou

1the hand

2of the Lord]

4100

having believed, turned

1161

de

3588

them;

3056

11:22 hkousqh

unto the Lord.

1519 3588 3775

logoV

eiV

1And 2the 3word] in

3588

[4was heard

1577

3588 1722

ekklhsiaV
thV en

thV
wta

ta

the ears of the assembly

4012

Jerusalem

concerning them; and they sent out

1473

IerosolumoiV
peri
1330

2193

2532 1821

3739

11:23 oV

to go through unto Antioch.

1492

3588 5484

idwn

3588 2316

pantaV
th

all

3588

2588

proqesei
thV

3588 2962

kardiaV
prosmenein
tw kuriw

18

agaqoV

anhr

2532

kai parekalei

4357

to remain in the Lord.

2532 4134

4151

4369

[2spirit

3793

2425

ocloV
kai pistewV
kai proseteqh
1831

1161

de

1519

eiV

3588 *

o
Tarson

[3went forth 1And 4unto 5Tarsus

*

Saulon

2532

2147

71

Antioch.

And it came to pass to them

en

3588

th

1473

1473

3739

[6year

5a whole

1577

ekklhsia

2532 1321

3793

kai didaxai
oclon

to heal them.
11:21 CP adds tou iasqai
autouV

649

kai epoihsan
aposteilanteV

which also they did,

sending it

the elders

by the hand of Barnabas and Saul.

2532 *

Barnaba

kai Saulou

CHAPTER 12
James is Killed by Herod
2596

1565

1161

[2at

3that

1And]

3588 2540

12:1 kat' ekeinon

de
3588

935

3588

1577

the

assembly.

thV

time

[4put upon 1Herod

3588 5495

2559

5100

the hands

to afflict

some of the ones of

ekklhsiaV

80

brother

of John

12:2

3588

575

And he did away with

James

de
aneile

3162

3588

it is pleasing

to the Jews,

2532

(and they were the

3754

oti

idwn
4815

2532

kai
sullabein

he proceeded to seize

3588 2250

ai

ton

And having seen that

4369

IoudaioiV
proseqeto

1510.7.6-1161

3588

the

1492

12:3 kai

hsan
de
Petron

Peter,

Iakwbon

by the sword.

701-1510.2.3

esti toiV
areston

apo

337-1161

adelfon
Iwannou
macaira

12:4

1911

epebalen

ton kairon
HrwdhV

taV ceiraV

basileuV
kakwsa
i tinaV twn

2the 3king]

3588

days

also

106

hmerai
twn

azumwn

of the unleavened breads)

3739

2532

4084

piasaV

eqeto

5087

1519

5438

whom

also

having laid hold of,

put

into

prison,

on

kai

3860

5064

paradouV

tessarsi

having delivered him up to four

fulakhn

eiV

5069

tetradioiV

4757

stratiwtwn

parties of four soldiers

5442

1473

1014

3326

to guard

him,

wanting

after the passover to lead

3588 3957

1473

3588

2992

him

to the people.

boulomenoV

to
fulassein
auton
meta
tw
auton

321

pasca

anagagein

law

An Angel Releases Peter from Prison

3588 3303-3767

12:5 o

5083

5438

4335

1161 1510.7.3

proseuch
de
fulakh

prison; [4prayer

1722 3588

PetroV
ethreito

men oun

Then indeed Peter

olon
autouV
eniauton

1to be gathered 2with 3the 4assembly], and to teach [2multitude

th

3in

to

unto

3650

1722 3588

katoikousin
en

2532 4160

11:30 o

ceiroV

proV touV presbuterouV

dia

1519

1763

2730

toiV

1223 5495

eiV
auton

he brought him

1096-1161

1722

to the Lord.
327

hgagen
auton

And having found him,

Antioceian
egeneto
de

sunacqhnai

kuriw

2Barnabas] to search out

4863

2962

BarnabaV
anazhthsai

1473

11:26 kai eurwn

Saul.

1of holy]
3588

tw
ikanoV

and of belief. And [3was added 2multitude 1a fit]

11:25 exhlqe

39

kai plhrhV
pneumatoV
agiou

For he was [2man 1a good], and full

2532 4102

and

2532 3870

ecarh

to the attention of the heart

hn
11:24 oti

2532

paragenomenoV
kai

of God, rejoiced, and exhorted

4286

3754 1510.7.3 435

Barnabas

3854

5463

thn carin
tou qeou
3588

Who, having come,

having seen the favor

3956

in

kai exapesteilan

autwn
Barnaban

ewV
AntioceiaV

dielqein

number

3588

3588 4245

hn

191-1161

1538

ekastoV

4314

ariqmoV

and a great

1909 3588 2962

epestreyen
epi ton kurion

And the

3724

to send help to the [2dwelling

adelfoiV

Ioudaia

706

te
poluV

3588-1161

wrisan

3992

2of them] for service

And [3was
4183-5037

autwn

with

1994

pisteusaV

1473

met'

world;

KaisaroV

Klaudiou
11:29 twn de

pemyai

eiV diakonian

1510.7.3

11:21 kai

Jesus.

thn oikoumenhn

any one was well-provided, [3confirmed 1each

1519 1248

autwn

Hellenists,
2532

ton kurion
Ihsoun

2962

ceir

1473

1brethren];

the

upon the entire

2141-5100

80

to

announcing good news the Lord

5495

2531

Antioceian
elaloun
proV touV EllhnistaV

eiV

having entered unto Antioch,

to be

kaqwV
huporeit
o tiV
maqhtwn

4Judea

3588 *

3588 3611

olhn

which also came to pass under Claudius Caesar.

3748

tou pneumatoV

1909 3650

epi

And there were

4314

3588 4151

1510.9

1909

1510.7.6-1161

de
11:20 hsan

2980

2532 1096

disciples, as

lalounteV

1men], Cypriots and Cyrenians, who

1519 *

1223

esesqai
mellein
ef'

[2famine 1a great] about

unto

2980

2532 *

4591

3195

megan

3101

autwn
Kuprioi
kai Kurhnaioi
oitineV
andreV

certain [2of 3them

3173

limon

2193

[4to no one 1speaking

monon
IoudaioiV

ei mh

ostiV
kai egeneto

ewV
Stefanw
dihlqon

epi

3042

3748

apo

being disseminated
1909

zwhn

unto life.

1289

oun

2222

edwken
eiV

[2repentance 1gave]

2the 3word] except only

1537

And having risen,

indeed

3686

AgaboV eshmane
onomati

eiV ex autwn
dia

kai

apo

450-1161

It is so

2532 *

logon

1519 *

saying,

3588 1096

3056

prophets unto Antioch.

God,

Phoenicia, and Cyprus, and Antioch,

ton

4396

Jerusalem

575

de
Ierosolumwn
profhtai
eiV Antioceian
11:28 anastaV
1520 1537 1473

ge

FoinikhV
kai Kuprou
kai AntioceiaV
mhdeni
3588

2532

thV qliyewV
thV genomenhV
*

came down from

1065

3303

the affliction

2718

days

686

men

3588 2347

2250

taiV hmeraiV
kathlqon

ara

God

oi

3588

legonteV

thn metanoian

qeoV

3588

1And]

tautaiV
de

3004

3588 2316

eqnesin
o

to the nations

1161

[2in 3these

2316

qeon

ton

1722 3778

11:27 en

en

was given heed to in

1618

1096

ginomenh

ektenhV

hn

th

the

5259 3588

upo thV

1and 2there was 3intense] taking place by the

1577

4314 3588 2316 5228

1473

3753-1161

assembly

unto

him.

And when [2was about

proV ton qeon

uper
autou 12:6 ote de
ekklhsiaV

God for

3195

emelle

P R A X E I S

192
1473-4254

3588 *

proagein

auton

3588 3571-1565

1Herod] in that night,

2837

3342

1417 4757

sleeping

between two soldiers,

koimwmenoV
metaxu
1417

4253

1210

3588 2374

te pro
fulak
eV

2532 2400

32

2962

alusesi

1532-1161

the prison.

vestibule.

But the ones by

2532 5457

2989

elamyen

3588 254

of Peter,

1722-5034 2532 1601

1473

saying, Rise up quickly! And [3fell off 4of him

1537

3588 5495

aluseiV
ek

ai

3588 *

tou Petrou

thn pleuran

legwn

auton
anasta
en tacei
kai exepeson
autou

he roused him,

2036

twn ceirwn

1473

4024

to

him,

Gird yourself and tie on

3779

te

2532 5265

perizwsai

proV auton

3588 32

3588 4547-1473

kai upodhsai
ta

2532 3004

aggeloV

[4said 1And 2the 3angel]

4314

4160-1161

5037

e
12:8 eip

1the 2chains] from his hands.

1473

a
sou
sandali

your sandals!

4016

3588 2440-1473

peribalou to imati
on
sou
epoihse
de outwV
kai legei
autw

And he did so.

And he says to him, Put on

2532 190

1473

2532

kai akolouqei
moi

and follow

me!

2532

1492

3756

190

exelqwn

1473

hkolouqei

autw

And going forth, he followed him;

3754

hdei

kai ouk

your cloak

1831

12:9 kai

oti

227-1510.2.3

3588

1096

esti to
alhqeV

and he did not know that it was true

ginomenon

the thing taking place

1223

3588

32

1380-1161

by

the

angel;

but he thought [2a vision 1he was seeing].

dia

aggelou

tou

3705

1330-1161

4413

12:10 dielqonteV
de
1909 3588 4439

5438

guard

3588 4603

3588

thn
epi thn pulhn
thn sidhran

they came unto the gate

4172

3748

city,

which by itself

844

htiV
polin
4281

455

1473

4505

575

1473

2angel]

from him.

aggeloV
ap'
1438

autou

2036

eautw

2532

3568

eipe
nun

1492

230

3754

oti
alhqwV

oida

himself said, Now I know truly

3588 32-1473

2532 1807

his angel,
2532 3956

and rescued
3588 4329

ek

and from all the expectation

4894-5037

868

3588

apesth

1722

en

2064

3588

exapesteile
kurioV
5495

1839

Iwannou

thV mhtroV
tou

Hrwdou

3588

Ioudaiwn

twn

1909 3588 3614

epi thn oikian

exesthsan

1510.7.6

hsan

2425

4867

ikanoi

4601

12:13

1161

krousantoV

3588

tou

4440

3588

de

[3having knocked

MariaV

3739

Mark;

where

tou

1And

Petrou

2Peter]

4334

3814

pulwnoV
proshlqe
*

onomati
Rodh

by name Rhoda.

3588 5438

3588

and

to the

kai

paidiskh

2532

12:14 kai

1921

epignousa

3588

thn

at the

2374

quran

door

5219

upakousai
3588

5456

thn fwnhn

And having recognized the

adelfoiV

led him

518

apaggeilate
Iakwbw
2532

1831

these things!

And

having come forth

tauta

brethren

to James

3778

4198

1519

2087

eiV

eteron

he went

to

another place.

kai

5117

topon

exelqwn

1096

1161

genomenhV

12:18

de

[3having come 1And

2250

1510.7.3

5017

3756

3641

1722

3588

2day],

there was

[3disturbance

1no

2little]

among

the

taracoV

hn

686

ouk

oligoV

3588 *-1096

ara
o

stratiwtaiV
ti

voice

PetroV
egeneto

en

toiV

12:19 HrwdhV
de

became of Peter.

2532 3361 2147

epizhthsaV
auton

And Herod

350

eurwn

kai mh

3588

anakrinaV

520

2753

guards,

he urged them to be taken away. And having gone down

575

3588

apo

apacqhnai

1519

Judea

to

IoudaiaV

thV

from

1510.7.3 1161

12:20 hn

3588

eiV

2718

kai katelqwn
*

1304

Kaisareian

thn

dietriben

Caesarea,

2371

HrwdhV
qumomacwn

de

[3was

2532

touV

5441

he spent time.
*

TurioiV

1And 2Herod] violently incensed with the Tyrians

3661-1161

3918

de
kai SidwnioiV
omoqumadon

4314

parhsan

1473

proV auton

and Sidonians; but with one accord they were at hand with him,
*

kai peisanteV

3588

and having persuaded Blastus,

935

154

1515

king,

they asked peace;

htounto

basilewV
575

1909 3588 2846

Blaston
ton

3588

epi tou koitwnoV

tou

the one over the bedroom of the

1223

3588 5142

eirhnhn
dia

1473

to trefesqai

because

autwn

[3was maintained 1their

3588 937

thn cwran
apo thV basilikhV

2place] by

the royalty.

The Death of Herod

5002

1161

12:21 takth

de

2250

3588 *

hmera
o

[3appointed 1And 4a day

1746

HrwdhV
endusamenoV

2Herod], having put on

2066

937

2532

2523

1909

3588

968

[2attire

1royal],

and

having sat

upon

the

rostrum,

esqhta

basilikhn

kai

1215

kaqisaV

4314

edhmhgorei

epi

1473

proV autouV

3588-1161

12:22 o de

them.

2019

5456

2316

2532

3756

sounded out, saying

The voice

of a god,

and

not

3960

1473

epefwnei

fwnh

3916-1161

3756

anq' wn ouk

1325

kai

dhmoV

32

444

anqrwpou

ouk

a man.
2962

aggeloV

epataxen
auton
kuriou

4him

3588 1391

1an angel 2of the Lord]

3588 2316

edwke
thn doxan
tw qew

because he did not give

1218

And the people

qeou

And immediately [3struck

446.2

bhmatoV

tou

delivered a public address to

12:23 paracrhma
de

12:12 CP adds adelfoi brethren.

1473-1806

And he said, Report

80

toiV

eporeuqh

ceiri

exhgagen

kurioV
auton

2036-1161

from out of the prison.

2532

5495

th

4459 3588 2962

eipe
de
thV fulakhV

ek

kai proseucomenoi

of the vestibule, there came forward a maidservant to listen,

3686

1473

pwV o
dihghsato
autoiV

3588 5561

there were a fit amount being gathered together and praying.

2925

autoiV

to be quiet, he described to them how the Lord

1537

and

3588

And having waved to them with the hand

1334

sigan

2532 4336

sunhqroismenoi

2532

kai
auton

1473

12:17 kataseisaV
de

were amazed.

epikaloumenou
Markou
ou

the mother of John, of the one being called

1473

eidon

2678-1161

2532 3982

ceiroV

1941

But Peter
1492

anoixanteV
de

continued knocking; and having opened, they beheld him,

And being fully conscious, he came unto the house of Mary

3588 3384

PetroV

de

1It is].

455-1161

krouwn

2532 *

1821-2962

laou

2925

epemene

having come to

2992

[2his angel

1961

fulakaV
ekeleusen

of the people of the Jews.

hlqen

te
12:12 sunidwn

they said,

And

3588 1161 *

12:16 o

seeking him anxiously, and not finding, having questioned the

me from the hand of Herod,

3588

kai pashV
thV prosdokiaV
tou

1510.2.3

aggeloV
autou estin

de

into the

that the Lord sent

1473 1537

autou kai exeilet

ton aggelon
o me

3588 32-1473

oi

to what then

1096

Peter

3004

elegon

3588 1161

to have been.

1934-1473

kai exelqonteV

And

But she contended obstinately thus

soldiers

PetroV
genomenoV

12:11 kai o

2192

ecein
outwV

1519 3588

2532 1831

3588 *

said, You are maniacal.

3779

and a second,

they went [2street 1by one], and immediately [3separated 1the

32

her

eipon

proV authn
mainh

di+scurizeto

de

3105

5100

ferousan
eiV thn

kai euqewV

2036

3588 1161 1340

tou

1473

4757

5342

2532 2112

mian

4314

pulwnoV
12:15 oi de

hmeraV

opened to them. And having come forth,

1520

3588

before the

2532 1208

of iron, the one bearing

automath
hnoicqh
autoiV

prohlqon
rumhn

blepein

kai deuteran

prwthn
fulakhn

And having gone through a first

2064

hlqon

991

orama

edokei
de

4253

eisdramousa
de aphggeilen
estanai
ton Petron
pro

kept

3588 4125

450

the vestibule;

2476-3588-*

3588-1161

the building; and having struck the side

3004

518

4440

in

1473

3588 4440

3588 5438

tw oikhmati
pataxaV
de

hgeiren

455

ton pulwna
hnoixe

she did not open

5083

en

1453

3756

but having ran in, she reported Peter to be standing

epesth
kai fwV

3960-1161

3588 5479

of Peter, from the joy

And behold, an angel of the Lord stood by, and a light radiated
1722 3588 3612

575

ouk
tou Petrou
apo thV caraV

being bound [2chains

2186

aggeloV
kuriou

12:7 kai idou

254

thV quraV
ethroun
thn fulakhn

1with two]; and guards before the door

3588 *

Peter was

stratiwtwn

duo
dedemenoV

5441-5037

dusi

1510.7.3-3588-*

hn o PetroV

HrwdhV
th nukti ekeinh

3to lead him before them

12:7

the glory to

2532

1096

kai genomenoV

God. And becoming

12:24

A C T S

4662

1634

worm-eaten,

he expired.

3588-1161 3056

skwlhkobrwtoV
exeyuxen
837

2532 4129

grew

and multiplied.

But the word

*-1161

returned

4137

from Jerusalem,

having fulfilled the service,

2532 *

3588

1941

sumparalabonteV
kai Iwannhn
ton

having taken along also John,

13:8 anqistato
de

5100

1722

onoma
autou zhtwn

3686-1473

2212

is translated

3588

his name,)

seeking to turn aside the

446

575

proconsul

from the belief.

3588 4102

4130

being filled [2spirit

1473

4151

39

5599

1388

said, O one full

of all

treachery, and all

2596

4468

5207

Antioch,

according to

villainy,

O son of the devil, O enemy of all

1228

2190

diabolou

4396

2532

1320

3756-3973

the

[2being there

1assembly],

prophets

and

teachers,

will you not cease turning aside the

thn

3739-5037 *

2532 *

3588

kai

2564

o te

o
BarnabaV
kai Sumewn

both

Barnabas and Simeon, the one called

3588 *

LoukioV
o

Lucius

Niger, and

the Cyrenian,

tou tetrarcou

and Manaen [2of Herod 3the 4tetrarch

2532 *

1161

1a companion], and Saul.

[3officiating

1And 2of their]

3588

2036

2962

2532 3522

kai nhsteuontwn

kuriw
eipe

tw

to the Lord, and fasting,

873

1211

1473

aforisate
dh

Separate
2041

3588 *

moi

Barnabas and
1473

work which I have called

2532

and praying,
630

3778

apelusan

they dismissed them.

5259 3588 4151

by

the [2spirit

1564-5037

636

en
te
ekeiq

apepleusan

1096

1722 *

genomenoi

1722 3588 4864

3588

twn
en taiV sunagwgaiV

in

the synagogues

5257

of the Jews;

uphrethn

1322

over

the

teaching

Iwannhn

thn nhson
acri

5100

3097

5578

magon
yeudoprofhthn
Ioudaion

tina

Paphos, they found a certain magus, a false prophet,

3739

3686

onoma
Bar+hsouV

13:7 oV

whose name was Barjesus,

*

435

3739

hn

which was

4908

Paulw

Sergiw
andri sunetw

a Jew

3778

outoV

2532 *

1934

Barnaban
kai Saulon
epezhthsen

Barnabas and Saul,

575

1473

5290

And John

retreated

from

them

and returned

apocwrhsaV

autwn

ap'

575

Ierosoluma
13:14 autoi de dielqonteV
1519 *

they came

into Antioch

3588

the word

eiV

unto

3588 *

And they having gone through from

3854

1519

apo thV PerghV

3588 *

Perga,

2532 1525

paregenonto
eiV Antioceian
thV PisidiaV
kai eiselqonteV

of

1519 3588 4864

3588

into the synagogue

on the day
3588

3551

[3sent

of the law

2532 3588

1487 1510.2.3

brethren, if
3588 2992

3004

to

the people, speak!

2532

2678

legete

3056

saying,

3874

you

of comfort
1161

de

PauloV

[3having risen up 1And 2Paul],

5495

hand, said,

3588 5399

3588 2316

2036

435

Men,

Israelites,

2532

ceiri eipen
Israhlitai
kai
andreV
191

foboumenoi
ton qeon
akousate
*

them,

paraklhsewV

umin

450

the

2992-3778

3004

13:16 anastaV

3588

ones fearing

1473

1722 1473

logoV
en

and waving

kai kataseisaV
th

profhtwn

legonteV

proV autouV

1the 2chiefs of the synagogue] to

80

they sat.
4396

and of the prophets,

4314

arcisunagwgoi

4314

oi

2523

sabbatwn
ekaqisan

nomou
kai twn

3588 752

apesteilan
oi

and having entered

4521

of the Sabbath,

thn anagnwsin
tou

And after the reading

649

3588

hmera
twn

3588 320

de
13:15 meta

Pisidia;

2250

th
eiV thn sunagwghn

there is a word in

3588 3056

upestreyen

1473-1161 1330

proV ton laon

proskalesamenoV

of Pamphylia.

672

IwannhV
de

Men,

sought anxiously to hear

of God.

they came unto Perga

*-1161

4341

akousai
ton logon
tou

qeou

3588 *

with the proconsul

sun tw anqupatw

of the

Perghn
thV PamfuliaV

esti

191

2316

Paul,

tou
3588

Paphos, the ones

eiV

andreV
adelfoi ei

Sergius Paulus, [2man 1a discerning]. This one calling on

*

around

435

1510.7.3 4862 3588 446

3588 *

apo thV Pafou

oi
1519

hlqon
ton Paulon

peri

3588

didach

th

575

2064

3326-1161

891

having taken place,

And having embarked from

Jerusalem.

of God

gegonoV

epi

13:13 anacqenteV
de

And

1096

to

ekplhssomenoV

3588 *

2532

13:5 kai

anqupatoV

321-1161

And having gone through the island as far as

2147

episteusen

kuriou

as an assistant.

on

Pafou
eur

Then

being overwhelmed

and they also had John

13:6 dielqonteV
de

13:12 tote

believed,

3588 2316

3588 3520

5119

ceiragwgouV

3588

ton logon
tou qeou

1330

5497

ezhtei

1909

Seleucia;

Ioudaiwn
eicon
de kai

kai skotoV

a mistiness and darkness;

the thing

thn Seleukeian

2192-1161-2532

acluV

auton

2proconsul]

ekpemfqenteV

they announced the word

2532 4655

1605

Cyprus.

kathggellon

Salamini

en

having come unto Salamis,

887

1the

1599

3588 3056

1473

4100

4012

thn Kupron

eiV

2605

2212

Lord.

and from there they sailed away unto

a time.

1909

[3beholding

idwn

upon them,

3588 *

2540

for

for the

1519 3588 *

1519

891

the sun

3588

ceiraV
autoiV

1holy], went down unto

3588 2246

not seeing

and leading about he sought ones to guide him by hand.

hands

2718

epi

446

These indeed then having gone forth

3588 39

1909

kuriou

3588

3522

upo tou pneumatoV

tou agiou
kathlqon
eiV

2962

ceir

3361 991

epepesen
ep'

kai periagwn

the

oun

5495

And immediately there fell upon him

1473

3767

taV

[2ways 3of the Lord

mh blepwn

acri
tufloV
ton hlion
kairou
1968

paracrhma
de

5495

3303

5185

kai esh

3588

13:4 outoi
men

3588

kuriou

And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon

you, and you will be blind,

2962

epiqenteV
taV

and placing

righteousness,

2962

odouV

1492

Then fasting

2007

1343

1519 3588

13:3 tote
nhsteusanteV

them.

proseuxamenoi
kai

kai

2holy],

Saul
5119

proskeklhmai
autouV

4336

agion

2532 3588 *

se

2400

kai pashV

pashV
dikaiosunhV
3598

taV

13:11 kai nun idou

1straight]?

2532 4013

3588 39

pneuma
to

to

ton Barnaban
kai ton Saulon
eiV to

4341

ergon
o

3588 4151

autwn

[4said 1the 3spirit

indeed to me

3739

2532

1473

kai SauloV
13:2 leitourgountwn
de

2532 3568

euqeiaV

3916-1161

3008

suntrofoV

2117

3588

diastrefwn

1473 2532 1510.8.2

3588 5076

Manahn
te Hrwdou

KurhnaioV

4939

2532

kaloumenoV
Niger
kai

1294

ou paush

2532 3956

3956

ecqre

1577

didaskaloi

eiV

3956

profhtai

1519

kai atenisaV

dolou

plhrhV
pantoV

him,

radiourgiaV
uie

kai

1of holy], and having gazed at

4134

13:10 eipen
w

2532

2532 816

pneumatoV
agiou

2036

ton

And Saul, the one also called

1510.6

ekklhsian

3588

Paul,

PauloV
plhsqeiV

3588

diastreyai

*-1161

3588

ousan

1294

kata

Antioceia

tineV en

outw
gar

meqermhneuetai
to

auton

And there were some in

3779-1063

magoV

Mark.

Paul and Barnabas

1510.7.6-1161

3588 3097

anqupaton
apo thV pistewV
13:9 SauloV
de o

CHAPTER 13

de
13:1 hsan

ElumaV

autoiV
o

[5opposed 1But 6them 2Elymas 3the 4magus], (for so

epiklhqenta
Markon

the one called

1161 1473

3177

3588 1248

Ierousalhm
plhrwsanteV
thn diakonian

4838

436

kai SauloV

And Barnabas and Saul

1537

Elymas the Magus

of God

2532 *

12:25 BarnabaV
de

5290

upestreyan
ex

3588 2316

logoV
tou qeou

12:24 o de

huxane
kai eplhquneto

193

13:17 o

God, hearken!
1586

3588

3588

2316

and
3588

tou
qeoV

The God
3962-1473

2532 3588

our fathers,

and [2the

kai ton
laou toutou
Israhl
exelexato
touV pateraV
hmwn

12:25 Ald. PauloV Paul.

12:25 CP adds eiV Antioceian

to Antioch.

of this people Israel

chose

13:17 Ald. omits. Israhl.

P R A X E I S

194
2992

5312

1722

3588 3940

1722 1093

the sojourn

in

en th
uywsen

laon

3people 1exalted] in
2532 3326

1023

paroikia
en

5308

1806

Aiguptw

gh

the land of Egypt,

1473

1537

1473

them

out of it.

bracionoV

ex
kai meta
uyhlou exhgagen
autouV

and with [2arm

2532

1a high] he led

5613

13:18 kai

5063

1473

1722 3588 2048

them

in the wilderness.
en

2532

thn ghn autwn

13:20 kai

2their land].
5071

1484

3778

4396

154

prophet.

3588 2316

autoiV

3588 *

qeoV

3to them

1God]

Saul

2094

2094

etesi

435

tessarakonta

1473

1453

1473

him,

he raised up to them

hgeiren
auton
2036

3739

David for king,

2147

marturhsaV

3588

2596

3588 2588-1473

andra
kata

3739

my heart,

2307-1473

3778

my wants.
1860

575

3588

tou spermatoV

peri

3588 3586

2316

de

1909 2250

wfqh

1473

575

1519 *

1473

Galilee
4314

eV
eisi
oitin

1510.2.6 3144

martureV
autou proV ton laon

who

are

witnesses of him to

3588 2992

3588

And we

3962

1860

thn proV touV pateraV

epaggelian

3the 4fathers 1promise]

3754 3778

3588 2316

13:33 oti
tauthn

taking place,

2532 1473

13:32 kai hmeiV

the people.

3588 4314

announce you good news the [2to

genomenhn

1473

anasthsaV

5613-2532 1722 3588

wV kai en
Ihsoun

[2their children 1to us], having raised up Jesus;

1125

and as

tw

in

the

5207-1473 1510.2.2-1473 1473

tw deuterw

yalmw
gegraptai

mou ei su
uioV

egw

1second] it has been written, [2my son 1You are], I

1080-1473

today

have engendered you.

3371

3754-1161 450

1473

And that he raised

him

de
13:34 oti

se
shmeron
gegennhk
a
1537 3498

3195

deliverance to Israel

from the dead, no longer to be about to return

nekrwn
mhketi

ek

3588

God has fulfilled

450

hmin

teknoiV
autwn

1603

ekpeplhrwke

qeoV
toiV

that this thing

3588 1208

Ierousalhm

unto Jerusalem,

3748

1096

from

3588

1many] to the ones

3588 *

from

euaggelizomeqa

umaV

1537

him

4183

apo thV GalilaiaV

eiV
autw

having gone up with him

1473

epi hmeraV
pleiouV
toiV

who appeared for [2days

sunanabasin

[2Psalm

they put him

1453

But God raised

13:31 oV

5568

5087

hgeiren
qeoV
auton
ek

*-4991

swthrian

Israhl

tw

13:30 o

1161

3739 3708

nekrwn

4594

3588 4690

1God 2from 3the 4seed],

1453

hgeire
epaggelian

kat'

3588

poihsei
panta
ta

apo
qeoV

[5of this one

2596

3956

which shall do all

3588 2316

mou 13:23 toutou

qelhmat
a

of Jesse,

575

into a tomb.

5043-1473

tou Iessai

4160

mou oV
thn kardian

a man according to

kai

3588 *

[2he said 1having borne witness], I found David the one

435

2532

to whom also

ton
euron
Dabid

eiV

1473-2097

ton Dabid
eiV basilea
w
autoiV

3140

eipe

the tribe

2532 3179

1519 935

4012

the things [2concerning

eqhkan
kaqelonteV
apo tou xulou
3588

mnhmeion

4872

And having removed

3588 *

3419

the dead,

13:22 kai metasthsaV

of Benjamin [2years 1for forty].

1519

the

fulhV

2507

autou gegrammena

3498

1537 5443

andra
ek

to do away with

3588

panta ta

And as they finished all

3588

2532 1325

son of Kis, a man of

5062

eth

Beniamin

5207 *

uion
KiV
ton Saoul

him.

3956

etelesan

1being written], lowering him from the tree,

And from there they asked for a king. And [2gave

1473

hthsanto
Pilaton
anaireqhnai

5613-1161 5055

13:29 wV de

337

1125

kai edwken
hthsanto
basilea

profhtou
13:21 kakeiqen

3him

2193 *

935

154

qanatou

aitian
euronteV

mhdemian

And not one

1473

wV

2923

2147

3367

13:28 kai

1to them

he gave judges, until Samuel

2547

2532

eplhrwsan

2288

auton

ewV
tou
edwke
tetrakosioiV
kai penthkonta
kritaV
Samouhl

1four hundred 2and 3fifty],

1being read],

1473

5613

tauta

meta
1325

krinanteV

1473

eqnh

And after these things, about [4years

2532 4004

4137

reason for death having found, they asked Pilate

kateklhrodothsen
autoiV
3326

2919

he bore with

the land of Canaan, he divided [3by lot

3588 1093-1473

314

sabbaton
anaginwskomenaV

time

2624

Canaan

4521

156

And having demolished [2nations

gh

1seven] in

3956

[2on 3every 4Sabbath

5159

13:19 kai kaqelwn

1722 1093

epta

3588 2596

taV kata
pan
profhtwn

of the prophets

5550

2532 2507

en th erhmw

autouV

4396

twn

[2having judged him 1they fulfilled them].

cronon

tessarakontaeth
etropoforhsen

wV

And about forty years

2033

authV

3588

13:18

anesthsen
auton

5290

1519 1312

mellonta
upostrefein
eiV diafqoran

unto corruption,

according to the promise,

raised up

4990

4296-*

3779

2046

Which John having publicly proclaimed

thus

he has spoken that, I will give to you the [2sacred things

swthra

Ihsoun

13:24 prokhruxantoV
Iwannou

a deliverer, Jesus.
4253

pro

4383

3588 1529-1473

908

before the presence

3956

3588 2992

to all

the people

3588 *

3004

metanoiaV

of his entrance, an immersion for repentance

panti tw law
tou Israhl
3588 1408

3341

proswpou
thV eisodou
autou baptisma

5100

1473-5282

1510.1

3756-1510.2.1-1473

elege
ton dromon
tina
me uponoeite
einai
ouk eimi egw
the race, he said, Who do you suspect me to be? I am not he.
2400

2064

ercetai

3326

1473

3739

3756-1510.2.1

3588

idou

behold,

comes

after

me,

one of whom

I am not

by the

514

axioV

3588

to

5266

3588

upodhma
twn

worthy [2the 3sandal

80

5207 1085

adelfoi uioi genouV

eme

ouk eimi

ou

4228

3089

Abraam

1to untie].
2532 3588

kai oi

1722

en

3588 2316

foboumenoi
ton qeon

1473

umin

3588 3056

God to you the word

3588-1063 2730

1473

umin

For the ones dwelling in

3778

their rulers,

[2this one 1not having known], nor the voices

2316 1453

3756

God raised,

did not see corruption.

and

2532 3588 5456

kai taV fwnaV

1492 1312

hgeiren
qeoV
ouk
1473

estw

3588

umin

435

80

859

3739

2605

en toutw

13:17 CP omits.
13:24 See Ald. for variants.

oun

3767

3956

paV

this one every one

3361

mh

3778

1473

toutou
umin
2532 575

1344

tw nomw
MwsewV
dikaiwqhnai

the law

3588 4100

and from all things

1722 3588 3551

en

3956

13:39 kai apo pantwn

3is announced],

ouk hdunhqhte

of which you were not able in

in

3754 1223

brethren, that through this one [4to you

3756-1410

wn

oun

[2made known 3then

kataggelletai

amartiwn

1a release 2of sins

3767

13:38 gnwston

andreV
adelfoi oti
dia

266

afesiV

1110

diafqoran

eide

1Let it be] to you men,

1722 3778

13:25 or course.

3588

diafqoran

pateraV
autou kai eide
13:37 on de

1510.5

2532 3588

Jerusalem,

4314

proV touV
kai proseteqh

But the one whom

758-1473

agnohsanteV

2532 4369

ekoimhqh

counsel of God, went to sleep, and was added to

3739-1161

was sent.

50

2837

tou qeou boulh

and saw corruption.

kai oi
apestalh
13:27 oi gar katoikounteV
en Ierousalhm

touton
arconteV
autwn

3588 2316-1012

th

2532 1492 1312

of this deliverance

1722 *

uphrethsaV

his fathers,

3588 4991-3778

649

5256

genea

3962-1473

tauthV

logoV
thV swthriaV

fearing

gar idia

Men,

brethren, sons of the race of Abraham, and the ones among you
5399

diafqoran

idein

1074

435

13:26 andreV

lusai

podwn

4of his 5feet

another

1312

[2David 3indeed 1For 5his own 6generation 4having assisted]

But

met'

1492

your sacred one to see corruption.

1063 2398

men

eterw

kai en

on
sou
ton osi

3303

13:36 Dabid

2532 1722 2087

Wherefore also in

3588 3741-1473

ou dwseiV

235

all'

1352

he says, You shall not give

osia

ta

13:35 dio

And as John was fulfilling

3588 3741

umin

1trustworthy].

3756-1325

legei

1473

dwsw

pista

ta

3of David
3004

eplhrou
o IwannhV

1325

3588 4103

Dabid

5613-1161 4137-3588-*

13:25 wV de

of Israel.

3754

oti

outwV
eirhken

of Moses to be justified,

1344

991

pisteuwn
dikaioutai
13:40 blepete

believing is justified.
1904

1909

epelqh
ef'

then, that it should not come

13:34 CP adds auton him.

1473

3588

to
umaV

Take heed
2046

eirhmenon

upon you, the thing being spoken

13:41

A C T S

1722 3588

en

toiV profhtaiV

4396

by

the

prophets,

1492

3588 2707

13:41 idete

2532

1909

and

against

katafronhtai kai

oi

Behold, O

despisers,

2296

2532 853

3754 2041

wonder

and vanish!

For a work I

1473 2038

3588

3766.2

their borders.

2868

3588 4228-1473

which in no way should you believe if

4864

3588

synagogue

of the Jews,

3588

3342

1437

pisteushte

ean

1537

3588

13:42 exiontwn
de ek

one should tell you in detail.

*

twn
sunagwghV

4100

1826-1161

tiV ekdihghtai
umin

thV

3870

3588 1484

1519

eqnh

ta

eiV

[3appealed to them 1the 2nations] in

4521

2980

1473

3778

3588 3725-1473

the time between the Sabbath to speak

3089

1161

13:43 luqeishV

3588

dust
3588-1161

de

3588

polloi twn

2532

4and

2532 3588 *

4339

4354

3982

and

Barnabas; who

1473

1961

them

to continue in the favor

epimenein

autouV
th
2064

4521

speaking,

4975

3956

3588 2316

3588 4172

the word
3793

191

gathered to hear
1161

3588

de

Ioudaioi

oi

[4beholding 1But 2the 3Jews]

4130

2205

eplhsqhsan

touV oclouV

the

the city

13:45 idonteV

of God.

And on the
4863

poliV
sunhcqh
akousai

1492

ton logon
tou qeou

13:44 tw te

of God.

Sabbath, nearly all

3588 3056

3588-5037

cariti
tou qeou

pasa

ercomenw
sabbatw
scedon
h

coming

persuaded

3588 2316

2532 483

zhlou

kai antelegon

multitudes, they were filled with jealousy, and spoke against

3588

5259

3588 *

3004

483

upo tou Paulou

legomenoiV

toiV

the things [2by

3Paul

987

2532

antilegonteV
kai

1being spoken], disputing

3955-1161

and

3588 *

2532 3588

blasfhmounteV
13:46 parrhsiasamenoi
de o

PauloV
kai o

blaspheming.

Paul

But speaking openly,

2036

1473

1510.7.3 316

BarnabaV
eipon
umin

4412

3056

3588 2316

1for the 2word

3756

ouk

1894

logon
tou qeou

ton

514

axiouV

3of God]; but since you thrust it away, and

2919

1438

3588 166

krinete
eautouV

4762

1519 3588 1484

we turn

unto the nations.

1473

hmin

3588

2532

kai
apwqeisqe
auton

2962

2400

of eternal life,
3779-1063

ta eqnh

2222

idou
thV aiwniou
zwhV

do not [3worthy 1judge 2yourselves]

strefomeqa
eiV

[4to be spoken

683-1473

epeidh

behold,

1781

For thus [3has given charge

1473 1519 5457

kurioV
teqeik
a

se

1484

eqnwn

eiV fwV

1519 4991

i se
tou eina

eiV

swthrian

2193

2078

ewV

3588

for you to be for deliverance unto the end

191-1161

3588 1484

5463

13:48 akouonta
de ta eqnh

ecaire

1093

escatou
thV

ghV

of the earth.

2532 1392

3588 3056

kai edoxazon
ton logon

And hearing, the nations rejoiced, and glorified the word

3588

tou

2962

2532 4100

3745

1510.7.6 5021

kai episteusan

osoi
kuriou

of the Lord; and [7believed

1519 2222

166

aiwnion

eiV zwhn

13:49 diefereto

1161

de

3588 3056

14:1

2962

3588 5561

3650

olhV

5Lord] through the entire

they entered
2980

3588 4864

spoke
4183

together

3588

into the synagogue

4100

2532

Ioudaiwn
kai

of the Jews,

*-5037

and

3779

5620

thus

so as for [6to believe 3of both Jews 4and 5Hellenists

4128

polu

to auto
kata

thn sunagwghn
twn

wste
lalhsai
outwV

2532 *

te kai Ellhnwn

pisteusai
Ioudaiwn
3588-1161 544-*

plhqoV

apeiqounteV
Ioudaioi

14:2 oi de

1a great 2multitude].

But the Jews having resisted persuasion,

1892

2532 2559

3588 5590

3588

roused up

and afflicted

the souls

of the nations against

1484

twn
ephgeiran
kai ekakwsan
taV yucaV
3588

80

the

brethren.

twn

adelfwn

kata

2425

3303-3767

5550

1304

[3a fit

1Then

4time

2they spent]

ikanon

14:3

2596

eqnwn

men oun
3588

cronon

dietriyan

3955

1909 3588 2962

3140

speaking openly

in the Lord, to the bearing witness to the word

tw
parrhsiazomenoi
epi tw kuriw
3588 5484-1473

1325

3588

marturounti

of his favor,

4592

2532 5059

3588 5495-1473

dia

4977

3588

their hands.

4172

1096

4of the 5city];

1161

3588 4128

and some

were

with the Jews,

te kai

4862

with

1473

to insult and to stone

katefugon

3588

758-1473

autwn
Ioudaiwn
sun toiV arcousin

2532 3036

2703

ormh

And as there became a movement

5037-2532

by the nations, and also of Jews

5195

and some
3730

egeneto

14:5 wV de

with the apostles.

eqnwn

3588-1161

hsan
sun toiV IoudaioiV
oi de
5613-1161 1096

sun toiV apostoloiV

1484

plhqoV

to

2532 3588-3303 1510.7.6 4862 3588 *

3588 652

3588

ginesqai

[6was split 1And 2the 3multitude

polewV
kai oi men

thV

them,

1519 3588 4172

their rulers,
4894

14:6 sunidonteV

being fully conscious,

3588 *

2532

eiV taV poleiV

thV LukaoniaV
Lustran
kai

they took refuge in

the cities

of Lycaonia, Lystra

2532 3588 4066

2546

Derbe,

and the place round about,

Derbhn
kai thn pericwron

and there they were

2097

announcing good news.

A Lame Man of Lystra Healed

2532 5100

14:8 kai tiV

But the Jews

435

1722 *

102

4228

2521

5560

sat,

[2lame 3from 4the belly 5of his mother 1being],

instigated

the worshiping women,

3588

thV

4172

2532 3588 2158

2532

ek
ekaqhto
cwloV

and the decent

and

3763

2532 1892

polewV
kai ephgeiran

the foremost men of the city;

1375

diwgmon

4043

koiliaV

oudepote
peripepathkei

at no time walked.

and they roused up a persecution

14:2 i.e. gentiles.

13:41 CP adds kai epibleyate and pay attention.

2836

disabled in the feet

3588 4576

touV prwtouV

1537

3588

en LustroiV

anhr
adunatoV
toiV posin

And a certain man in Lystra,

parwtrunan
taV sebomenaV
gunaikaV
kai taV euschmonaV
kai
3588 4413

and

1510.7.6

hsan

14:7 kakei

3951

1135

logw

and miracles to take place

autwn

twn ceirwn
14:4 escisqh
de

through

4862

granting signs

3056

tw

kai terata

thV caritoV
autou didonti
shmeia

Ioudaioi

13:50 oi de

region.

1519

2596-3588-1473

Ikoniw

en

autouV
eiV
eiselqein

3588-1161 *

thV cwraV

Iconium,

logoV
tou

[6was carried 1And 2the 3word 4of the

1223

in

3588

4for 5life 6eternal].

kuriou
di'

1722

And it came to pass

egeneto
de

euaggelizomenoi

hsan
tetagmenoi

1as many as 2were 3being arranged

1308

1096-1161

ubrisai
kai liqobolhsai
autouV

4to us 1the 2Lord], saying, I have put you for a light of nations,
3588 1510.1-1473

kai pneumatoV

Paul and Barnabas at Iconium

twn

13:47 outw
gar entetaltai

5087

2532 4151

with joy and [2spirit

CHAPTER 14

1223

2980

Barnabas said, To you it was important first

3588

and

prwton

anagkaion
lalhqhnai

hn

5479

maqhtai eplhrounto
caraV

1525-1473

Paul

3588

4137

Ikonion

came unto Iconium.

1holy].

3588

epeiqon
Barnaba
oitineV
proslalounteV
5484

hlqon
autouV
eiV

against them,

agiou

hkolouqhsan

Paulw
kai tw

3588

ton

1519 *

4487

5worshiping 6converts]

3748

2064

39

Ioudaiwn
kai twn sebomenwn
proshlutwn
tw

1many 2of the 3Jews

*

3588 4576

3588

ektinaxamenoi

1473

And the disciples were filled

[4being dismissed 1And 2the 3synagogue], [7followed

4183

1909

3101

13:52 oi de

190

sunagwghV

thV

1621

And they, having shaken off the

of their feet

to them these things.

4864

3588-1161

13:51 oi de

twn podwn
autwn
ep'
koniorton

tauta

metaxu sabbaton
lalhqhnai
autoiV
rhmata

to

2532 1544-1473

Barnabas, and cast them

autwn

apo twn oriwn

And exiting from out of the

Ioudaiwn
parekaloun

and

from

your days,
5100 1555-1473

Paul

575

3739

ou mh

2532 3588 *

ton Paulon
kai ton Barnaban
kai exebalon
autouV

during

2250-1473

taiV hmeraiV
umwn
o

3588 *

epi

1722

ergazomai

oti
ergon
qaumasate
kai afanisqhte
egw
en

work

195

3384-1473

5224

3739

autou uparcwn

mhtroV
oV
3778

14:9 outoV

191

who

3588 *

hkouse
tou Paulou

This one heard

Paul

P R A X E I S

196
2980

3739 816

speaking;

who having gazed upon him, and seeing that [2belief

lalountoV
oV
2192

3588

ecei

1473

atenisaV
4982

2036

swqhnai

tou

2532 1492

450

1909

3173

3588 4228-1473

upon

3588

th

said with a great

3717

your feet

3433

kai hlleto

3588-1161 3793

1492

epoihsen
o PauloV

Paul Stoned

their voice

3666

3303

ton

men

And they called

*

1894

Paul

Hermes, since

2532 3982

and having persuaded the multitudes, and having stoned

3588 *

their city,

4440

1909

stemmata
epi

3588 3793

thinking

1161

14:20 kuklwsantwn

th

1525

1519

eishlqen
4862

epaurion
exhlqe

2309

hqele

3588

twn
auton

3588

4172

city.

3588 *

1519

Barnaba
eiV

sun tw

2the
2532

thn polin
kai

eiV

And
*

Derbhn

Barnabas unto Derbe.

2097-5037

3588 4172-1565

14:21 euaggelisameno
i te

2532

thn polin
ekeinhn
kai

2425

in that city,

5290

upestreyan
eiV

2532 *

and

1519 3588 *

2532

thn Lustran
kai

having discipled a fit amount, they returned unto

*

1473

de

[4having encircled 1But 5him

anastaV

maqhteusanteV
ikanouV

tou

sun toiV ocloiV

maqhtwn

3100

3and 4garlands 5unto

4862

3543

thV polewV
nomisanteV

And having announced good news

[2bulls

enegkaV

teqnanai

auton

he went forth with

2532

5342

touV pulwnaV

3588 4172

2944

the next day

5022

taurouV

thV polewV
autwn
kai

being before

2348

and

3588

4725

1473

1831

hgoumenoV

DioV

1854

exw

they dragged him outside the city

3588 1887

And the priest, the one of Dia, of the one

3588 4172-1473

ontoV
pro
3588

the one leading

tou
iereuV

kai liqasanteV

3disciples], having risen up, he entered into the

de

was

14:13 o de

4951

ton Paulon
esuran

1161

2233

2532 3034

touV oclouV

us.

he

3588

3588 3793

Ikoniou

2Jews];

450

ton

6and 7Iconium

to have died.

3588

2532

AntioceiaV
kai

3101

3588

Dia
Dia,

apo

him

1510.7.3

3588-1161 2409

1510.6 4253

575

1473

1473

autoV

epeidh
hn

by word.

to

Barnaban

Barnabas

Paulon
Ermhn

qeoi

hmaV

proV

are come down

3588

ekaloun
te

2316

The gods
4314

katebhsan

men,

2564-5037

legonteV
oi

2597

anqrwpoiV

having become like

3588

in Lycaonian, saying,

444

omoiwqenteV

tou logou

1And 4from 5Antioch

Paul,

3004

autwn

thn fwnhn
Lukaonisti

3588 3056

[3came

And the multitudes beholding what Paul did,

3588 5456-1473

quein

to not sacrifice

1161

kai peisanteV

Ioudaioi

3739 4160-3588-*

idonteV

ocloi

2380

tou mh

1904

14:19 ephlqon
de

14:11 oi de

3588 3361

autoiV

straight! And he leaped up

The Lycaonians Deify Paul and Barnabas

14:12

2multitudes]

to them.

and walked.

lifted up

3793

1the

1473

kai periepatei

ephran

3588

katepausan
touV oclouV

[3hardly 4ceased

2532 4043

1869

2664

moliV

2532 242

anasthqi

fwnh
epi touV podaV
sou orqoV

voice, Rise

pistin
oti

14:10 eipe
megalh

1he had], of the one to be delivered,

5456

3754 4102

kai idwn

autw

14:10

Lystra,

1991

and

3588 5590

3588

the souls

of the

twn
Ikonion
kai Antioceian
14:22 episthrizonteV
taV yucaV

Iconium, and Antioch,

3101

staying up

3870

1696

3588 4102

parakalounteV

maqhtwn
emmenein

2532

3754

th pistei
kai

oti

6the 7vestibules 1having brought], with the multitudes, wanted

disciples, appealing to them to adhere to the belief, and saying that,

2380

1223 4183

2347

Barnabas

By many

afflictions we must enter

191-1161

quein

3588 652

14:14 akousanteV
de

to sacrifice.

apostoloi
BarnabaV

oi

And having heard, the apostles

2532 *

kai PauloV
diarrhxanteV
ta

1284

imatia
autwn

and Paul,

having torn

3588 2440-1473

their garments, rushed

1519 3588 3793

2896

eiV ton oclon

krazonteV
2532

tauta
poieite

435

5100

and saying,

Men,

why

1510.2.4 1473

444

1are

2097

4as you 2men],

3778

3588 3152

1473

umaV

1909

3588 2316

apo

3588 2198

toutwn
twn mataiwn
epistrefein
epi ton qeon

3these

575

announcing good news for you [2from

1994

4vanities 1to turn]

ton zwnta

unto the [2God

2532 3588 1093

1living],

3739 4160

3588 3772

2532 3588 2281

2532

who made

the heaven, and the earth, and the sea,

and

oV

kai thn ghn

epoihse
ton ouranon

3956

3588

1722 1473

all

the things in

panta
ta

en

1074

autoiV

them;

1439

geneaiV

3956

eiase

3598-1473

3588

the

2544

autwn

odoiV

taiV parwchmenaiV

the [2passing by

1484

eqnh

4198

3588

poreuesqai
taiV

nations to go

by

3756 267

14:17 kaitoige

their ways;

en

who in

panta
ta

1generations] allowed all

kai thn qalassan

kai

3739 1722 3588 3944

14:16 oV

ouk amarturon
eauton

though indeed not without his own witness

863

15

3771

1473

5205

did he allow it,

but doing good

from heaven

to you

[2rains

afhken
1325

didouV

agaqopoiwn
2532 2540

1705

bearing fruit,

3588 2588-1473

hmwn

eufrosunhV
taV kardiaV

gladness

umin
5160

uetouV

karpoforouV

kai kairouV
empiplwn
trofhV

1giving], and seasons

2167

ouranoqen

2593

of our hearts.

Elders Appointed in Every Assembly

14:23

[3having the same passions

anqrwpoi
euaggelizomenoi

esmen umin

qeou

omoiopaqeiV

do you do these things? Even we

filling up
2532

14:18 kai

3588

into the kingdom

2316

3663

hmeiV

1519 3588 932

of God.

2532 3004

1473

kai

eisephdhsan

andreV
14:15 kai legonteV
ti

into the multitude crying,

3778-4160

1530

1163-1473 1525

pollwn
qliyewn

eiselqein
eiV thn basileian
tou
dia
dei hmaV

2532

kai

provision and

3778-3004

tauta
legonteV

And saying these things,

2596

5500-1161

1473

And having hand picked

for them

ceirotonhsanteV
de

1577

4245

autoiV

presbuterouV

elders

4336

3326

3521

having prayed

with fastings,

3908

nhsteiwn
pareqento

ekklhsian
proseuxamenoi
meta

kat'

in every assembly,
1473

3588

2962

them

to the Lord

tw
autouV

1519 3739

eiV on
kuriw

1330

in

having gone through

2064

Pisidia,

2532 2980

14:24 kai

whom they had believed.

*

Pamfulian

eiV

they came unto Pamphylia.

1722 *

en

And

1519

hlqon
thn Pisidian

14:25 kai lalhsanteV

2532

pepisteukeisan

3588 *

dielqonteV

they placed

4100

3588 3056

Pergh
ton logon

2597

katebhsan

And having spoken [3in 4Perga 1the 2word], they went down
1519

eiV

Attaleian

2547

636

14:26 kakeiqen

unto Attalia.

apepleusan

Antioceian

oqen

hsan

1510.7.6

3860

Antioch,

from where

they were

delivered up

5484

cariti

3588

tou

favor
14:27

1519

eiV

And from there they sailed away unto

3606

2316

1519

of God,

for

qeou

eiV

3588

to

the

paradedomenoi
4137

work

which

they fulfilled.

eplhrwsan

4863

And having arrived,

and

having gathered together

sunagagonteV

1577

312

assembly,

they announced as much as God did

ekklhsian
anhggeilan

3745

osa

to the

3739

2532

kai

th

2041

ergon

3854

paragenomenoi
de

3588

4160-3588-2316

3588

thn

the
3326

epoihsen
o qeoV
met'

with

14:10 CP adds soi legw en tw onomati tou kuriou Ihsou

14:19 CP adds diatribontwn de autwn kai didaskontwn and

Cristou to you I say in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ.

spending time and teaching.

14:12 i.e. Zeus, or a goddess related to Zeus.

14:28

A C T S

1473

2532

them,

and that he opened to the nations a door of belief.

3754

autwn
kai

455

oti

3588

hnoixe

1304-1161

1563-5550

14:28 dietribon
de

1484

2374

3756 3641

4102

quran

eqnesi

toiV

pistewV

4862 3588 3101

ekei cronon
ouk oligon
sun toiV maqhtaiV

And they spent time there, not a little, with the disciples.

197

3588 3056

3588

the word

of the good news,

2532 5100

katelqonteV

1321

3588

80

taught

the

edidaskon

touV

4059

apo thV IoudaiaV

adelfouV

oti

1437

3361

brethren, saying

that,

If

you should not

3756

1410

1485

ean

eqei

peritemnhsqe
tw

swqhnai
2532

2214

3756

zhthsewV

kai

and
*

4314

Barnaba

proV

Barnabas
2532

with

3Barnabas],

3588

652

the

they ordered

and

243

certain

others

2532

4314

proV

to

Ierousalhm

eiV

elders

1Paul

them

1519

in

Jerusalem
3588-3303-3767

They then indeed

5259 3588 1577

1330

3588

upo thV ekklhsiaV

dihrconto

having been sent forward by

2532 *

the assembly,

1555

thn

went through

3588 1995

3588

twn
Foinikhn
kai Samareian
ekdihgoumenoi
thn epistrofhn

Phoenicia and Samaria,

telling in detail the turning

1484

5479

2532 4160

eqnwn

kai epoioun

3173

3854-1161

3956

of the

3588 80

megalhn

caran
pasi
toiV adelfoiV

nations; and they caused [2joy

1great]

1519 *

to all the brethren.

588

3588

kaqarisaV

they were gladly received

3588

2316

peirazete
ton

2007

3101

3739

maqhtwn
on

2480

941

were able

to bear?

1817-1161

15:5 exanesthsan
de

5100

twn

to circumcise

we believe

to be delivered

5158

575

3588 139

apo

thV airesewV

2548

3754

1163

4128

2532 191

652

the

2532

logou
toutou

paraggellein
te

threin

ton

4863-1161

3588

15:6 sunhcqhsan
de

oi

And there were gathered together the

3588

oi

and the

3056-3778

that, It is necessary
to give heed to

apostoloi
kai

apostles

saying

also to exhort them

of Moses.

4245

1492

presbuteroi
idein

elders

4183-1161

4012

3588

peri

tou

to know concerning
4803

1096

And much debating

450-*

PetroV

anastaV

2036

4314

1987

3754 575

know

that from [2days

oti
epistasqe
af'

having taken place,

1473

435

80

1473

them,

Men,

brethren, you

andreV

eipe
proV autouV
adelfoi umeiV

Peter, having risen up, said to

2250

744

3588 2316

arcaiwn

hmerwn
o

1former]

1722

3588

[5were quiet 1And 2all

3the

2532 *

4multitude], and heard

3745

pan to

1834

Barnabas and Paul

4160-3588-2316

osa

4592

describing

2532 5059

1722

shmeia
kai terata

epoihsen
o qeoV

as much as God did

1223

1473

3326-1161

autwn

di'
eqnesi

435

saying, Men,

1834

their quieting,

80

2531

Simeon described
1537

3588 2316

God visited

2992

eqnwn

1909 3588 3686-1473

laon

epi tw

onomati
autou

to take from out of nations a people for

4856

15:15 kai toutw

his name.

3588 3056

sumfwnousin
oi

And with this [5agreed

3588

4396

logoi
twn

profhtwn

1the 2words 3of the 4prophets],

3326

gegraptai

kaqwV

me!

1980

epeskeyato

qeoV

as how first

1484

ex
labein

1473

akousat
e mou

brethren, hear

4412

exhghsato

prwton

15:14 Sumewn
kaqwV
o
2983

191

andreV
adelfoi

IakwboV

apekriqh
legwn
*

sighsai
autouV

to

And after

3004

James responded

toiV

3588 4601-1473

de
15:13 meta

nations through them.

611-*

3588

en

by signs and miracles among the

3778

390

tauta

15:16 meta

anastreyw

After these things I will return

en
qeoV
3588

2532

kai

3588

2679

1473

kateskammena

ta

1473

anorqwsw

authn

I will re-erect
2645

15:17

it;

1223 3588 4750-1473

191

1484

chose

by

[3to hear 1for the 2nations]

eqnh

peptwkuian

456

2532

authV
anoikodomhsw
kai

I will rebuild,

3704-302

1909

ef'

3739

ouV

3of men]

ekzhthswsin

opwV
an

the Lord,

and all

the nations

3588 3686-1473

epikeklhtai

to

says

the Lord the one doing all these things.

ap'

oV

aiwn

15:19 dio

3778-3956

1510.2.3 3588 2316

esti

tw

15:18 gnwsta

[5known

3588 2041-1473

panta
ta

1To God 2all

1473 2919

3361

krinw

egw
mh

Therefore I

3956

qew
3926

them,
1110

tauta

poiwn
panta

6from 7the eon 4are

1352

1909 1473

1my name] by

2962

165

4160

eqnh

mou ep' autouV

onom
a

3004

1the

3588 1484

1941

3588

oi

[4shall seek after

2532 3956

upon which [2has been called upon

legei
kurioV

3588

3588 2962

kataloipoi
twn anqrwpwn
ton kurion
kai panta
ta

2remnants

and

1567

so that

3588 444

4098

thn

erga
autou

3his works].
3588

toiV
parenoclein

575

apo

judge to not cause trouble to the ones from

hmin

God among us

tou stomat

mou akousai

exelexato
dia
oV
ta

3588

Dabid

kai anoikodomhsw
thn skhnhn

1473

1586

my mouth

in

3956

de

kai hkouon
Barnaba
kai Paulou
exhgoumenwn

plhqoV

575

de suzhthsewV

15:7 pollhV
genomenhV

this matter.

kaq'

1161

15:12 esighse

which manner as those.

461

dei

them,

law

4601

tropon
kakeinoi

on

2596

swqhnai

and the things having been razed of it

3588

nomon
Mw=sewV

pisteuomen

of David, the one fallen;

5083

of the

the favor

3853-5037

3551

by

the tent

1473

autouV

3588

But

3588 4633

3004

peritemnein

we

and rebuild

with them.

pepisteukoteV

Farisaiwn
legonteV
oti

4059

nor

1223 3588 5484

2532 456

3588

of the believing Pharisees,

our fathers
235

God did

tineV twn

*-4100

1473

patereV
hmwn
oute
hmeiV

oi

epoihse

qeoV
met' autwn

And there rose up some of the ones from the sect

3588

neck
3777

Christ

it has been written,

3588 3962-1473

Jesus

1125

osa

trachlon

Lord
3739

ti

5137

ton

4982

as

and they announced as much as

3588

epi

4100

cristou

2531

te
anhggeil
an

1909

Ihsou

5100

oun

kuriou

and the elders,

1473

3767

2962

and the apostles

3326

3568

dia
thV caritoV

15:11 alla
tou

by

4160

pistei

a yoke upon the

oute

iscusamen
bastasai

4102

by the belief

15:10 nun

2218

3777

kai twn apostolwn

upo thV ekklhsiaV

kai twn presbuterwn
3588 2316

3588

autwn
th

Now then, why

God to place

twn

and in nothing

1473

qeon
epiqeinai
zugon

test
3588

2532 3762

their hearts.

2532 3588 4245

3745

1473

15:9 kai ouden

and even them,

autwn

kardiaV

2532 3588 652

312-5037

5037-2532

hmwn
te kai

5259 3588 1577

the assembly,

douV autoiV

also to us,

1473

2588-1473

taV

having cleansed

2532 3778

apedecqhsan

15:4 paragenomenoi
de eiV Ierousalhm

And having come unto Jerusalem,

1holy] as
metaxu

2511

1484

oi men oun

15:3

this matter.

propemfqenteV

Paulon

autwn

of

presbuterouV

zhthmatoV
toutou

4311

1473

ex

4245

kai

2213-3778

tou

1537

tw

and

[4to ascend

allouV

3588

kai

anabainein

tinaV

and

concerning

Paulw
305

them,

5100

2532

with Paul

etaxan

kai

stasewV

tw

autouV
2532

3588

peri

olighV
5021

apostles

4012

3588

1473

apostolouV

touV

a faction

2a small]

Barnaban

2and

4714

then

1not

kai

3767

Having taken place

1325

autoiV

2532 1473

of the disciples, which neither

1096

3641

ouk

[3inquiry

you are not able

oun

2531

3342

3985

dunasqe

genomenhV

15:2

to be delivered.

mh

Mw=sewV
ou

be circumcised in the custom of Moses,

4982

Judea

3588

And the

1473

kai hmin

agion
kaqwV

discriminating between us

3588 *

3754

3588

3588 39

diekrine

And certain ones having come down from

3140

emarturhsen

qeoV

pneuma
to

1252

575

2532

15:8 kai

and to believe.

knower of hearts God, he bore witness to them, giving to them

the [2spirit

2718

15:1 kai tineV

2316

kardiognwsthV
to

The Council at Jerusalem

2532 4100

euaggeliou
kai pisteusai

2589-2316

3588 4151

CHAPTER 15

2098

ton logon
tou

15:8 Ald. omits douV autoiV.

15:18 See CP for variant reading of verse 18.

P R A X E I S

198
3588

1484

the

nations turning

1994

1989

1473

write to

them

twn eqnwn

1909

3588 2316

epistrefousin
epi

ton qeon

towards

3588 566

575

tou apecesqai

episteilai
autoiV
3588 1497

3588 234

apo twn alisghmatwn

4156

1929

3588

744

2784

arcaiwn

1473

2192

4him

1has] in

1722 3588

ecei
khrussontaV
auton

touV

4864

2596-3956

4521

synagogues

[2every

3Sabbath 1being read].

en

taiV

the

314

1380

3588

652

2532

it seemed good to the apostles

3650-3588

1577

th
sun olh

1519

pemyai

[2chosen

3men

4862

1to send forth] unto Antioch

*

3588

Judas

the one called

1722

3588

1leading]

among the

hgoumenouV
en

Barsabbas,

and Silas, [2men

their hand

thus. The apostles,

3588 80

2596

adelfoi toiV

and the elders,

and

and

Cilicia.

5463

2532 *

thn Antioceian

kata
kai Surian

Antioch,
3588

adelfoiV

rejoice!

1484

to the ones

of

the nations,

5100

1894

191

3754

Since

we heard

that some from us

5015

1473

1831

exelqonteV

3056

1473

ex
tineV

hmwn

384

logoiV

etaraxan
umaV

having come forth disturbed you

1537

3588

anaskeuazonteV
taV

in words, subverting

5590-1473

3004

4059

your souls,

saying

to be circumcised and to give heed to the

umwn
legonteV

yucaV
peritemnesqai
3551

3739

3756

law;

to whom we did not give orders,

nomon
oiV
1473

hmin

genomenoiV

to us,

taking place

3992

4314

1473

3661

with one accord,

3588

ton

1380

It seemed good
435

eklexamenouV

andraV

choosing

men

27-1473

2532

sun toiV agaphtoiV

hmwn
Barnaba

pemyai
proV umaV
kai

to send to
*

you

Paulw

our beloved

Barnabas and

3860

3588 5590-1473

autwn

15:26 anqrwpoiV
paradedwkosi
taV yucaV

Paul,

men

5228

3588

3686

for

the

name

uper

with

444

delivering up
3588

onomatoV

tou

tou

their lives
*

5547

of our Lord

Jesus

Christ.

649

3767

We have sent

then Judas

Ihsou

cristou

518

3588

tw

39

4151

3367

4133

and to us, [3no

except

1380-1063

eidwloqutwn

cronon

4314

3588

from the brethren to

1380-1161

3588

de
15:34 edoxe

apostolouV

apostles.

the

1961

Silas

to remain

Sila
epimeinai

tw

And it seemed good to

847

autou

himself.

Paul and Barnabas Separate

*-1161

2532 *

1304

For it seemed good

2007

1473

umin

4more 1to place upon 2you]

1722 *

And Paul

and Barnabas

spent time in

15:35 PauloV
de kai BarnabaV
dietribon
en
3326

teaching

and announcing good news [5with 6also 8others

didaskonteV
kai euaggelizomenoi
4183

3588

3056

3588

2962

7many

1the

2word

3of the

4Lord].

5100

logon

ton

2250

kuriou

tou

2036-*

2087

eterwn

kai

3326-1161

de
meta

15:36

And after

4314

1994

to

Barnabas,

PauloV

tinaV hmeraV
eipe
proV Barnaban
epistreyanteV

some days

Paul said

1211-1980

3588

dh episkeywmeqa

2596

3956

our brethren

in

every

2605

3588 3056

3588

aiV

in

which we announced

the word

of the Lord,

*-1161

kuriou
pwV

1011

to see how

4838

And Barnabas planned

3588 *

3588

2564

ton Iwannhn
ton

John,

3588

hxiou

to take along

2532 3361 4905

touton

sumparalabein

from them

5620

wste

paroxusmoV

15:39

ergon

eiV to

Barnaban

3767

egeneto
575

ap'
apocwrisqhnai
autouV

oun
240

allhlwn

from one another.

3880

3588

paralabonta

ton

having taken with himself

1519 *

ekpleusai
eiV

1096

There took place then

673-1473

And Barnabas

Markon

Mark,

*-1161

1951

and Paul

having chosen Silas,

Kupron
15:40 PauloV
de epilexamenoV
Silan

sailed across unto Cyprus;

to be at a distance

exhlqe

from

1519 3588 2041

autoiV

to not take this one along.

1602

575

autwn
apo

and not coming together with them for the work,

4838-3778

te

1473

1473

PamfuliaV
kai mh sunelqonta

5037

But Paul
575

apostanta
ap'

thought it worthy that the one separating

Pamphylia,

15:38 PauloV
de

Mark.

868

ton

*-1161

kaloumenon
Markon

the one being called

515

3588

city

4459

15:37 BarnabaV
de ebouleusato
sumparalabein

they suffice.

mh

2962

kathggeilamen
ton logon
tou

en

2192

4172

hmwn
kata
pasan

touV adelfouV
polin

we should indeed visit

1722 3739

Returning,

80-1473

went forth having been delivered up to the favor

kai aimatoV
kai pniktou

2532

meta

1831

2532 4156

Antioch,

2532 2097

566

15:29 apecesqai

Antioceia

1321

ton

15:28 edoxe
gar

these things of necessity,

2532 129

652

a fit of temper so that they separated

4183

3588 80

proV touV
met' eirhnhV
apo twn adelfwn

by

3588 1876-3778

1494

575

1223

baroV
plhn twn epanagkeV
toutwn

load

apeluqhsan

1515

and they

pneumati

mhden
pleon
epitiqesqai

agiw
kai hmin

to the holy spirit,

922

2532 1473

3326

2532 1473

the same things.

5550

And having spent time,

and Silas,

3588 1473

word are reporting

4160-1161

2532 *

logou
apaggellontaV
ta auta

3870

pollou parekalesan

3948

dia

15:27 apestalkamen
oun
Ioudan
kai Silan
kai autouV
3056

2532 1473

4183

logou

2532 1991

3361

2962-1473

hmwn

kuriou

3056

the brethren, and stayed them.

ecousi

15:25 edoxen

1586

omoqumadon
4862

3588

kai threin

diesteilameqa

ou

1096

2532 5083

1291

2532 *

kai epesthrixan

touV adelfouV
15:33 poihsanteV
de

pollwn

eqnwn

ex

hkousamen

oti
15:24 epeidh

cairein

and Syria,
1537

toiV

To the brethren,

3588 80

presbuteroi
kai

3588 *

80

Kilikian

1223

profhtai
onteV
dia

dia

2532

the brethren, to the ones in

*

And Judas and Silas, also themselves

having written by
2532 3588 4245

apostoloi
kai oi

3588

*-5037

over the exhortation.

epi th paraklhsei
15:32 IoudaV
te kai SilaV
kai autoi

1223

15:23 grayanteV

brethren,

3588 652

autwn
tade

ceiroV
oi

kai

435

1125

toiV adelfoiV

3592

2532

and Barnabas
2532 *

5495-1473

ecarhsan

1909 3588 3874

they were dismissed with peace

5them

80

5463

And having read, they rejoiced

4of

autwn

kai Silan

andraV
epikaloumenon
Barsabban

2233

314-1161

thn epistolhn
15:31 anagnonteV
de

they gave over the letter.

1537 1473

2532 *

with Paul

1941

Ioudan
ton

plhqoV

to

And having gathered together the multitude,

3588 1992

epedwkan

3588 4128

sunagagonteV

630

Antioceian
sun Paulw
kai Barnaba

eiV

4863

Antioceian
kai

being prophets, through [2communication 1much] exhorted

presbuteroiV

435

eiV

4396-1510.6

and to the elders

1586

2064

hlqon

apoluqenteV

Then
4245

toiV

eklexamenouV

andraV
ekklhsia
ex

with the entire assembly,

oi

3588

apostoloiV
kai

toiV

630

oun

5119

kata
pan sabbaton

sunagwgaiV
anaginwskomenoV
15:22 tote

edoxe

3767

men

2532

from [2generations 1former]

genewn

3303

praxete

1519

1537

1074

4238

[2good 1you do].

The ones indeed then being dismissed, came

For Moses,

in every city, [2the ones 3proclaiming

3992

3588

*-1063

gar ek
15:21 MwshV

kai

2095

eu
diathrounteV
eautouV

15:30 oi

unto Antioch.

pniktou

1301-1438

wn

Stay firm!

and the thing strangled, and

blood.

4862

4517

errwsqe

and

harlotry,

2532

1537 3739

2532 3588

tou aimatoV
polin

kata

and of harlotry; of which keeping yourselves

kai porneiaV
ex

2532 3588 4202

3588 129

2596-4172

2532 4202

but

to be at a distance from the pollution

twn eidwlwn
kai thV porneiaV
kai tou

of idols,

235

15:20 alla

God;

15:20

3860

3588

paradoqeiV

5259 3588 80

upo twn adelfwn

th

5484

1330-1161

15:41 dihrceto
de

of things sacrificed to idols, and of blood, and of what is strangled,

by

the brethren.

15:24 CP omits ex hmwn.

15:29 See CP for variant.

3588 2316

cariti
tou qeou

And he went through

of God

3588 *

2532

thn Surian
kai

Syria

and

16:1

A C T S

199

episthrizwn

Kilikian
taV ekklhsiaV

1991

3588 1577

proskeklhtai
hmaV
oti

3754 4341

1473

3588 2962

Cilicia,

staying up

the assemblies.

that [3called on

4us

1the 2Lord] to announce good news to

1473

autouV

CHAPTER 16
2658-1161

1519 *

2532 *

2532 2400

And he arrived at

Derbe

1510.7.3 1563

tiV
maqhthV

ekei

hn

and Lystra.

3686

And behold,

5207 1135

gunaikoV

onomati
TimoqeoV
uioV

a certain disciple was

there, by name Timothy, son [4woman

5100

4103

3962-1161

IoudaiaV
pisthV

tinoV

1of a certain 3Jewish

3739

3140

5259

emartureito

16:2 oV

80

Ikoniw

exelqein

autw

5him

3588

dia

IoudaiouV

2309-3588-*

on account of

4with

4059

1473

perietemen

auton

the

Jews,

1510.6

of the ones

1492

those places,

[2they 4knew 1for 3all]

3754 *-5224

1722

ontaV

touV

5117-1565

3588

en

being

1063 537

hdeisan
topoiV
ekeinoiV

toiV

in

the cities,

3860

5442

autoiV

they traveled
3588

fulassein

to them
5259

kekrimena

[4to keep

3588

estereounto

1577

ekklhsiai

men oun

2532 4052

3588 706

1330-1161

hmeran

kaq'

in number by

3588 *

16:6 dielqonteV
de

day.

2596

pistei
kai eperisseuon
tw ariqmw

were solidified in the belief, and abounded

2250

2532 3588

thn Frugian
kai thn

And having gone through the Phrygian, and the

5561

2967

5259 3588 39

cwran

Galatikhn
kwluqenteV

Galacian

4151

pneumatoV

upo tou agiou

region, they were restrained by the holy

2980

3588 3056

1722 3588 *

lalhsai
ton logon
en

th Asia

to speak the word in

Asia.

3985

Musian
epeirazon

2596

1439

1473

thn
kata

4198

they went down unto Troas.

kai

3004

legwn

eiV

hmin

of the Sabbaths

by

a river,

of which we thought prayer

2532 2523

2980

kai kaqisanteV

1854

exw

we went forth outside

the city

3543

4335

1510.1

einai

enomizeto
proseuch
3588

to be.

4905

elaloumen
taiV sunelqousaiV

And having sat down we spoke

to the [2having gathered together

1135

gunaixi

diabaV

eiV
to

3705

orama

1831

we sought

to go forth into

4211

And a certain woman, by name Lydia, a seller of purple

4172

polewV

4576

3588

Quateirwn
sebomenh

2316

3739

3588 2962

hV

1272

3588

5259

4337

thn kardian
prosecein

opened wide her

2980

3588

heart

to take heed

5613-1161

laloumenoiV
upo tou Paulou

toiV

to the things being spoken by

907

2532

ebaptisqh

16:15 wV de

Paul.
3588

kai

hkouen

God, was listening;

3588 2588

kurioV
dihnoixe

191

ton qeon

And as

3624-1473

3870

oikoV
authV

parekalese

she was being immersed,

and

3004

1487 2919

legousa
ei

kekrikat
e

1473 4103

saying,

If

you adjudge me [2trustworthy 3to the 4Lord 1to be],

1525

her house,

me pisthn

1519 3588 3624-1473

eiselqonteV

she appealed,

3588

2962

3306

2532

3849

on
mou meinate

ton oik
kai

eiV

my house, abide!

parebiasato

And she pressured

1473

hmaV

A Woman with Spirit of Python

1096-1161

4198-1473

And it came to pass

of our going

egeneto
de

16:16

3814-5100

a certain maidservant

unto
4151

having

a spirit

3748

2039

of python

met

us,

which

[3work

Paulw

3930

3588

appeared

to Paul;

1furnished]

3870

1473

3588 *

tw

parakalwn
auton

997

Makedonian
bohqhson
1492

help
2112

eiden

euqewV
4822

thn Makedonian
sumbibazonteV

Macedonia,

being instructed

pareice

pneuma

ergasian

2962-1473

3132

to her masters

divining oracles.

3588

katakolouqhsasa

tw

having followed closely after

3004

3778

saying,

These

3588 444

2532

Paulw
kai

Paul
1401

men

3778

She

1473

2896

ekraze

hmin

and us,
tou qeou

[2servants

pollhn

16:17 auth

3588 2316

legousa
outoi
oi anqrwpoi
douloi

4183

2much

toiV kurioiV
authV
manteuomenh

2628

eiV

2192

ecousan

paidiskhn
tina

apanthsai

1519

poreuomenwn
hmwn

htiV

3708

1510.1

einai

kuriw

tw

hmin

1519 3588 *

eiV

porfuropwliV

onomati
Ludia

1473

And as [2the 3vision 1he beheld], immediately

2212

3686

gunh

528

estwV
1519

1135

16:14 kai tiV

4436

2476

1224

3588

2532 5100

puqwnoV

the night

hn Makedwn

ezhthsamen
exelqein

1831

sabbatwn
exhlqomen

3739

prayer,

1223 3588 3571

1510.7.3-*

16:10 wV de

us!

4521

4215

proseuchn

Trwada

thV nuktoV
wfqh

dia
orama

5613

spending time some days.

3844

And going by

and saying, Having passed over into Macedonia,

1473

3588

And on the day

16:8 parelqonteV
de thn

a certain man of Macedonia was standing, appealing to him,

2532

2250-5100

city

potamon
ou
thV polewV
para

3588

1519 *

And a vision by
tiV
anhr

1304

polei
diatribonteV
hmeraV
tinaV

us.

Pauls Vision

435-5100

2862

poliV
kolwnia

3588 4172

4335

Mysia,

3705

3588 4172

hmera
twn

and

3928-1161

pneuma

2597

2532

4172

4of Macedonia 1city], a colony.

2532

3Bithynia 1to go];

16:9 kai

esti

this
2250

poreuesqai

thn Biqunian
kai

[3did not 4allow 5them 1the 2spirit].

katebhsan

Musian

3588

Having come down

3588 4151

to
eiasen
autouV

ouk

1510.2.3

which is

th
auth

having entered into

2596

16:7 elqonteV

3588 *

kata

spirit

2064

to Mysia, they attempted [2towards

3756

en

of whom the Lord

[2the 1Then indeed] assemblies

4102

th

Philippi,

of the city of Thyatira, who worshiped

and the elders

3303-3767

16:5 ai

Jerusalem.

4732

2decrees

2532 3588 4245

3588

Ierousalhm

in

ta

twn apostolwn
kai twn presbuterwn

1722 *

twn en

3588

dogmata

1the

3588 652

upo

1378

ta

3being adjudged] written by the apostles

3588

3748

htiV
eiV FilippouV
3588 *

1722 1473

eiV

and the following day to

meridoV
thV MakedoniaV

3588-5037

dieporeuonto
taV poleiV

16:4 wV de

1473

2919

1510.7.4-1161

hmen
de

1519

epioush

Lydia Immersed

And as

they delivered up

3310

thV

TrwadoV

Troas,

1519 *

a foremost [2of the 3portion

his father,

that he was a Greek.

paredidoun

3588

prwth

1women].

3588 3962-1473

3588 4172

Ellhn uphrcen

thV

autou
gar apanteV
ton patera
5613-1161 1279

oti

4413

4862

hqelhsen
o PauloV
sun

Samoqrakhn
th te

and from there to

16:13 th te

LustroiV
kai

3588

apo

3588-5037 1966

en
te
16:12 ekeiq

Neapolis;

4and

3588

1564-5037

Neapolin

2532

labwn

touV

3to go forth]. And having taken, he circumcised him

1223

unto Samothrace,

[2in 3Lystra

2983

kai

we ran direct

1722

[2this one 1Paul wanted

2532

1519

the

16:3 touton

1831

2113

3588

3778

adelfwn

5Iconium 1brethren].
1473

EllhnoV

575

oun

Having embarked then from

And we were in

upo twn en

who was borne witness to by

*

de
patroV

2believing], but the father was a Greek,

3767

anacqenteV

euqudromhsamen
eiV

16:1 kathnthse
de eiV Derbhn
kai Lustran
kai idou
3101-5100

321

16:11

them.

Timothy Joins Paul and Silas

2097

kurioV
euaggelisasqai

cried out

3588 5310

tou uyistou

3of God 4the 5highest

1510.2.6

3748

2605

1473

1are],

who

shall announce

to us the way of deliverance.

eisin

3598

4991

odon

oitineV
kataggellousin
hmin
3778-1161

4160

1909 4183

swthriaV

2250

1278

days.

[3being worked up

de epoiei

hmeraV

16:18 touto
epi pollaV
diaponhqeiV

And this she did for many

P R A X E I S

200
1161

3588

de

2036

2532

1994

3588

4151

3543

2Paul],

and

having turned,

[2to the

3spirit

thinking [3to have fled 1the 2prisoners].

PauloV

1And
3853

eipe

epistreyaV

kai
1473

en

to you in

1831

1473

575

exelqein

authV

ap'

the name

cristou

of Jesus Christ,

1831

1473

exhlqen

kai

5547

onomati
Ihsou

tw

2532

pneumati

tw

1722 3588 3686

paraggellw
soi

1said], I summon

3588

auth

th

to come forth from her.

And it came forth the same

5610

3588 2962-1473

1492

wra

1161

16:19 idonteV
de

hour.
1680

3588

elpiV

the

of their work,

2532 3588 *

Paul

and

1519 3588 58

1909

3588

epi touV
thn agoran

drew them into the market unto the

2532 4317-1473

3588

4755

rulers.

And leading them forward

to the commandants,

toiV strathgoiV

arcontaV
16:20 kai prosagagonteV
autouV
3778

eipon

3588 444

they said, These

men

*-5224

being Jews,
1832

1473

3588 4172

disturb

our

city,

2532 2605

1485

3739

and they announce

customs which

eqh
16:21 kai kataggellousin

uparconteV

Ioudaioi
3756

1613

thn polin

anqrwpoi
ektarassousin
hmwn

outoi
oi

1473

3858

3761

4160

are not allowed for us to welcome,

2532

4911

nor to do, being Romans.

3588 3793

sunepesth

16:22 kai

2596

ocloV

1473

2532

autwn
kai

kat'

And rose up together the multitude against them.

3588 4755

oi

4048

strathgoi

3588 2440-1473

perirrhxanteV
ta

537

3367

1063 1510.2.4

The Philippian Jailer

154-1161

their garments, bid

5457

1530

2532 1790

eisephdhse
kai entromoV

And asking for lights, he rushed in, and [2trembling

1096

4363

1being],

he fell before

genomenoV

4254

1473

autouV

And

having led

them

proagagwn

5100

1473-1163

ti

2532

Paul

and

is necessary for me
3588-1161

2036

And they said,

efh

outside,

he said,

Masters,

poiein

ina

2443

4982

to do

swqw

that

I should be delivered?

4100

1909

3588 2962

Believe

upon the Lord

2980

su
1473

1722 3588 3614-1473

pasi
toiV

en

autou
oikia

th

to all the ones in

2532

wra

that

hour of the night,

epiqenteV

plhgaV

autoiV

1519 5438

3853

3588 1200

paraggeilanteV

eiV fulakhn
tw desmofulaki

they threw them into prison,

exhorting

806

5083

1473

[3safely

1to keep 2them];

threin

asfalwV

autouV

2983

906

the jailer

3739 3852

paraggelian
toiauthn

16:24 oV

who [3exhortation 2such

1473

1519 3588 2082

1having received], cast

them

2532

805

3588

4228-1473

in

the inner
1519

kai touV podaV

autwn
hsfalisato

and

[2their feet
2596-1161

to

And towards
were praying,

singing praise to

5them
1096

3took place
3588

5620

1a great],

1201

so as

of the jail.

ta

to shake

455

the

5037

desmwthriou
anewcqhs
an

tou

3588

saleuqhnai
te

ai

3956

3588

1199

447

5doors

3all],

and

all

the

bonds

were unfastened.

1853

1161

16:27 exupnoV
2532

kai

desma

ta

de

1096

3588 1200

desmofulax

[5awakened out of sleep 1And 4being

2the 3jailer],

1492

2374

3588

2doors

3of the 4prison],

idwn

455

anewgmenaV

3588

taV

and beholding [5being open 1the

quraV

thV

5438

3162

macairan

emellen

3195

1438-337

unsheathed

his sword,

being about

to do away with himself,

spasamenoV

anairein

eauton

4465

rabdoucouV

touV

1the 2commandants 3of the 4lictors],

518

those men!
3588

[4reported

3056-3778

4314

these words

to

logouV
toutouV

touV

3588

proV

ton

Paulon

oti

649

3588

4755

strathgoi

ina

Paul,

that,

[3have sent

1The

2commandants]

that

4198

1722

apestalkasin
3568

apoluqhte

nun

3767

oun

oi

1831

exelqonteV

2443

poreuesqe
en

you be released. Now then having gone forth, go

eirhnh

3588 1161 *

16:37 o

de

5346 4314

in

1473

1194

them,

Having flayed

deiranteV

efh
PauloV
proV autouV

But Paul
178

said to

1473

1219

444

us

in public, uncondemned men,

*-5224

dhmosia
akatakritouV

hmaV
anqrwpouV
RwmaiouV
uparcontaV

ebalon

1519 5438

3756-1063

ou gar

2532 3568 2977

being Romans,

kai nun laqra

eiV fulakhn

they cast us into prison,

235

2064

1473-1544

ekballousin

hmaV

and now in private they cast us out?

elqonteV

alla

No indeed, but

1473

autoi

1473-1806

exagagetwsan

hmaV

having come themselves let them lead us out!

fulakhV

4685

And day

3588

3754

906

aneqh

genomenoV
o

peace!

3588

in God.

strathgoi

3588 444-1565

desmofulax

foundations

[6were opened 1And 2immediately 4the

pantwn

de

1515

paracrhma

2250-1161

16:35 hmeraV
de

legonteV
apoluson
touV anqrwpouV
ekeinouV
16:36 aphggeile

630

2532

kai

having come [5sent

qemelia

3916

and exulted

3588 4755

apesteilan
oi

3jailer]

3956

pasai

649

genomenhV

2the

2374

qurai

1096

1And

2310

them

autouV

2532 21

3588 2316

with his whole family, having believed

Silas
1and

1473

And having led

pepisteukwV
tw qew

1200

seismoV

4531

panoiki

3588

4578

oi

2and

te
anagagwn

he placed a table,

1161

1161

3588

kai

321-5037

5132

4100

SilaV

And suddenly [2earthquake

wste

megaV

his house,

Release

2532

autoV

ton oikon
autou pareqhke
trapezan
kai hgalliasato

saying,

kai

16:34

3908

3832

wood stocks.

God; [4heeded

3prisoners].

immediately.

paracrhma

630

1874

afnw
de

3916

1519 3588 3624-1473

1473

ebaptisqh

kai

3all his family]

3004

2532

907

he bathed them

and [4was immersed, 1he

xulon

and

869-1161

16:26

3173

egeneto

prison,
3586

ton qeon
ephkrownto
de

desmioi

2the

Paul

3588 2316

1198

oi

the

PauloV

midnight,

proseucomenoi
umnoun

autwn

to

mesonuktion

5214

3588

eiV

3317

4336

1473

3588

1safeguarded] in

3588

de
kata

16:25

5438

eiV thn eswteran

ebalen
autouV
fulakhn

eilhfwV

3068

elousen

nuktoV

strokes;

autou panteV
eiV

3571

thV

2532

1473-3956

into

5108

3588

4127

plhgwn

twn

from the

[4many 1And 2having placed upon 3them] strokes,

906

3588

paralabwn

And having taken

ekeinh
th

apo

and

3880

16:33 kai

1565

575

5610

2532

kuriou
kai

of the Lord,

his house.
3588

2962

ton logon
tou

And they spoke to him the word

3588

your house.

3588

in

4127

oV
sou
oik

kai o

3588 3056

elalhsan
autw

16:32 kai

Jesus

1473 2532 3588 3624-1473

1722

1473

ton kurion
Ihsoun

them

2007

kurioi

and you shall be delivered, you and

autouV
en

Paul and Silas Imprisoned

Silas.

exw

2532 4982

2532

Sila

2962

criston
kai swqhsh

Christ,

tw

5346

eipon
pisteuson
epi

16:31 oi de

3588

kai

1854

4160

me dei

what

Paulw

tw

2532

kai

16:30

3588

prosepese

1473

ebalon

praxhV

enqade

to beat them with a rod.

te
16:23 pollaV

4238

1759

gar esmen

16:29 aithsaV
de fwta

3956

rabdizein

5037

de

saying, You should not exact

4463

4183

1161

[3spoke out 1And

3004

2Paul],

apanteV
kakon

seautw

And

2753

imatia
autwn
ekeleuon

the commandants having torn off

5455

16:28 efwnhse

PauloV
legwn
mhden

2556

5547

*-1510.6

paradecesqai

RwmaioiV

exestin
hmin
oude poiein
ousi

ouk

4572

ton

758

2036

3588 *

5voice 4with a great

3588

having taken hold of

1670

Silas,

3173

megalh

fwnh

exhlqen

epilabomenoi

Paulon
kai ton Silan
eilkusan
eiV

3588 1198

[2on yourself 1hurt], [3all together 1for 2we are] here.

1949

autwn

ergasiaV

hope

5456

2her masters] that went forth

2039-1473

thV

1628

nomizwn
ekpefeugenai
touV desmiouV

3754 1831

oti
kurioi
authV

oi

[3seeing 1And

3588

16:19

16:31 Ald. omits Criston.

16:33 CP omits panteV.

16:38

A C T S

312

1161

3588

16:38 anhggeilan
de

4755

3588 4465

strathgoiV

toiV

rabdoucoi

oi

201
3739

3588

4487-3778

2532

5399

191

these words;

and

they feared,

rhmata
tauta

ta

*-1510.2.6

Rwma+oi eisi

efobhqhsan

kai

they are Romans.

akousanteV

3754

oti

3588

having heard

that

3of the 4decrees

5of Caesar 1act],

2087

eteron

And

having come,

they appealed to

2another 3to be] Jesus.

2532 1806

and having led them out, they asked them to go forth out

2065

1831

hrwtwn

1831-1161

polewV

of the city.

3588

ek

thV

1525

4314

prison,

they entered to

80

3870

eishlqon

fulakhV

3588 *

2532 1492

3588

proV thn Ludian

kai idonteV

Lydia;
1473

touV

and having seen the

2532

3588

2532 2983

630

rest,

they released them.

of the Jews.

1486

eiwqoV

tw

4521

sabbata

1510.7.3

3588

3588

de
17:2 kata

1525

4314

to
1473

2532

1909

them,

and for

proV autouV
kai epi

1473

dielegeto

575

autoiV

3588 1124

apo twn grafwn

[2Sabbaths 1three] he reasoned with them from the scriptures,

1272

2532

3908

17:3 dianoigwn
kai

opening
1163

3958

edei

2532

paqein

1it was a must]

2532

3754

estin

and that this one is

2605

1473

announce

to you.

1537

3498

nekrwn

ek

from

the dead;

3588

5547

3739

the

Christ

Jesus,

whom I

1473

IhsouV

cristoV
on

5100

17:4 kai

1537 1473

tineV ex

And some of

2532 4345

criston

that [2for the 3Christ

to be raised up

2532

kataggellw
umin

5547

ton

anasthnai

and

1510.2.3

oV

out

3588

450

kai

to suffer,

3778

kai oti

3754

paratiqemenoV
oti

and pointing out

3588 *

80

2112

egw

3982

2532

both

Paul

[2into 3the 4synagogue 1went]

1510.7.6 2104

Jews.

And these were more well-born of the ones in

3748

1209

3588 3056

Thessalonica, who
to kaq'

hmeran
anakrinonteV
taV grafaV

by the

day

examining

the scriptures, if

3779

4183

outwV

3303

such things.
2532 3588

Many
*

3756

3641

oligai

ouk

3foremost]

not

twn

4355-1161

3588

proslabomenoi
de

17:5

a few.

oi

And having taken up with the

3588

544

Jews,

the ones resisting persuasion of the advocates, certain

apeiqounteV

Ioudaioi oi
435

3588

4190

2532

60

agoraiwn
tinaV

twn

3792

2350

andraV
ponhrouV
kai oclopoihsanteV

[2men
3588

thn

1wicked],
4172

and of the [2Greek

3588 3614

3756

3641

oligoi

ouk

5613-1161

there were not a few.

*

to lead them

unto the people.

agagein
eiV
autouV
1473

ton dhmon

4951

3588 *

esuron
autouV

them,

politarcaV

17:6 mh

2147

6Paul

that also in
3056

euronteV

de

[2not 3having found 1But]

2532 5100

80

1909 3588

Jason

994

and certain brethren unto the

3754 3588

oti
bownteV

rulers of the city, yelling

oi

3588

thn

3611

oikoumenhn

that, The ones [2the 3inhabitable world

387

3778

2532

1759

3918

1overthrowing]

are these,

and

[2here

1they are at hand],

anastatwsanteV

outoi

kai

enqade

pareisin

and men,
3588 575

3588

apo

thV

1the 3from
2605

Berea [4was announced

3588 2316

2064

logoV
tou qeou

3588

tote
ton

And immediately then

3588 80

[3sent Paul

1the 2brethren] to go

4198

adelfoi

2281

5278

sea.

[6remained behind 1But

5119

17:14 euqewV
de

1161

qalassan
upemenon

kakei

3of God], they came also

*-1821

Paulon
exapesteilan
oi

2546

hlqon

2112-1161

saleuonteV
touV oclouV

3588 5037

de

5613-1909 3588

poreuesqai
wV epi thn

te

as by
*

the

2532

SilaV
kai

3588

2both 3Silas 4and

1563

TimoqeoV
ekei

5Timothy] there.

Paul in Athens
3588-1161

1161

2532 435

egnwsan
oi

3754 2532 1722 3588 *

upo tou Paulou

o

2212

epi touV
ton Iasona
kai tinaV adelfouV

they dragged

4173

3361

1097

But when [5knew

4Thessalonica 2Jews]

2525

3588 *

And the ones standing by

2193

71

2532 2983

kai labonteV

Aqhnwn
ewV

Paul
1785

entolhn

led
4314

2443 5613-5033

2064

ina
kai Timoqeon
wV tacista

him
3588 *

proV ton Silan

unto Athens; and having received a command to

2532 *

1473

kaqistwnteV
ton Paulon
auton
hgagon

17:15 oi de

And having stood by the house of Jason, they sought

1519 3588 1218

believed;

oti
kathggelh

QessalonikhV
Ioudaioi
kai en th Beroia

IasonoV

th oikia
ezhtoun

1473-71

4100

episteusan

autwn

1decent],

17:13 wV de

eqoruboun
*

these held

1473

3588 2158

3women

and having raised a mob, made a disruption

2186-5037

polin
epistanteV
te

in the city.

5100

ecoi
tauta

ei

indeed then from them

1135

multitudes.

prwtwn

oun
ex

1487 2192-3778

twn euschmonwn

Ellhnidwn
gunaikwn
kai andrwn

kai twn

3793

4413

3767 1537

17:12 polloi men

the

3588

eagerness,

3588 1124

3588

5037

en

4288

received the word with all

350

shaking up

te
gunaikwn

3956

3588-2596 2250

1the 2word

1135

3326

1722

twn

oitineV

pashV

Qessalonikh
edexanto
ton logon
meta
proqumiaV

4531

plhqoV

of the

3588

hsan
eugenesteroi

Silas; both of the

4128

3588

3778-1161

Ioudaiwn
17:11 outoi
de

5by

a great multitude, [4women 1and 2of the

549

Sila
twn te

4183

unto Berea;

being come,

Paul

Beroian

who,

Paulw
kai tw

worshiping Greeks,

aphesan

thn sunagwghn
twn

3588

and

Silas

3588 4864

5259 3588 *

3588-5037

night

1519

1519

them

2532 3588 *

and

nuktoV

the

3854

oitineV
paragenomenoi
eiV

epeisqhsan

autwn

yielded,

3588

3571

thV

3748

and associated with

sebomenwn
Ellhnwn
polu

3588

dia

Paulon
kai ton Silan
eiV

kai proseklhrwqhsan
tw
4576

1223

adelfoi euqewV

3588-5037

And according to the thing

1256

tria

and

where there was the

to Paul, he entered to
5140

kai

Amphipolis

2596-1161

Paulw
eishlqe

accustomed

2532

Amfipolin

3699

Ioudaiwn
*

and the

The Word is Received in Berea

opou
Qessalonikhn
hn

3588

2532 3588

Jason,

autouV

3588-1161

thn

1519 *

synagogue

these things.

3588 *

tou IasonoV

para
kai twn

1473

apelusan

loipwn

sent forth

3588

they came unto Thessalonica,

twn
sunagwgh

3844

a fit security from

exepemyan
ton te

And having traveled through

3588

3778

And the brethren immediately by

diodeusanteV
de

4864

ton

akouontaV
tauta

to ikanon

17:10 oi de

Paul in Thessalonica

Apollonia,

191

3588 2425

3062

and they went forth.

1353-1161

eiV

3588

de

[7were disturbed 1And 2the

And having taken

1599

2064

1saying
1161

17:8 etaraxan

4173

17:9 kai labonteV

CHAPTER 17

hlqon
Apollwnian

[4king

2532 1831

brethren, they comforted them,

3004

prattousi
basilea
legonteV

touV politarcaV

kai

[2contrary

935

5015

Ihsoun

parekalesan

kai exhlqon

adelfouV
autouV

17:1

561

3multitude 4and 5the 6rulers of the city] hearing

And having gone forth from out of the

5438

einai

3793

1537

16:40 exelqonteV
de

1510.1

oclon

exelqein

3956

4238

dogmatwn
KaisaroV

twn

parekalesan

elqonteV

them;

4172

3870

kai exagagonteV

autouV
thV

1378

2064

1473

3588

2532 3778

upodedektai
Iaswn
kai outoi
panteV
apenanti

whom Jason has welcomed; and these all

2532

kai

16:39

5264-*

17:7 ouV

[4announced 1And 5to the 6commandants 2the 3lictors]

elqwsi

Silas
4314

proV

and Timothy, that as quickly as possible they should come to

1473

1826

him,

they exited.

exhesan

auton

1722-1161 3588 *

17:16 en de

1551

taiV AqhnaiV
ekdecomenou

But in

17:11 CP twn allwn of the others.

Athens, [2looking out for

P R A X E I S

202
1473

3588 *

3947

3588 4151-1473

tou Paulou

autouV
parwxuneto

1Paul], was provoked in

2334

2712

3303

1510.6

3588

4172

en
oun

4576

3588

toiV
th sunagwgh

indeed then in

2532 1722 3588 58

2596-3956

th

worshiping, and in

the market every

agora

3909

5100-1161

the ones coming by.

302

kai ta
pnohn

panta

He reasoned

breath, and

all things;

2532 3588

3956

and the ones

every nation of men,

Epikoureiwn

twn

3581

1380

3754

3588 *

oti

einai

2532

ton Ihsoun

2to be]; because

tineV
3004

1this] to say?
2604

daimoniwn
dokei

And some said, [4of strange 5demons

1510.1

5100

And some

3778

2seed picker

1140

xenwn

oi de

2532

spermologoV
outoV
legein

What ever does [3want

3588-1161

1473

3588 4691

qeloi

an

kataggeleuV

thn anastasin

1473

autoiV

[2of Jesus 3and 4the 5resurrection 6to them

3588 3734

3112

575

1063

2198

gar
autw

5100

3588

zwmen

And taking hold of him,

71

3004

1they led him], saying,

3588 5259 1473

1097

5100 3588 2537-3778

gnwnai
tiV

1322

laloumenh

5100

1533

1510.2.4

genoV

[3being strange
1014

hmwn
boulomeqa

taV akoaV

our hearing. We want

3767 1097

1510.1

302

gnwnai

oun
ti

2309-3778

qeloi
tauta

an

einai

17:21 Aqhnaioi

then to know what ever these things will to be.

1161

de

3956

1And 2all],

[3Athenians

2532 3588 1927

3581

1519 3762

and the emigrating

strangers, [2in 3nothing 4else

panteV
kai oi epidhmounteV
xenoi

2119

2228 3004

hukairoun

5100

2532 191

legein
ti

2087

eteron

eiV ouden

kai akouein

1spend their opportune time] than to tell [3something 1and 2to hear]
2537

2476

1161

kainoteron
17:22 staqeiV

newer.
3588

de

5346

435

said, Men,
1473-2334

4ones reverent of gods

1I view you].

kai

333

qewrw

umaV

3588

anaqewrwn

1041

1722

bwmon

en

a shrine in
3739

on

17:23

1330-1063

diercomenoV
gar

For going through,

4574-1473

2147

sebasmata
umwn

ta

and contemplating

5613

panta

kata
wV

Athenians, [2in all things 3as

1174

deisidaimonesterouV

2596-3956

euron

2532

kai

your objects of worship, I found also

3739

1924

57

epegegrapto

2316

agnwstw

qew

which had been inscribed, To an unknown God.

3767

oun

50

2151

agnoounteV

3778

eusebeite

touton

1473

egw

Whom then not knowing you are pious towards, this one I
2605

1473

3588

announce

to you.

kataggellw
umin
2889

17:24 o

1093

2532 3956

3588

and all

the things in

ghV

2962

5224

1722 1473

2730

katoikei

1dwell],

en
3756

kurioV
uparcwn
ouk

5earth 2Lord

1being],
3761

qeoV

3778

outoV

autw

it,

4160

3588

3772

ouranou

en

5259

5495

by

2532 1761

52

3588

paraggellei

3588

of man

3303

17:30 touV

1360

3588

2316

3611

3569

qeoV

tanun

1God], at present
3837

all men

everywhere

because he set

cronouV

[3the 1Indeed 2then] times

2250

1722 3739

a day

in

1722 1343

3340

pantacou

metanoein

to repent;

3195

esthsen
hmeran
en h

17:31 dioti

5550

oun

444-3956

2476

[3the

3767

men

anqrwpoiV
pasi

toiV

exhorts

or
3588

kai enqumhsewV
anqrwpou
to

uperidwn

3853

silver,

444

5237

agnoiaV

2228

argurw
h

2919

mellei

3588

krinein
thn

which he is about to judge the

1722 435

3739

3724

wrise

oikoumenhn
en

dikaiosunh

world

righteousness, by a man in whom he confirmed,

in

en

4102

3930

[2belief

1having furnished] to all,

pistin

3956

parascwn

386

And hearing

5512

3588-1161

taunted;

and some said,

ecleuazon
oi de

toutou

2532

17:33 kai

this.

2036

mesou

1473

autwn

1537

auton
ek

3498

from
3588-3303

nekrwn

oi men

a resurrection of the dead, some

191

1473 3825

4012

sou palin

eipon
akousomeq
a
peri

We will hear you again concerning

3779

3588 *

outwV
o

And thus

3319

1473

having raised him

17:32 akousanteV
de anastasin

the dead.

3778

450

pasin
anasthsaV

191-1161

nekrwn

andri w

Paul
5100-1161

de
17:34 tineV

the midst of them.

1831

435

2853

1473

cleaving

to him

andreV
kollhqenteV
autw

4100

1722

believed;

among whom also was Dionysius the Aeropagite,

episteusan
en
2532 1135

kai gunh

3686

oiV

2532

ek

came forth from out of

But some men

3739

1537

PauloV
exhlqen

kai

3588 *

DionusioV
o
2532 2087

AreopagithV

4862 1473

onomati
DamariV
kai eteroi
sun autoiV

and a woman, by name Damaris, and others with them.

CHAPTER 18

the
2532

kai

Paul in Corinth

3485

4temples
2323

anqrwpwn
qerapeuetai

the hands of men

or

of ignorance [2having overlooked

18:1

ceiropoihtoiV
naoiV

444

3664

omoion

einai

this one [3of heaven 4and

does not [2in 3handmade

2228 696

gold,

of a craft, and thinking

poihsaV
ton

1722 5499

17:25 oude upo ceirwn

nor

3588

The God, the one making

kosmon
kai panta
ta

world

2316

5557

to think

5078

1510.1

thV

uparconteV

3543

caragmati
tecnhV

qeion

5224

oun

[2a family 3then 1Being]

h
ouk ofeilomen
nomizein
crusw

stone, an imprint
2304

3767

17:29 genoV

3756-3784

3498

2Paul] in the middle

Pagou

Areiou
Aqhnaioi
efh
andreV

of the Areopagus,

1722 3319

PauloV
en mesw

[3having stood 1And

*

tou

2532

3588 *

liqw

as

3588-1063

have said, For of him

1085

esmen

5480

3588

1For 2some things] you insert into

5100

3037

and are;
2046

poihtwn
eirhkasi
tou gar

4divine 1to be 2like]?

17:20 xenizonta

1519 3588 189-1473

eisfereiV
eiV

gar tina

this new
3579

didach

[3by 4you is 2being spoken 1teaching]?

1063

auth

kainh

Are we able to know what

2980

upo sou

Areion Pagon

4163

also some of the [2among you 1poets]

of God, ought we

[2unto 3the 4Areopagus

1410

legonteV
dunameqa

hgagon

ton

2532 1510.2.4 5613

kai kinoumeqa
kai esmen wV

kaq' umaV

1085

5224

7of us 1being].

2532 2795

2596-1473

kai tineV twn

tou qeou
3588 *

1473

ekastou

uparconta

enoV
hmwn

[2in 3him 1For] we live, and move,

2532

3588 2316
1909

and might find him,

4from 6one 5each

[2also 3a family 1we are].

autou epi

2532 2147

1520 1538

apo
makran

though indeed [2not 3far

1722 1473

and

3588 2962

kai euroien

auton

then perhaps they might grope after him,

1he announced good news].

Paul on the Areopagus

1473

yhlafhseian

if

17:28 en

2532

times

to seek the Lord,

5584

ou

2540

2212

ara
ge

kaitoige

the face

ton kurion

17:27 zhtein

ei

3756

proswpon

pan to

the boundaries of their dwelling

2544

3588 4383

kai
prostetagmenouV
kairouV

3588-2733

1487 686-1065

one blood

3956

4384

autwn

taV oroqesiaV
thV katoikiaV

kai

1473

upon all

orisaV

2532

euhggelizeto

1949-5037

to dwell

3724

ghV

2097

17:19 epilabomeno
i te

1909

129

aimatoV

enoV

ex

and he made of
2730

epi
anqrwpwn
katoikein

1093

thV

1He seems 3an announcer

3588 386

kai

eqnoV

pan

e te
17:26 epoihs

444

of the earth, having confirmed beforehand

kai
suneballon
autw

2309

4160-5037

3588

3588

4820

2532 3588 3956

with

philosophers, engaged with him.

said,

1537 1520

And some of the Epicureans

Stoics,

elegon
ti

4157

didouV
pasi
zwhn
kai

4314

and

5100

and

1256

1484

1325

autoV

day

5386

kai twn Stw+kwn filosofwn

1473

tinoV
prosdeomen
oV

2250

2532 3588 *

3004

2532

life

pasan

kata
hmeran
proV

de
paratugcanontaV
17:18 tineV

touV

2222

to all

IoudaioiV
kai toiV

the synagogue with the Jews,

sebomenoiV
kai en
3588

3956

is there any feeling any want, himself giving

his

17:17 dielegeto

[4full of idols 3being 1the 2city].

3767 1722 3588 4864

men

4326-5100

in

his spirit,

qewrounti
kateidwlon
ousan
thn polin

viewing

1722 1473

to pneuma
autou en autw

3them

17:17

attending

3326-1161

de
meta

3778

tauta

5563-3588-*

o PauloV

cwrisqeiV

1537

ek

And after these things, Paul having separated from

3588

2064

1519

hlqen
twn Aqhnwn
eiV

Athens, came

Korinqon

unto Corinth.

2532

18:2 kai

2147

eurwn

And having found

18:3

A C T S

5100

3686

3588

Ioudaion
onomati
Akulan
Pontikon
tw

tina

a certain Jew,

by name Aquila,

4373

2064

575

recently

come

from

1135-1473

1223

3588 *

prosfatwV
elhluqota
apo

his wife,

(because
3588

1all

2the

3Jews]

3588

3306

3844

from

1473

1909 3588 968

him

unto the rostrum,

374

[4to separate

this law

he dissuades

3195

3588

And

because

dia

444

men
455

[3being about 1And

2Paul]
*

1487 3303

men

of being the same trade,

Gallio said

to

the

Jews,

If

indeed then it was

4635

92-5100

2228 4467

5599 *

2596

on

4864

3056

And he reasoned

in

the

synagogue

this account I would have endured you;

dielegeto
de

kata

3982

5613-1161

EllhnaV

Greeks.

575

kathlqon

2532

3588 *

o te

SilaV
kai

1both

2Silas 3and

4151

3588

pneumati
o
3588 5547

1263

3588

1Paul],

testifying

[3to the 4Jews

ton criston

Ihsoun

498

1the 2Christ] Jesus.

3588

blaspheming,

having shaken off

blasfhmountwn
ektinaxamenoV

to

them,

1473

2532

kai
autwn

[3being rebellious 1And 2they] and

1621

1473

IoudaioiV

1161

987

4314

18:6 antitassomenwn
de

3588

proV autouV
to

ta

2440

2036

imatia

eipe

his garments, he said

129-1473

1909

3588

Your blood

be upon

aima
umwn
epi
3588-3568 1519

2776-1473

umwn

thn kefalhn

575

I am clean.

From now on [2unto 3the 4nations 1I shall go].

2532

3588

tou nun eiV

3327

ta

1564

18:7 kai metabaV

1484

4198

eqnh

poreusomai

2064

1519

hlqen

ekeiqen

3614

oikian

eiV

And having crossed over from there, he came unto the house
5100

3686

tinoV

4576

of a certain one, by name Justus,

3588 3614

1510.7.3 4927

ou
ton qeon

who worshiped

God, of whose

3588 4864

*-1161

hn
oikia

18:8 KrispoV

sunomorousa
th sunagwgh
de

house was

adjoining

3588 752

3588 2316 3739

onomati
Ioustou
sebomenou

the synagogue.

4100

arcisunagwgoV

3588

the chief of the synagogue trusted

3624

1473

oikw

2962

2532 4183

3588

autou kai polloi twn

But Crispus,
4862 3650

sun olw
kuriw

episteuse
tw
*

191

2532 907

2036

1722 3571

1161

18:9 eipe
de

3588 *

3588 2962

1223 3705

[4said 1And 2the 3Lord] by a vision

3361-5399

235

2980

2532 3361

lalei

en nukti tw Paulw
mh fobou alla
kai mh

at night

to Paul, Fear not, but

1360

eimi
egw

Because I

am

3588 2559

1473

tou kakwsa
i

se

siwphshV

poluV
2532 3376

en

2992

dioti

1510.2.3

laoV

1473

esti

kai mhnaV

ex

1321

qeou

of God.

1161

eniauton

And he stayed a year

1722

1473

3588 3056

3588

ton logon

autoiV
tou

among them

*-1161

445

And Gallio

being proconsul

the word
3588 *

18:12 GalliwnoV
de anqupateuontoV
thV Aca+aV

of Achaia;

575

3956

18:17 epilabomenoi
de

the rostrum.

7of these things

And he drove them away from

1949

tou bhmatoV

3588 *

panteV
oi

[5taking hold of 1And 2all

EllhneV

3the 4Greeks]

3588

752

arcisunagwgon

etupton

emprosqen

Sosthenes

the

chief of the synagogue

beat him

in front of

Swsqenhn

ton

3588 968

5180

2532 3762-3778

Galliwni
emellen

tw

the rostrum; and these things were not

3588 1161 *

2089 4357

But Paul
3588

80

a care to Gallio.
2250

prosmeinaV

eti
de PauloV

18:18 o

1715

3588 *-3199

toutwn

tou bhmatoV
kai ouden

2425

hmeraV
ikanaV

yet having remained [2of days 1a fit amount],

657

1602

apotaxamenoV

toiV adelfoiV

1519 3588 *

exeplei

thn Surian

eiV

[2the 3brethren 1having dismissed], sailed across unto

2532 4862

1473

Syria,

2532 *

2751

Priscilla

and Aquila, having shorn his

3588

Priskilla

kai sun autw

kai AkulaV
keiramenoV

and with him

2776

en
kefalhn

1722 *

eice
gar
KegcreaiV

head

in

Cenchrea; for he had a vow.

2192-1063

1519

in

Ephesus, and those

eiV

2548

2171

2641

1525

18:19 kathnthse
de

And he arrived
847

1256

But he himself

3588

dielecqh

eiV thn sunagwghn

toiV

having entered into the synagogue,

1473

18:20 erwtwntwn
de

1909 4183

5550

3306

time

to stay with

3844

autwn
epi pleiona
cronon
meinai
par'

1473

3756

them,

he did not nod assent,

1962

ouk
autoiV

IoudaioiV

reasoned with the Jews.

And being asked of them for more

eipwn

1473-1161

de
autou autoV

he left behind there.

1519 3588 4864

eiselqwn

thn

2658-1161

euchn

Efeson kakeinouV

katelipen

epeneusen
1163

1473

dei

235

but
3843

pantwV

me

657-1473

apetaxato

18:21 alla
autoiV

sent them away,

3588

1859

eorthn

thn

3588

thn

having said, It is necessary for me assuredly with the [2holiday

ercomenhn
poihsai

to

1519 *

3825-1161

18:22 kai

Jerusalem;

but again I will return

2532 321

God willing.
2718

eiV

3588 1577

and having greeted the assembly,

18:23 kai poihsaV

5550-5100

2597

having ascended
1519 *

eiV Antioceian

he went down to
1831

exhlqe

cronon
tina

And having spent some time,

Ephesus.

305

And having gone down unto Caesarea,

4160

3588 *

apo thV Efesou

Kaisareian
anabaV

katebh

kai aspasamenoV
thn ekklhsian
2532

575

And he embarked from

1519

katelqwn

2532 782

344

eiV Ierosoluma
palin
de anakamyw

3588 2316 2309

you,
2532

1763

18:11 ekaqis
e te

didaskwn
en

and [2months 1six] teaching

2316

5to be].

3588 968

yours,

556-1473

tou qeou qelontoV

proV umaV
kai anhcqh

moi

2523-5037

this city.
1803

3do not 4want

4314 1473

1473

of

1473 3778

toutwn

gar egw

2532

1360

2007

1063

18:16 kai aphlasen

autouV
apo

to observe it in

polei
tauth

th

1510.1

boulomai
einai

1coming]

1722 3588 4172-3778

2many] in

1014

ou

the matter

3588 2596 1473

and a law

krithV

with you, and no one shall attack you

sou kai oudeiV

epiqhseta

meta
i soi

but if

you shall see to it yourselves; [6a judge 1for 2I

3756

zhthm
a

18:15 ei de
2532 3551

2923

autoi

4160

to inflict evil on you, because [3people 1there are 4with me

4183

1473

2036

4623

speak and do not keep silent!

1473 2532 3762

umwn

2532 3686

2064

1473 1510.2.1 3326

18:10 dioti

3708

believed,

kurioV
di' oramatoV

1487-1161 2213

logou
kai onomatwn
kai nomou
tou kaq' umaV

2065-1161

4100

Korinqiwn
akouonteV
episteuon

of the Corinthians hearing

and were immersed.

tw

in the Lord with [2entire

3house 1his]; and many

kai ebaptizonto

3588

3056

oyesqe

your head;

2513-1473

egw
apo
kaqaroV

an hnescomhn

concerning a word and names

4Timothy], [2was constrained 3in the

logon

1473

peri

tw

PauloV
diamarturomenoV
toiV

4spirit

302-430

is

3588

suneiceto

Jews,

esti

7Macedonia

4912

TimoqeoV

oi

Ioudaioi
kata

[2villainy

and

thV MakedoniaV

And when [5came down 6from

3588-5037 *

w
radiourghma
ponhron

2532

3588 *

apo

some offence or

1510.2.3 4012

IoudaiouV
kai

te

to persuade both Jews

2718

18:5 wV de

sunagwgh

th

5037

epeiq
e
sabbaton

pan

according to every Sabbath,

*

en

ti
adikhm
a

1510.7.3

oun
hn

1evil],

3588

skhnopoioi

3767

4190

1722

4521

his mouth,

3588

1256-1161

3956

to open

4314

3588

2596

stoma

eipen
o Galliwn
proV touV IoudaiouV
ei

for they were tentmakers

18:4

God.

3588 4750

tou Paulou
anoigein
to

1510.7.6-1063

by craft.

3588 2316

to worship

3588 *

de

and worked;

tecnh

3588

ton
para

4576

2532 2038

th

that, By

2036-3588-*

kai eirgazeto

hsan
gar
par' autoiV
5078

3754 3844

saying

touV anqrwpouV
sebesqai
ton qeon

he stayed with them,

emene

3004

3673-1510.1

omotecnon
einai

to

3588

1161

18:14 mellontoV

2532

4Paul], and

oti
18:13 legonteV

bhma

nomon
outoV
anapeiqei

3588 *

tw Paulw

Ioudaioi
kai

oi

led
3551-3778

proshlqen

3588 *

71

epi to
hgagon
auton

Rome), he came forward

1223

1473

3661

katepesthsan
omoqumadon

5563

4334

thV RwmhV

2532

kai

to them.

and Priscilla

Claudius ordered
1537

18:3

2532 *

Italy,

pantaV
touV IoudaiouV
ek

autoiV

[3rose up against 5with one accord 1the 2Jews

to diatetacenai
Klaudion
cwrizesqai

3956

1473

2721

by race,

thV ItaliaV
kai Priskillan

3588 1299-*

autou dia

gunaika

1085

genei

of Pontus

203

Antioch.
1330

diercomenoV

he went forth, going through

P R A X E I S

204
2517

3588 *

5561

2532

1991

cwran

kaqexhV
thn Galatikhn
kai Frugian

[6in order 1the 2Galatian

episthrizwn

5region 3and 4Phrygian], staying up

18:24

3588 *-908

to

2036

Iwannou
baptisma

1161

19:4 eipe

the immersion of John.

PauloV
IwannhV

de

[3said 1And 2Paul],

John

3956

3588 3101

3303

907

908

3341

all

the disciples.

indeed

immersed

with an immersion

of repentance,

2992

3004

pantaV
touV maqhtaV

law

Aquila and Priscilla

*

1161

IoudaioV

18:24

an Alexandrian
1519 *

435

genei

1415-1510.6

1722 3588

wn
Efeson dunatoV

in

Ephesus, being mighty in

kathnthsen

1124

the

3588 3598

18:25 outoV

scriptures.
3588

This one

2962

tou
thn odon

2532

hn

kathchmenoV

was

being instructed in the way of the Lord.

4151

2980

2532

in spirit

he spoke and taught

pneumati
elalei

4012

3588 2962

peri

epistamenoV

tou kuriou

191

1161

akousanteV

sunagwgh
4355-1473

in

2532

2Aquila 3and 4Priscilla],

1473-1620

1161

1473

[3wanting

1And 2he]

18:27 boulomenou
de
4389

588

to go through
1125

3739 3854

oV
auton

4820

4183

3588

4100

1223

much

with the ones

believing

through

pepisteukosi

2159-1063

3588

1925

5484

caritoV

thV

favor.

1246

IoudaioiV
diakathlegceto

For intensely with the Jews

1219

engaged
3588

dia

18:28 eutonwV
gar toiV

to the

paragenomenoV
sunebaleto

disciples to gladly receive him; who having arrived

toiV

3588

egrayan
toiV

adelfoi

1223

he thoroughly confuted

3588 1124

epideiknuV
dia

dhmosia

1510.1

3588 5547

twn grafwn
einai

eiV

2064

ton criston

in public, displaying through the scriptures [2to be 3the 4Christ

*

2they should believe],

3588

2962

that is to say

in

Jesus the

2532

tou

of the Lord

Jesus.

3588 5495

name

1473

3588

tou
autoiV

2064

3588 4151

3588 39

1100

1909

1473

pneuma
to agion
ep'

to

3hands], [4came 1the 3spirit

autouV

2holy] upon them,

2532 4395

1510.7.6 1161

3588

glwssaiV
kai proefhteuon
19:7 hsan
de

elaloun
te

both speaking languages and prophesying.

3956

435

2all

4men] about twelve.

5616

1177

andreV
panteV
wsei dekaduo
4864

3955

oi

[5were 1And 3the

1525-1161

1519 3588

de
19:8 eiselqwn

eiV thn

And having entered into the

1909 3376

5140

eparrhsiazeto

sunagwghn
epi mhnaV

1256

dialegomenoV

treiV

synagogue, he spoke openly for [2months 1three], reasoning

2532 3982

3588

kai peiqwn

4012

3588 932

peri

ta

3588 2316

tou qeou
thV basileiaV

and persuading the things concerning the kingdom

5613-1161

5100

4645

2532

tineV esklhrunonto

19:9 wV de

of God.

544

kai hpeiqoun

But when some were hardened, and resisted persuasion,

3588 3598 1799

3588 4128

868

575

enwpion

kakologounteV
thn odon
tou plhqouV
apostaV
ap'

speaking evil of the way before

1473

873

3588

afwrise

autwn
1722 3588 4981

the multitude, having left from

3101

2596

disciples, by

*5100

reasoning

de egeneto

19:10 touto

th

in

the school of a certain Tyrannus.

1417

epi eth

1256

day

3778-1161 1096

Turannou

scolh
tinoV

en

1909 2094

2250

kaq' hmeran

touV maqhtaV
dialegomenoV

them, he separated the

5620

3956

wste

duo

And this took place

3588

2730

pantaV
touV

for [2years 1two], so that all

3588

katoikountaV
thn

the ones dwelling

191

3588 3056

3588

2962

Asia

heard

the word of the Lord

akousai

Asian
ton logon
tou

*-5037

2532

Ihsou IoudaiouV

kuriou
te kai

Jesus, both Jews

and

EllhnaV

Greeks.

The Sons of Sceva

1096-1161

1722 3588

en

tw

And it came to pass in

3588 *

ton Apollw

the fact

1330

in

Corinth,

Paul

having gone through the

2064

1519

eiV
merh
elqein

parts, came
2036

19:2 eipe

3588

dielqonta

einai

4314

1487

them,

Did [3spirit

4100

3588 1161

pisteusanteV

oi

having believed?

de

3101

maqhtaV

eipon

4314

39

[3spirit

2holy 1there is] have we heard.

1510.2.3

on
estin

agi
pneuma
1519 5100

191

hkousamen

3767 907

ebaptisqhte

oun

By what then were you immersed?

through the hands

1909 3588

770

autou
tou crwtoV

1487

Not even

if

2036-5037

e te
19:3 eip

4314

proV

And he said to
3588 1161 2036

eipon

1519

eiV

And they said, By

5his flesh

2532 525

575

1scarfs

2or 3aprons],

and [3were rid

4from 5them 1the

3554

3588-5037 4151

3588 4190

nosouV

1473

simikinqia
kai apallassesqai
ap'

3588

taV
autwn

1831

575

1473

exercesqai

pneumata
ta ponhra
ap' autwn

ta te

19:13 epeceirhsan
de

235-3761

kai

3588 5559-1473

2228 4612

1you receive]

de

575

4676

2983

him,

2532

so that even

asqenountaV
epiferesqai
apo

2holy
1473

oi

epi touV

5620

19:12 wste

of Paul,

2018

39

all' oude ei
proV auton

4151

God did

happening by chance,

Paulou

twn ceirwn

2diseases], and the [2spirits

agion
pneuma
elabete

2036

3588 5495

soudaria
h

tinaV

4151

And they said to

1223

remote

5100

Efeson kai eurwn

1473

5177

taV tucousaV

unto the ones being invalid [6were borne 4from

anwterika

ta

2532 2147

ei
proV autouV

3588

510

unto Ephesus; and having found certain disciples,

he said to

eiV ti
autouV

1510.1

of Apollos being

Paulon

4160-3588-2316

o qeoV
dia

epoiei

1722

Korinqw

ou

And works of power, not

Paul in Ephesus

19:1 egeneto
de

3756

19:11 dunameiV
te

CHAPTER 19

them,

3686

onoma

the

2007

1411

1473

Christ.
to

And [2having put 4upon 5them

hlqe
Paulou
taV ceiraV

1Paul

criston

3588

eiV

19:6 kai epiqentoV

1Jesus].

3313

1519

ebaptisqhsan

1that

5547

ton Ihsoun

eiV

907

kuriou
Ihsou

2443

6after 7him
3588-*

akousanteV
de

[2to the

ina
auton

1519

191-1161

19:5

tw
1473

5123

tout' estin

Ihsoun

en

3326

ercomenon
met'

ton

pisteuswsi

2551

autou dielqein

1the 2brethren] wrote

1473

apodexasqai

maqhtaiV

thn

1330

3588 80

Achaia, [3encouraging

polu

3588

expounded to him the

1014

eiV thn Aca+an protreyamenoi

oi
3101

the

exeqento

kai akribesteron
autw

way of God.
into

th

autou AkulaV
kai Priskilla

de

took him to themselves, and more exactly

1519 3588 *

the immersion

to speak openly

2532 199

proselabonto
auton

tou qeou odon

3588 908

1722 3588

1473

3588

4100

2980-5037

3955

synagogue. [5having heard 1And 6him

3588 2316-3598

the things

hrxato
parrhsiazesqai
en

te

This one also began

4864

exactly

monon
to baptisma

5037 756

oV

18:26 out

of John.

3588

having knowledge of only

3778

Iwannou

199

3440

legwn

And bubbling

edidasken
akribwV
ta

kai

1987

concerning the Lord,

2204

kuriou
kai zewn

1321

1519

3588

metanoiaV

And having heard, they were immersed in

3778

taiV grafaiV

en

1510.7.3 2727

tw

by name,
2658

logoiV

by race, [2man 1a learned], arrived

eiV

3588

onomati

Apollos

3052

anhr

baptisma

3people 1saying], [3on 4the one 5coming

3686

ApollwV

2a certain],

1085

tw

tiV

1And

3588

AlexandreuV

5100

de

[3Jew
*

ebaptise

men

1evil]

5100

went forth from them.

2021-1161

1161

[8attempted

1But 2certain ones 3of 4the 5traveling

575

3588 4022

apo twn periercomenwn

tineV

1845

3687

1909

6Jewish

7exorcists]

to name

[6against 7the ones 8having

3588

4151

3588 4190

3588 3686

3588

onomazein

Ioudaiwn
exorkistwn
epi

to
pneumata
ta ponhra

10spirits

9evil

tou
onoma

2962

3588

3004

Ihsou legonteV

kuriou

1the 2name 3of the 4Lord 5Jesus], saying,

3726

1473

3588

We bind

you

by the Jesus

ton
orkizomen
umaV

2192

econtaV
ta

touV

3739

on
Ihsoun

whom

3588 *

2784

PauloV
khrussei

Paul

proclaims!

19:14

A C T S

1510.7.6-1161

5100

19:14 hsan
de

5207

uioi

tineV

Skeua

Ioudaiou

And there were certain ones, [2sons 3of Sceva 4a Jew

749

2033

arcierewV

3588 3778-4160

epta

3588 4151

to

doing this.

3588 4190

pneuma
to

2036

3588 *

1evil]

said,

whom gathering together, and the ones

Paul

I have knowledge of; but you, who are you?

1909

1473

[3springing

4upon 5them 1the 2man],

4151

1510.2.5

3588 444

3588 4190

1722 3739

in

2532 2634

pneuma
to

kai katakurieusaV

ponhron

[2spirit

1evil],

2596

1473

4012

and

concerning

1131

whom was
2480

iscuse
autwn

against them, so that naked

1537

from out of
3956

And this became known

2532 *

3588 2730

3588 *

5401

And [2fell

1fear] upon all

1909

3956

kai epepese
foboV
epi
3588 3686

to

3588

2962

onoma
tou

1473

2532 3170

autouV
kai emegaluneto

pantoV

of them, and [6was magnified

4183-5037

kuriou
Ihsou

3588

19:18 polloi te twn

1the 2name 3of the 4Lord 5Jesus].

And many of the ones

that not only

Ephesus, but

235

PauloV
outoV
peisaV

all

this Paul,

3588 *

3588

3588 *-3778

Asia,
2425

3793

3982

3754

3756-1510.2.6 2316

oti
legwn

ouk eisi

qeoi

multitude, saying that [5are not

1223 5495

1096

3756

ceirwn
ginomenoi

dia

oi

having persuaded,

3004

oclon
ikanon

metesthsen

2793

1473

touto
kinduneuei

6gods

3440

1161

monon
de

19:27 ou

1the things 3by 4hands 2being made].

this,

2532 1968

3956

to all, both Jews

in Ephesus.

1is].

3754 3756 3440

nearly

3778

dwelling

that
1510.2.3

pashV

scedon
thV AsiaV
o

pasin
IoudaioiV
te kai Ellhsi toiV katoikousi
thn Efeson

and Greeks,

you know

hmwn

euporia
esti

4975

changed over a fit

that house.

*-5037

Men,

[2our means

And you view and hear

they fled
1110

3754

3588 2142-1473

2532 191

and wounded
3778-1161 1096

1987

work

2532 2334

3179

de egeneto

19:17 touto
gnwston

kai touV

435

kai akouete

oti
19:26 kai qewreite
ou monon
Efesou
alla

1628

tou oikou
ekeinou

workers, said,
3588 2039

2532 5135

3588 3624-1565

ek

2036

tauthV
thV ergasiaV
h

the

wste
kai tetraumatismenouV

autwn
gumnouV
ekfugein

kat'

such

from out of this

to

2040

3778

ek

2532 3588

sunaqroisaV

andreV
oti
toiauta
ergataV
eipen
epistasqe

ta

And

and having dominated them, he prevailed

5620

peri
1537

hn

1473

3588 5108

2532

1510.7.3 3588

4867

ouk olighn

ergasian
19:25 ouV

2532 3588

19:16 kai

anqrwpoV
en w

o
autouV

tecnitaiV

to the craftsmen

3739

de tineV

umeiV
este

efallomenoV
ep'

5079

toiV

1no 2little];

1987

2177

3588

pareiceto

of Artemis, furnished

3756 3641

I know,

5100

3930

ArtemidoV

[3work

1097

Jesus

1473

argurouV

temples of silver
2039

Paulon
epistamai

693

naouV

And responding

eipe

ginwskw

ponhron
ton Ihsoun
kai ton

the [2spirit

3485

611

poiounteV

de
touto
19:15 apokriqen

oi

5a chief priest 1seven]

205

[2not 3only 1And]

3588

3313

1519

557

meroV
eiV
apelegmon
it exposes danger to us, lest the part [2into 3disrepute

2064

235

elqein

to
hmin

2532 3588 3588

kai to
alla

3173

2299

also the [2of the 3great

2413

3762

1519

ieron

eiV

ArtemidoV

4goddess 5Artemis

3049

ouden

megalhV
qeaV

thV

1come], but

3195

logisqhnai

1161

mellein

2532

de

kai

1temple 7as

8nothing 6is considered], [4is about 1and 3also

hrconto
pepisteukotwn
exomologoumenoi
kai anaggellonteV

2507

3588 3168-1473

believing

5to be lowered

4100

3588

taV

2064

1843

came,

acknowledging

4234-1473

3588

19:19 ikanoi de

their actions.

3588

twn

ta

And a fit amount of the ones

4238

perierga

and announcing

2425-1161

praxeiV
autwn

4021

2532 312

4851

3588

praxantwn
sunenegkanteV

taV

976

biblouV

1799

katekaion

3956

2532 4860

3588

enwpion
pantwn
kai suneyhfisan

1to incinerate] before

all;

taV

and they joined in tallying

5092-1473

2532

2147

694

3461

4002

their value,

and

found it to be

[3of silver

2myriads

1five].

autwn

timaV
3779

euron

kai
2596

arguriou

2904

3588 3056

3588

might

the

of the Lord

kratoV

19:20 outw
kata
o

Thus with
2532 2480

kai iscuen
1722

3588

2036

Aca+an

and

Achaia,

3754 3326

Ierousalhm

unto

3588 1096-1473

1563

Jerusalem,

1163

2532 *-1492

649-1161

1473

kai Rwmhn
idein

19:22 aposteilaV
de eiV

also to see Rome.

1417 3588

me

there, it is necessary for me

1519

3588 *

thn Makedonian

And having sent unto

1247

1473

Macedonia

2532 *

1473

Timoqeon

diakonountwn
autw
kai Eraston autoV

twn
duo

two of the ones serving

5550

him, Timothy and Erastus, he

1519 3588 *

1096-1161

2596

3588 2540-1565

kata

ekeinon

ton kairon

And came to pass according to

that time

3641

4012

3588

3598

[3disturbance

1no

2little]

concerning

the

way.

*-1063

oligoV
5100

19:24 DhmhtrioV
gar tiV

3588

2896

peri
3686

thV
695

odou
4160

onomati
argurokopoV
poiwn

For Demetrius, a certain one by name, a silversmith, making

3004

2532

Artemis

of the Ephesians.

ArtemiV Efesiwn

kai

3173

Great is

4130

3588

eplhsqh

19:29 kai

4799

2532

legonteV
megalh

of rage, they cried out, saying,

And [4was filled 1the

4172

3650

3city

2entire] of confusion. And they advanced with one accord

olh
poliV
1519

eiV

sugcusewV

3588 2302

3729-5037

4884

omoqumadon

qeatron
sunarpasanteV

to

3661

te
wrmhs
an

2532 *

Ga+on kai Aristarcon

unto the theater, having seized by force Gaius and Aristarcus,

4898

3588 *

MakedonaV
sunekdhmouV

tou Paulou

Macedonian traveling companions

*

1014

wanting

1439

1473

eiwn

4allow 5him
3588

3588

1525

1519

to enter

unto the

3101

auton
oi

3588

maqhtai

ton

1510.6

1473-5384

of the

Asiarchs,

being

friends with him,

1473

3870

3361

appealed

to not put

him,

3756

ouk

people, [3did not

2532

3992

filoi

autw
1325

kai

And certain ones also

onteV

parekaloun

auton
mh

dhmon

5100-1161

1the 2disciples].

And
1218

de
19:31 tineV

Asiarcwn

twn

3588 1161

19:30 tou de

of Paul.

eiV
Paulou
boulomenou
eiselqein

pemyanteV

1438

sending

4314

proV

to

1519 3588 2302

eiV
dounai
eauton

to

himself in

243-3303-3767-243-5100

qeatron

the theater.
2896

men oun allo

ti
19:32 alloi

ekrazon

Some therefore one thing and some another were crying out;
gar h

4797

2532 3588 4183

sugkecumenh
kai oi
ekklhsia

and

1492

5100-1752

know

for what reason they had come together.

3588 3793

tou oclou

3756

ouk

2372

Asia

And having heard, and

plhreiV
qumou ekrazon

having become full

tinoV
eneken
hdeisan

5017

taracoV

4134

genomenoi

Asia

19:28 akousanteV
de

[4was 1for 2the 3assembly] in tumult,

An Outcry in Ephesus

19:23 egeneto
de

1096

hn

Asia.

olh
h

which all
191-1161

sebetai

1510.7.3 1063 3588 1577

cronon
eiV thn Asian

waited for a time in

4576

oikoumenh

kai h

Paul

eiV

to go

my being

epesce

thn

1519

poreuesqai

having said that, After

1907

3588

having gone through

4198

2her magnificence],

2532 3588 3611

1330

to genesqai

oti
meta
me ekei dei

eipwn

grew

eplhrwqh
tauta

spirit,

kai

Macedonia

kuriou
huxane

pneumati
dielqwn

the

2532

Makedonian

837

4137-3778

4151

tw

in

pente

And when these things were fulfilled,

eqeto
o PauloV
en

Paul set

word

wV de

19:21

2962

logoV
tou

5613-1161

and strengthened.
5087-3588-*

muriadaV

3650 3588 *

hn
kaqaireisqai
thn megaleiothta
authV

and the habitable world worship.

[2useless works 1practicing] found it advantageous [2the 3books

2618

3739

4905

most

did not
1537-1161

sunelhluqeisan

4264

3756

pleiouV
ouk
19:33 ek de

And from

4261-1473

Alexander,

[3burgeoning him forth

proebibasan
Alexandron
proballontwn
auton

the multitude they forced

19:24 i.e. miniatures.
19:27 i.e. business.

P R A X E I S

206
3588

3588 1161 *

Ioudaiwn
o

twn
2309

2678

3588 5495

de AlexandroV
kataseisaV
thn ceira

1of the 2Jews];

but Alexander, having waved

626

3588

hqelen
apologeisqai

1218

dhmw

tw
1096

5456

he is a Jew,

[3voice 1there became 2one] from all,

5610

2896

1417

wraV

duo

1520

2687

1161

3588 1122

de

[4having restrained 1And 2the 3scribe]

5346

435

says,

Men,

Ephesians, for what man is there

1097

3588 *

4172

3588

1510.6

then [2being 1these things], it is necessary

for you [2restrained

4238

estin

deon

2532 3367

4312

prassein

1to be],

and in nothing [2precipitously

hgagete
gar

19:37

1to act].
2417

oute

3777 987

3303

If

indeed then Demetrius

ei

3767

oun

men

2532

DhmhtrioV

Sopator

2532

2532

2532 *

*-1161

and Gaius

2532 *

kai TrofimoV

DerbaioV
kai TimoqeoV
Asianoi de TucikoV
3778

4281

20:5 outoi

3306

1473

These having gone forward waited

3326

3588

2250

And we

sailed across,

after

the

days

575

meta

twn

of the

4314

1473

to

them

2250

2033

[2days

1seven].

891

2250

Troas

unto [2days

3739

1304

thn Trwada
hmerwn
pente
ou
acri

hmeraV
epta

20:7 en de

4862

1473

[2with

3him

[3having been gathered 1the

sunhgmenwn

4521

sabbatwn

twn

day one of the Sabbaths,

3101

2806

2disciples]

to break bread,

maqhtwn

twn

3588

mia

th

And on
3588

dietriyamen

1five]; where we spent

1722-1161 3588 1520

4863

autw

3588

2532 2064

in

of your god.

Troas.

hmeraV

taV

apo Filippwn
kai hlqomen
proV autouV

3588

eiV

Trwadi

for us in

1602

exepleusamen

en

1473-1161

de
hmeiV

20:6

1722

emenon
hmaV

proelqonteV

3588 2299-1473

and the

a Berean;

and Secundos,

these men,

sun

BerroiaioV

and came

oi

AristarcoV
kai SekoundoV
kai Ga+oV

4002

3588

kai

Asia

SwpatroV

1519

who are neither sacrilegious nor blasphemous

1487

unleavened breads, from Philippi,

blasfhmountaV

umwn

ierosulouV
oute
thn qeon

19:38

And there accompanied

435-3778

andraV
toutouV

touV

For you brought

3777

20:4 suneipeto
de

AsiaV

thV

azumwn

propeteV

3588

3588

106

5224

71-1063

4902-1161

MakedoniaV

of the

1163-1510.2.3

katestalmenouV
uparcein
kai mhden

tou

of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus.

Indisputable
2687

through Macedonia.

3588

gnwmh

3767

toutwn

1106

3588

368

umaV

1223

and of Thessalonians, Aristarchus

DiopetouV

3778

he became of the opinion

to return

even of the one sent by Zeus?

ontwn

Syria,

who does not

ou

being about

1096

5290

Qessalonikewn
de

mellonti

thn Surian
egeneto

891

3195

Ioudaiwn

twn

*-1161

1356

tou

upo

3739 3756

goddess Artemis,

1473

anagesqai
eiV

as far as

great

19:36 anantirrhtwn
oun

3588

him

2299

kai

Jews,

the multitude,

3511-1510.6

2532

the

acri

the [2of the Ephesians 1city] being a devotee

ArtemidoV

by

upostrefein
dia

polin
newkoron
ousan
thV

1with a plot]

epiboulhV

autw

3173

qeaV

3against him

autw

1473

know

megalhV

unto

tiV gar estin anqrwpoV

oV

ginwskei
thn Efesiwn

3588

3588 3793

5100-1063 1510.2.3-444

andreV

fhsin
Efesioi

[2having been made

5259

to embark

ton oclon
grammateuV

genomenhV

1three],

1917

for about

1096

treiV

1473

1519

Artemis of the Ephesians.

5140

mhnaV

And having spent [2months

321

ArtemiV Efesiwn

3376

poihsaV
te

5613-1909

pantwn
wV epi

ek

3588 *

krazontwn
megalh
h

[2hours 1two] crying out, Great is

19:35 katasteilaV

1537 3956

mia

3173

oti

And recognizing that

*-1510.2.3

esti fwnh
egeneto

IoudaioV

3754

19:34 epignonteV
de

wanted to make a defense to the people.

4160

20:3

his hand,

1921-1161

19:34

740

3588

arton

klasai

1256

1473

3195

1826

3588

1craftsmen] [3against 4anyone 2a matter 1have], let advocates

Paul

reasoned

with them,

being about

to exit

the

71

1887

3905-5037

3588

3056

3360

3317

the

word

until

midnight.

5079

4314

tecnitai

5100

proV

3056

2532 446-1510.2.6

240

egkaleitwsan
allhloiV

and there are procounsuls; let them accuse one another!

1487-1161 5100

19:39 ei de

4012

2087

peri

ti

But if

1577

epiluqhsetai

ennomw
ekklhsia

th

epaurion

next day;

2793

1458

kinduneuomen

4714

3739

3367

shmeron

thV

mhdenoV

today,
3739

aitiou

with no one

1410

reason

1325

dunhsomeqa

ou

158

dounai

For also

where we

ou

2532 3778

2036

19:41 kai tauta

concerning

3588 4963-3778

tauthV

logon
thV sustrofhV

for this tumult.

apeluse

3588 1577

thn ekklhsian

And these things having said, he dismissed the assembly.

3588

de
meta

to

And after
4341

proskalesamenoV

3588

2351

1the

2tumult],

3101

2532

1Paul]

the

disciples,

and

saluting,

went forth to go

touV

4198

1519

poreuqhnai
eiV

1330-1161

maqhtaV
3588

Macedonia.
2532 3870

ekeina
kai parakalesaV

ta merh

And having gone through

4183

those parts, and comforting

1473

3056

them

[2communication 1by much], he came unto

logw

autouV

kai

thn Makedonian

into

3588 3313-1565

de
20:2 dielqwn

qorubon

ton

3588

1831

aspasamenoV
exhlqe

3588

782

pollw

2064

5100

3494

hlqen

1519

eiV

3588 *

EutucoV

1909 3588 2376

2702

5258

upnw
epi thV quridoV
kataferomenoV

Eutychus, by

the window, being sunk

onomati
901

baqei

[2sleep 1in a deep].

1256-3588-*

1909-4183

And with Paul reasoning

for a long time, having sunken from the

2702

dialegomenou
tou Paulou
epi pleion
4098

575

3588 5152

575

katenecqeiV
2736

3588

apo tou

2532 142

kai hrqh

from the third level to below, and was lifted up

3498

2597-1161

dead.

And having descended,

3588 *

2532 4843

Paul

2036 3361

kai sumperilabwn

1968

1473

PauloV
epepesen
autw

mh
eipe

fell upon him,

2350

3588

qorubeisqe

and having wrapped around him, said, Do not make a disruption,

1063 5590-1473

1722 1473

for his life

[2in 3him 1is].

1510.2.3

autou en autw
estin
gar yuch
2806

klasaV

740

305-1161

2532

de
20:11 anabaV

2532 1089

kai

And having ascended, and

1909-2425-5037

te
arton
kai geusamenoV
ef' ikanon

3656

omilhsaV

having broken bread, and having tasted, and for a fit time consorting
891

827

acriV
aughV

3779

1831

outwV
exhlqen

until daylight, thus

he went forth.

thn Ellada

Greece.

3686

neaniaV

tiV

And there was sitting down a certain young one, by name

20:10 katabaV
de
nekroV

[3ceased

pausasqai

the upper room

gathered together.

sleep, he fell

3973

PauloV

[2having called

en tw uperww

Eutychus Raised from the Dead

5258

Pauls Journey in Greece

3326-1161

1722 3588 5253

upnou
epesen
apo tou tristegou
katw

CHAPTER 20

20:1

mesonuktiou

sunhgmenoi
hmen

20:9 kaqhmenoV
de

peri

existing

630

eipwn

2425

lampadeV
ikanai

2521-1161

4012

uparcontaV

which we shall be able to render a word

mecri

th

4863

peri

5224

3056

2985

exienai

4012

egkaleisqai
stasewV

4594

logon

ton

and he extended

1473

we are exposed to danger to be accused of insurrection concerning

3588

mellwn

And there were [2of lamps 1a fit amount] in

2532-1063

19:40 kai gar

[2in 3the 4lawful 5assembly 1it shall be explained].

autoiV

paretein
e te

de
20:8 hsan

epizhteite

1956

dielegeto

1510.7.6-1161

1934

eterwn

PauloV

anything concerning other matters you anxiously seek,

1722 3588 1772

en

60

1458

agontai
kai anqupato
i eisin

be led;

2192

ecousi
agoraioi

logon

tina

20:4 CP adds Purrou of Pyrrhus.

71-1161

de
20:12 hgagon

3588

ton

And they brought the

20:13
3816

A C T S

2198

2532 3870

3756 3357

zwnta

paida
kai pareklhqhsan
ou metriwV

1473-1161

4151

4198

1519

And we

spirit

go

unto Jerusalem,

de
20:13 hmeiV

child alive, and were comforted not moderately.

4281

1909

3588

4143

321

1519

having gone forth

unto

the

boat,

embarked

unto

proelqonteV

epi

ploion

to

3195

anhcqhmen

1564

Assos,

from there being about to take up

Asson ekeiqen

353

mellonteV

207

3588

eiV

3588

analambanein
ton

thn

pneumati
poreuomai
eiV
4876

1473

sunanthsont
a

3361

1492

4151

Paul;

[2spirit

Paulon

3588 39

2596-4172

for so

it was

having been set in order,

himself being about

[4me 1and 2afflictions 3await].

pezeuein
3588

4820

1473

1519

4160

he united

with us

at

1I make], nor

sunebalen

hmin

eiV

353-1473

2064

1519

Assos,

having taken him in,

we came

unto Mitylene.

2547

636

20:15 kakeiqen

Mitulhnhn

3588

1966

apopleusanteV
th

And from there we sailed away,

and on the following day

kathnthsamen
antikru Ciou
th de

481

etera

we arrived

towards Chios; and

another day we set aside

1519

3588-1161 2087

2532 3306

unto Samos, and abided

2064

1519

we came

to

Miletus,

hlqomen
eiV
3896

3846

parebalomen

1722 *

Samon
kai meinanteV
en

eiV

3588

2919

1063

3704

3361

1722 3588 *

to spend time

in

3588

autw

2250

3588

hmeran
thV

thn

for him, [4on the 5day

as

3588 1408-1473

to finish

1473

1473 1492

behold, I

umeiV

panteV

en

1519 *

Efeson

Ephesus,

3588

4245

3588

1577

he called for

the

elders

of the

assembly.

paregenonto

1473

1987

575

4413

ekklhsiaV

1473

2036

him,

he said to them,

2250

575-3739

know,

3588

from the first day

4459

3326

thn Asian
pwV meq'

Asia,

1473

1519

epebhn

eiV

of which I set foot in

3588-3956

5550

1096

umwn
ton panta
cronon
egenomhn

how [2with 3you

1398

3588

serving

to the Lord

20:19 douleuwn
tw

autoiV

1910

epistasqe

umeiV
apo prwthV
hmeraV
af' hV

You

1473

eipen

proV auton

2962

4all the
3326

5time

3956

1I was],

5012

meta
pashV

kuriw
tapeinofrosunhV

with all

humility,

2532 4183

1144

2532 3986

3588

4819

and many

tears,

and tests,

of the ones coming to pass

dakruwn

twn
kai pollwn
kai peirasmwn
1473

1722 3588 1917

moi

en

to me in

3588

twn
taiV epiboulaiV

the plots

sumbantwn

5613 3762

Ioudaiwn
20:20 wV

of the Jews;

3588

1I kept back]

of the things advantageous unto you,

upesteilamhn
twn

4851

1473

announce

it to you and to teach you

anaggeilai
umin

3588 3361

sumferontwn

312

2532 1321

1473

ouden

how [2nothing

5288

tou mh

1219

so as to not

2532 2596

3624

dhmosia
kai kat' oikouV

kai didaxai
umaV

in public, and by

1263

*-5037

testifying

both to Jews, and Greeks

2532 *

houses,

3588

1519

20:21 diamarturomenoV
IoudaioiV
te kai Ellhsi thn
3588 2316

ton qeon

3341

2532 4102

3588

metanoian
kai pistin
thn

5547

Jesus

Christ.

criston

Ihsoun

2532 3568 2400

20:22 kai nun idou

eiV

the thing for

1519 3588 2962-1473

our Lord

1473 1210

dedemenoV

egw

And now behold, I

mou
proswp
on

to

4my face

to

3143

todays

3754 2513-1473

day,

3588

tw

being bound in the

1473

575

that I am clean

3756

from the blood

1063 5288

3588 3361 312

gar upesteilamhn
tou mh anaggeilai

3588

1012

3588

the

counsel

to announce

2316

4337

pasan
thn boulhn
tou qeou
1438

4151

3588 39

1577

3588

assembly

in

5087

1985

4165

3588

episkopouV
poimainein
thn

the
3588

3739

4046

1223

periepoihsato
dia

hn

1473-1063 1492

3778

For I

3588 867-1473

3754 1525

know this,

3074

mou
in
thn afix

that [3shall enter

926

lukoi

1519

bareiV

eiV

1473

5my departure 2wolves 1grievous] unto you,

5339

3588 4168

sparing

the flock.

2532 1537

andreV

shall rise up

men

2980

1294

lalounteV

speaking things
3694

1473

disciples

after

them.

1352

20:31 dio

Therefore

3754 5148

3571

mnhmoneuonteV

oti
grhgoreite
trietian

be vigilant! remembering

nukta

that for a space of three years, night

2532 2250

3756-3973

3326

and day,

I ceased not

with tears,

1144

3560

dakruwn

kai hmeran
ouk epausamhn
meta
nouqetwn
1538

ekaston
2316

qew

2532 3569

20:32 kai ta nun

1each].
kai tw

3056

3908-1473

80

3588

adelfoi tw
paratiqemai
umaV

3588 5484-1473

3588

logw
thV caritoV
autou tw

to God and to the word

1520

ena

admonishing [2one

And at present I point you out,

2532 3588

tou

being perverted,

3101

3421

3588

diestrammena

touV maqhtaV
opisw
autwn

to draw away the

1127

autwn

umwn

And from out of your own selves

435

anasthsontai

apospan

not

1473-1473

feidomenoi
tou poimniou
20:30 kai ex

3588

3361

mh
umaV

4after

645

tou

through

gar oida

oti
20:29 egw
touto
eiseleusontai

aimatoV

450

umaV

which [5you

of God, which he procured

129

1473

2316

his own blood.

meta

the flock!

en
poimniw

2holy 4placed] as overseers, to tend

ekklhsian
tou qeou

3326

1722 3739

agion
eqeto

pneuma
to

Take heed

3588 4168

kai panti tw

1the 3spirit

20:28 prosecete

of God.

2532 3956

eautoiV

idiou

to you

3588 129

[3did not 1for 2I] keep back

3956

2398

thn

marturomai
umin

Therefore I testify

2250

3588

khrusswn

1352

pantwn
20:27 ou

3588

2784

20:26 dio

of his favor,

eiV ton kurion

hmwn

God repentance and belief, the one in

3588 4383-1473

dihlqon

then to yourselves, and to all

3333

And when they were come to

nun

egw
apo tou aimatoV

oti
shmeron
hmera
kaqaroV

th

in

oun

Pauls Farewell Address

20:18 wV de

3568

And now,

1330

oiV

of God.

1722 3588 4594

of all;

4314

3708

oyesqe

3739

3588 2316

3767

3854

2532

20:25 kai

of God.

3754 3765

en

kingdom

to you all

5613-1161

to testify

basileian
tou qeou

2in

thV

Jesus,

3588 2316

know that no longer shall [3see

932

1to be

presbuterouV

Lord

caritoV
tou qeou

oida

oti
egw
ouketi

idou

3Jerusalem].

touV

the

of the favor

umin

metekalesato

1263

the good news

6of Pentecost

eiV

5484

euaggelion
thV

2400

and the service

2962

3588

to

3956

having sent to

2532 3588 1248

3588

3588 2098

1519

Miletus,

5479

with joy,

tou kuriou

para
Ihsou diamarturasqai

which I received from

1096

penthkosthV
genesqai
eiV

thV Milhtou
pemyaV

3844

elabon

1473

And from

emautw

among whom I went about proclaiming the

Ierosoluma

20:17 apo de

1683

esteemed to myself,

2all],

it was possible

3992

3326

my race

2983

4005

3588 *

my life

caraV
kai thn diakonian

wV teleiwsai
ton dromon
mou meta

575-1161

5093

mou timian

thn yuchn

1you

hn
dunaton

ei

3588 5590-1473

do I hold

2Paul]

1487 1415-1510.7.3

Asia; for he hastened, if

logon

1722

genhtai
autw

espeude
gar
th Asia

cronotribhsai
en

3056

But [3of nothing 2account

3956

1096

4692-1063

3762

1473

Ephesus, so that it should not happen for him

5551

2192

5613 5048

saying that bonds

235

PauloV

[3decided 1for

3588 *

1473

3588

gar o

parapleusai
thn Efeson opwV
mh

to sail by

ecomenh

Trogyllium; and the next day

20:16 ekrine

Milhton

2192

th
Trwgulliw

in

3761

hn

2658

3754 1199

menousin
20:24 all' oudenoV

poioumai
oude ecw

3739

epioush

3306

kai qliyeiV

And when

Asson analabonteV

hlqomen
auton
eiV

thn

2532 2347

me

5613-1161

wV de

20:14

to go on foot.

3004

1holy] in every city testifies,

1473

3978

to

except that the

polin

oti
pneuma
to agion
kata
diamarturetai
legon
desma

3195-1473

mellwn
autoV

3754 3588

oti

20:23 plhn

1263

1299

diatetagmenoV

auth

en
4133

eidwV

moi mh

1510.7.3

hn

1722 1473

[3the things 4in 5it

6meeting up with 7me 1not 2knowing];

3779-1063

outw
gar

3588

Ierousalhm
ta

20:23 CP adds moi to me.

20:28 CP adds kuriou kai of the Lord and.

brethren,
1410

dunamenw

to the thing being able

P R A X E I S

208
2026

2532 1325

to build up,

and to give to you an inheritance among [2the ones

1473

2817

1722

3588

klhronomian

epoikodomhsai
kai dounai
umin
en
37

3956

hgiasmenoiV

694

pasin

[3silver

2441

3762

1937

7clothes

2of no one 1I desired].

imatismou oudenoV

epequmhsa

3588 4151

4or 5gold

6or

the spirit,
it happened we

and the ones being with me,

ai

ceireV

3778

2872

1163

that so

tiring

it is necessary to assist

770

being weak,

and to remember the words

1510.2.3 1325

[6escorting us

2all

1with 3the women

2532 5043

2193

1909

upon the shore,

of the Lord

3588 123

epi

and those returned

1519 3588-2398

1274

gonata
autou

ta

4862

3956-1473

4336

pasin
autoiV

sun

proshuxato

with them all,

1096

egeneto

2425

1161

ikanoV

20:37

he prayed.
2805

his knees
de

[3a fit amount 1And

3956

2532 1968

1909

3588

pantwn

klauqmoV
kai epipesonteV
epi

2there became] of weeping by all;

5137

3588 *

and falling

2705

1473

trachlon
tou Paulou
katefiloun
auton

neck

of Paul

3122

malista

1909

3588

epi

3056

3739

being grieved

2046

3754

oti

eirhkei
2334

are they about

ouketi

4311-1161

proepempon
de

proswpon
autou qewrein

to

3765

word which he had said, that no longer

3588 4383-1473

mellousi

20:38 odunwmenoi

him,

logw
w

tw

especially over the

3195

they kissed

ton

upon the
3600

[2his face

1to view]. And they sent

eiV ta idia
2658

Tyre, arrived

1519 *

2532 782

at

Ptolemais.

And having saluted the

80

3306

brethren, we abode

2250

1520

[2day

1one] with them.

3844

1887

1831

3588

2064

1519

hlqon

Kaisareian

eiV

they came unto Caesarea.

3624

2532

3588 2099

1510.6

the Evangelist,

being one of the

3306

3844

1473

3778-1161

we stayed with him.

de
apo

1510.7.6

321-1473

from

we embarked,

elqwn

3588

thn

unto

Kwn

Cos;

2547

3588-1161

euqudromhsanteV

hlqomen

having run direct,

we came

Paulou
dhsaV
te

1836

and the

eiV

next day

1276

eiV

euronteV

1910

ploion

anhcqhmen

passing through unto Phoenicia, having set foot on it we embarked.

398

21:3 anafanenteV

1161

3588 *

thn Kupron

de

[3having appeared 1And

1473

2176

4126

2532 2641

kai kataliponteV

2Cyprus], and having left

1519

euwnumon

authn
epleomen
eiV

2532 2609

it

on the left, we sailed unto Syria,

and led down

1566-1063

670

gar
Turon
ekeise

1510.7.3 3588 4143

hn

to

gomon

cargo.

2532 429

21:4 kai aneuronteV

apofortizomenon

ploion
ton
3588

3101

the

1961

epemeinamen

touV maqhtaV

And having discovered the

20:35 CP reads ton logon the word.

20:38 CP omits.

unto
3588

Tyre; for at that place [3was 1the 2boat] unloading

1117

disciples, we remained

3592

3004

us,

and having taken the

belt

araV

1473

3588

thn zwnhn
tou

3588 5495

2532 3588

4228

autou taV ceiraV

kai touV podaV
3588 4151

tade
legei
to

he said, Thus says

142

And
2223

1210-5037

2036

hands
3588 39

and

feet,

3588 435

3739

agion
ton andra
ou

pneuma
to

the [2spirit

1holy], The man

of which

1510.2.3 3588 2223-3778

estin h

zwnh
auth
outw
dhsousin

3779

1210

is

this belt,

so

shall [5bind 3in 4Jerusalem

1519 *

3588

oi
eiV Ierousalhm

1519 5495

1the

2532 3860

2Jews],

and they shall deliver him up into the hands of the nations.

kai paradwsousin

Ioudaioi
21:12

1519

Surian
kai kathcqhmen
eiV

2532

21:11 kai

3588

Rhodes,
4143

tiV
*

2532

eipe

Rodon

5100

1473

321

Foinikhn
epibanteV

3686

of Paul, and having bound his

And having found a boat

1519 *

diaperwn

thn

2147

21:2 kai

and from there unto Patara.

3588

unto

2532

Patara

eiV

1519

exhV

th de

1519

kakeiqen

autwn

[3remaining there

4many], there came down a certain one

proV hmaV
kai

having come to

them,

eiV

1961-1161

21:10 epimenontwn

a prophet, by name Agabus.

4314

2064

from

qugatereV

2718

4396

Judea,

2064

seven,

2364

AgaboV
thV IoudaiaV
profhthV
onomati

it came to pass,

ap'

4183

3588 *

1096

having drawn away

twn epta

e
hmeraV
pleiouV
kathlq

1And 2of our 5days

575

ton
2033

And to this man there were [3daughters

2250

hmwn

And when

apospasqentaV
1519

1473

5613-1161

2113

3588

hsan

21:9 toutw

emeinamen
par' autw
de

who prophesied.

1473

1537

oikon
Filippou
tou euaggelistou ontoV
ek

house of Philip

3588

eiV

And having entered into the

1four]

575

1519

eiselqonteV

kai

2virgin

645

3Paul],

1525

unto the boat.

anacqhnai
hmaV

And the

ton Paulon

next day, [4having gone forth 1the ones 2around

him

egeneto

3588-1161

21:8 th de
3588 *

peri

4395

wV de

1473

4012

oi

epaurion
exelqonteV

5064

21:1

3588

emeinamen

adelfouV
hmeran
mian
par' autoiV

parqenoi
tessareV
profhteuousai

Paul Embarks for Jerusalem

apo

Turon
kathnthsamen
eiV Ptolema+da kai aspasamenoi
touV

3933

CHAPTER 21

575

And we [2the 3voyage 1having concluded] from

1519 3588 4143

to ploion

5290

de ton ploun dianusanteV

21:7 hmeiV

1473

eiV
auton

1565-1161

ekeinoi

ploion
de upestreyan

eiV to

1473-1161 3588 4144

lambanein

3588 1119-1473

qeiV

aspasamenoi

one another, we mounted into the boat;

3778

5087

782

And having saluted

1519 3588 4143

epebhmen

to their own.

eipwn

2532

21:6 kai

we prayed.

Jesus,

allhlouV

said, [3blessed 1It is 4to give 2more] than to receive.

2036

3588 1119

And setting the knees

240

2228 2983

And these things having said, having set

2532 5087

4336

1910

gunaixi

that he
2532

1135

thV polewV
kai qenteV
ta gonata

proshuxameqa

ton aigialon

2036 3107

20:36 kai tauta

3588 4172

exw

4and 5children] as far as outside the city.

the ones
Ihsou
kuriou

didonai
mallon
h

1854

ewV

kai teknoiV

3588

2962

3123

having gone forth

pantwn

eporeuomeqa
propempontwn
hmaV
sun

3754 1473

eipe
makari
on
esti
oti
autoV

taV hmeraV
exelqonteV

accomplished the days,

we went,

umin

3588

But when

1831

[3assisted

antilambanesqai
twn
3588 3056

exartisai

hmaV

de
21:5 ote

Ierosolhn

3588 2250

4862

482

3421-5037

unto Jerusalem.

1822

3956

1473

asqenountwn
mnhmoneuein
te twn logwn
tou

not to ascend

through
3753-1161

4311-1473

upedeixa

3754 3779

1519 *

4198

All things I plainly showed to you,

oti
outw
kopiwntaV
dei

said to Paul

5256

5263

20:35 panta

1223

tw Paulw
elegon
dia

3361 305

1473

egeneto

ousi
met' emou uphrethsan

3956

autai

2hands 1these].

1473

3588 *-3004

oitineV

tou pneumatoV
mh anabainein
eiV

You know yourselves,

20:34 autoi ginwskete

that
3588 5495

h
crusiou

1096

1510.6 3326

3748

1seven], the ones who

1473-1097

2532 3588

my needs,

2033

there [2days

2228

3754 3588 5532-1473

oti
taiV creiaiV
mou kai toiV

2250

autou hmeraV
epta

toiV

2228 5553

h
20:33 arguriou

3having been sanctified 1all].

847

20:33

eiV ceiraV

nation 5613-1161

191

3778

And when

we heard

these things,

wV de

1473-5037

2532

hkousamen

3588

te kai
hmeiV

entopioi

auton

1519 *

eiV

ti

4160

poieite

anabainein

5037

te

[3responded 1And

3588 *

PauloV

2Paul],

2532 4919

1473

and breaking

of my

mou
klaionteV
kai sunqruptont
eV

Why do you cause weeping

21:8 CP omits.

305

7to not 8ascend

611

2799

[5appealed

tou mh

Ierousalhm
21:13 apekriqh

6for him] unto Jerusalem.

5100

parekaloumen

3588 3361

1both we 2and 3the ones 4of that place

1473

eqnwn
3870

tauta

1786

oi

1484

3588

thn

21:14

A C T S

2588

1473-1063 3756 3440

1210

heart?

For I

to be bound, but

gar ou
kardian
egw
1519 *

2093

2192

5228

etoimwV

ecw
eiV Ierousalhm

4in 5Jerusalem
*

Ihsou

Jesus.

48

also [3to die

be purified with them,

3588

3588

having said, The will

3588

we were still,

they have been instructed

concerning

you

is nothing,

but

3326-1161

4748

2532

1473

3588

3551

5442

And after

you conform to

[4even

5yourself

2the

3law

1keeping].

1096

ginesqw

kuriou

de
21:15 meta

let it be!

we ascended

unto

episkeuasamenoi

4905-1161

anebainomen

2532

21:16 sunhlqon
de

3588

kai

eiV

3101

maqhtwn

twn

And came together also some of the disciples

4862

KaisareiaV

1473

from Caesarea

71

with us,

3579

par'

Mnaswn
i tini

744

Kupriw

kathchntai

peri

stoiceiV
4012-1161

3588

21:25 peri de

3101

2919

3367

5108

wrote,

judging

[2no

3such thing 1them to give heed to],

[3being

1And

2of our]

in

Jerusalem,

80

[3gladly

4received 5us

1the

2brethren].

asmenwV
edexanto
1966

hmaV

epioush

adelfoi

oi

1524-3588-*

5442-1473

3854

3588

[3arrived

1the 2elders].

2532 4156

3588

3588-1161

2532

782

aspasamenoV

21:19 kai

And having greeted

1538

1484

3739

1223

autou
thV diakoniaV

1392

his service.

3588 2962

80

qewreiV

4214

adelfe

1of believing Jews],

and all

3551

5224

4law

1being].

nomou
uparcousi

kai

3956

panteV

2727-1161

1510.2.6

3793

[2there are

in

4797

3588 5495

1909

2896

auton
21:28 krazonteV

hands upon him,

crying out,

oV

andreV
Israhlitai
bohqeite
out
estin

435

997

3778

1510.2.3

3588

[2zealous

3of the

Men,

Israelites,

help!

This

is

the

3588

2596

2532

3588

1473 3754

sou oti

3588

kata

2992

laou

tou

kai

3588

panta
ton

1473

kai epebalon
taV ceiraV
ep'

multitude, and they put

3956

suneceon

tou

3551

444

anqrwpoV

man,
2532

3588

nomou
kai

tou

tou

3956

3837

2all

3everywhere 1teaching]; still indeed even

3588

2596

MwusewV
touV kata

3588

ta

4among 5the

3361 4059

1485

4043

eqesi

1473

3588

peripatein

5100

21:22 ti

1163

4128

plhqoV

3767

oun

dei

4905

akousontai
gar

oti

3754

2064

for they shall hear

that

you have come.

elhluqaV

4160

3739

1473-3004

1510.2.6

do

what we tell you!

soi legomen
eisin

21:23
1473

hmin

435

eautwn

4a vow 3having] upon themselves;

Greeks

he brings

into the temple, and makes [4unclean

EllhnaV eishgagen
eiV

3588

39

5117

3778

2holy

3place

1this].

agion

ton

topon
3588 *

21:20 CP reads qeon God.

2532 2840

ieron

to

touton

21:29

kai kekoinwke

1510.7.6-1063

1722 3588

th

4172

4862

polei
sun

3543

then

they thought that [3into 4the 5temple 2brought

5064

andreV
tessareV

3754 1519

3588

eiV

2413

2795

5037

21:30 ekinhqh

1521

ieron

to

4172

PauloV

1Paul].
3650

olh
poliV

2532

kai

2entire], and

3778-3880

1096

taking these,

there became a stampede

of people. And having taken hold of

3588 *

1854

21:24 toutouV
paralabwn

egeneto

3588 2992

on

3588 *

And [4was shaken up 5indeed 1the 3city

4890

3739

autw

eishgagen
o
3588

te

1473

1with 2him], whom

3767

oti

ewrakoteV

For they were seeing

This

enomizon

3708

hsan
gar

Trophimus the Ephesian [3in 4the 5city

tou laou
sundromh
1670

tou Paulou
eilkon

21:16 CP agagonteV bringing.

3588 2413

kai

1519

Trofimon
ton Efesion
en

oun

2532

1521

There are with us [2men 1four

1438

2089 5037

didaskwn
te
eti

3778

touto

10and

sunelqein

1321

topou
toutou
pantaV
pantacou

What then

Assuredly it is necessary for a multitude to come together;

econteV
euchn
ef'

3Asia 1Jews],

3588

zhlwtai

[2in the 3customs 1to walk].

1909

thV AsiaV
Ioudaioi

2207

pantwV

2192

3588 *

apo

oi

1722 3588 2413

2532 1911

oclon

is it?

2171

3588 575

the temple, caused a tumult with all the

esti

poihson
o

4931

hmerai
sunteleisqai
1473

ai

tw ierw

3the Jews], saying not to circumcise their

191-1063

2250

epta

3588

And when [4were about 1the

having seen him

ta
pantaV
IoudaiouV
legwn
mh peritemnein
autouV

1510.2.3 3843

2033

3195

emellon

21:27 wV de

11this place

3004

3588

5613-1161

prosfora

1538

6one 5each

5117-3778

mhde toiV

4376

1520

[3was offered 4for

575

1you teach 8from 9Moses

3366

3588

autwn

5228

enoV
ekastou

proshnecqh
uper

ou

the one [4against 5the 6people 7and 8the 9law

1321

children, nor

3739 4374

ewV

hmerwn

en
qeasamenoi
auton

4012

[7defection

tekna

2193

agnismou

of the purification, while

1473

of the days

And they instruct concerning you that

apostasian
didaskeiV
apo

6nations 2all

49

tou

the fulfillment

2300

21:21 kathchqhsan
de peri

646

3956

3588

2250

diaggellwn
thn ekplhrwsin
twn

And they said

muriadeV
eisin

2532

twn pepisteukotwn

Ioudaiwn

ieron

to

3588

2036-5037

3461

posai

eiV

eishei

3588 1604

2seven 3days] to be completed, the [2from

on
te
akousanteV
edoxazon
ton kurion
eip

2334

the

1524

having been purified, he entered

1229

7of them 1the 2offering].

3588 1248-1473

nations through

*-3588-4100

5043

epoihsen

what [2did

to him, You view, O brother, how many myriads

eqnh

4160

ekaston
wn

en

3588

men

48

with them

into the temple, declaring

And they having heard, glorified the Lord.

1484

day,

435

agnisqeiV

ecomenh
hmera
sun autoiV

and all

1520

191

21:20 oi de

autw

next

3588

having taken the

1473

James;

toiV eqnesi
dia

en

4862

to

kaq'

1God] among the

1473

And the

Paul,

with us

2596

1722

qeoV

Then
2250

3880

PauloV
paralabwn
touV andraV
th

1519 3588 2413

he described according to [2one 1each]

3588 *

3956-5037

1834

3588 2316

5119

21:26 tote
2192

th de

21:18

them,

exhgeito

autouV

kai

kai porneian

1473

2532

eidwloquton

2532 4202

4314

presbuteroi

1494

to te

the blood, and what is strangled, and harlotry.

4862 1473

4245

paregenonto
oi

autouV

threin

3588-5037

fulassesqai
autouV

ei mh

3588-1161

o PauloV

proV Iakwbon

eishei
sun hmin
panteV
te

following day Paul enters

5083-1473

toiouton

epesteilamen
krinanteV
mhden

Ierosoluma

eiV

3588

hmeiV

A Riot in the Temple

1519

1473

1473

of the nations, we

1989

to aima
kai pnikton

1473

1209

1484

pepisteukotwn
eqnwn

But concerning the ones believing

3588 129

1161

780

fulasswn

except to keep themselves from both that sacrificed to idols, and

maqhth

arcaiw

hmwn

4100

twn

Pauls Arrival in Jerusalem

de

nomon

ton

alla

whom

1096

genomenwn

autoV

kai

estin
ouden

sou

1508

we should lodge, a certain Mnason, a Cypriot, [2of old 1a disciple].

21:17

and all should know that of which

3739

bringing the one with

*-5100

xenisqwmen

3844

agonteV

hmin

sun

oti
wn

kai gnwsi

thn kefalhn
panteV

235

autou hsucasamen

de

of the Lord,

3754 3739

3762-1510.2.3

having packed up,

apo

that

2532 1097-3956

1473

these days,

575

2443

them,

ina

autoiV

4012

1519

Jerusalem.

1473

for

2727

305

Ierousalhm

1909

dapanhson
ep'

they may shave the head!

1980.1

3588 2776

xurhswntai

1159

and spend

of the Lord

1473

2250-3778

hmeraV
tautaV

taV

3587

2532

kai
autoiV

2270

2962

qelhma
tou

to

1473

sun

1161

peiqomenou

3588 2307

eiponteV

kuriou

4862

agnisqhti

the name

[3not 4being persuaded 1And 2he],

2036

2962

tou onomatoV

uper
tou

3982

21:14 mh

2532 599

kai apoqanein

alla

3588 3686

1readily 2hold] for

3361

235

monon
deqhnai

not only

209

Paul,

1473

exw

auton

they drew him

2808

3588 2374

they locked

the doors.

ekleisqhsan
ai

qurai

2532 1949

kai epilabomenoi
3588 2413

tou ierou

2532 2112

kai euqewV

outside the temple; and immediately

2212-1161

1473-615

apokteinai

21:31 zhtountwn
de auton

And seeking to kill him,

P R A X E I S

210
305

5334

anebh

3588

fasiV

5506

3588

ciliarcw

tw

4686

3754 3650

3739

sugkecutai
Ierousalhm
2532

soldiers

and centurions,

3588-1161

1492

1543

3880

exauthV

2701

1909

ran down

upon them.

3588 5506

2532 3588

ton ciliarcon

5180

3588 *

beating

3588 5506

Paul.

254

1417

pepoihkwV

he is

doing.

994

3588 2351

tiV an eih

kai ti

1097

3588

gnwnai
to

3588

3793

2992

him

unto

the stairs,

1473

3195-5037

auton

aire

21:37 mellwn
te

And being about

3588 *

to be brought into the camp,

5506

1487 1832

ciliarcw

ei

commander, Is

Paul

1473

exest
i

2036

3756

Ellhnisti ginwskeiV
3588 4253

AiguptioV
o

Egyptian

686

3588 2250

su ei

who before these

days
3588 5070

led out

into the wilderness the four thousand

2036

435

3588 *

sikariwn
21:39 eipe
de

men

1473 444

[3said 1And

2Paul], I am a man

1510.2.1 *

eimi

thV KilikiaV

IoudaioV
TarseuV
ouk

3588 *

3756

I am

a Jew

of Tarsus

3739

1473

3588 *

autou o

2he],
5495

ceiri

2476

PauloV
estwV

Paul
3588

tw

2678

law

4183-1161

de
pollhV

4602

sighV

3588

he called out

in the Hebrew dialect,

prosefwnhse
th

1258

435-5037

3140

3844

presbuterion

4314

3739

par'

2532

wn

1992

epistolaV

kai

whom also letters

3588 80

1519 *

4198

eiV Damaskon
eporeuomhn

proV touV adelfouV

71

2532

axwn

3588

1566

1510.6

1210

1519

ontaV
dedemenouV
eiV

ekeise

kai touV
2443 5097

Jerusalem,
1473

22:6 egeneto
de

that they should be punished.

4198

2532 1448

And it happened

3588 *

poreuomenw
kai eggizonti

to me going

1537

2532

4012

ikanon

eme

4098-5037

191

5456

3004

e te
eip

Saul,
5100

answered,

su diwkeiV

why

1510.2.2

ei

Who are you,

1473 1473 1510.2.1 *

3588 *

me, I

the Nazarene,

eimi
proV me egw

1473 1377

5100

Saoul
Saoul
ti

apekriqhn
tiV

And I
4314

O Lord? And he said to

on

to me, Saul,

de
22:8 egw

2036-5037

kurie
3739

1473

1473-1161 611

do you persecute me?

edafoV

to

And I fell onto the ground,

a voice saying

1473-1377

flashed about
1519 3588 1475

te eiV
on
22:7 epes

fwnhV
legoushV
moi
hkousa

and I heard

4015

tou ouranou periastrayai

a light, a fit amount around me.

kai

peri

to Damascus around

3588 3772

1473

peri

4012

Damaskw

th

and approaching

2425

unto

1096-1161

ina

Ierousalhm
timwrhqwsin

indeed,

3588

moi

having received, [2to 3the 4brethren 5in 6Damascus 1I went],

fwV

de

and
1473

also the chief priest bears witness to me,

5457

1161

2532

both men

arciereuV
marturei

kai o

of the

waved

saying,

2288

andraV
te kai
fulakaV

the council of elders; by

3303

genomenhV

3004

5438

eiV

suddenly from out of the heaven

1096

Ebra+di dialektw
legwn

1519

3588 4244

dexamenoV

today;

891

1810

his hand to the people; and with a great quietness having taken place,
4377

22:5 wV

1209

shmeron

acri
qanatou

midday,

epi twn anabaqmwn

kateseise
th

standing upon the stairs,

2992

1377

5613 2532 3588 749

meshmbrian
exaifnhV
ek

moi
epitrey
on

3588 304

are

3314

[3having permitted 1And

1909

you

and

ashmou

2010

paradidouV

3588

767

21:40 epitreyantoV

all

and all

2962

people.

1510.2.5 4594

3way 1persecuted] unto death,

3860

kai pan to

me diwkeiV

2992

1473

2532 3956

commit it to my care

the

[2zealous

zhlwthV

3956

3588 3598

as

2010-1473

3588

2207

law,

nomou

tauthn
thn odon
ediwxa

women;

you

to

3778

gunaikaV

1473

4314

3551

este
kaqwV
panteV
umeiV

and delivering up unto prisons

and I beseech

to speak

2531

2532

1189-1161

lalhsai
proV ton laon

patrwou

binding

1a citizen];

2980

3971

tou

1195

4177

sou

3588

pepaideumenoV

moi

of Cilicia, [2of not 3an unmarked

deomai
de

of Gamaliel, being instructed

one who [2this

4city

polithV

feet

of God, as

4172

polewV

the

2532

anqrwpoV
PauloV
egw
men

by

andraV
touV tetrakisciliouV
twn

1161

3811

And
o

overthrew,

1519 3588 2048

de

anastatwsaV

toutwn
twn hmerwn
kai

eiV thn erhmon

exagagwn

4228

3588 2316

22:4 oV

in

3588

for leading also the ones at that place being bound

1473-1510.2.2 3588

387

1806

Sicari?

to the

3588 1161

[2not 3then 1Are you] the

3778

pro

says
1473

you?

ara

21:38 ouk

he said, You know Greek?

3588

proV se

it allowed for me to speak to

*-1097

4314

eipein

moi

3004

PauloV
legei
tw

1722

3844

uparcwn
tou qeou

1135

plhqoV

397-1161

of Cilicia, but being reared

akribeian

1being]

IoudaioV

a man, a Jew,

according to the exactness of the paternal

because of

1063 3588 4128

3588 *

195

kata

by

o
thn parembolhn

eiV

2596

desmeuwn
kai

the soldiers

anhr

eimi

indeed am

touV podaV

polei
tauth
para
Gamalihl

1223

1519 3588 3925

eisagesqai

5346

1519

[6followed 1For 2the 3multitude

142

krazon

1521

th

5259 3588 4757

4of the 5people] crying out, Take him away!

efh

1473

21:36 hkolouqei
gar to

2896

laou

tou

3588 4172-3778

5224

1909 3588 304

190

oclou

And he says, I

egeneto
epi touV anabaqmouV

the force of the multitude.

3588

71

And when he was at

thn bian
tou

rest.

this city
1161

1096

egw
men
22:3 kai fhsin

Tarsus

upo twn stratiwtwn

dia

bastazesqai
auton

3588 970

1510.2.1 435

thV KilikiaV

Tarsw
anateqrammenoV
de en

because of the tumult, he bid them to lead

it happened that he was borne

1473 3303

parescon

in

2753

941-1473

2532 5346

3930

the more they made

1722 *

safely

the camp.

3123

mallon

autoiV

being born

2532 5100

eiV
agesqai
ton qorubon
ekeleusen
auton
3753-1161

1473

he called out to them,

gegennhmenoV
en

dunamenoV
de

de
thn parembolhn
21:35 ote

4377

th

1080

1223

3588 3925

that in the

to be tied

5100 302-1510.4

804

dia

asfaleV

And hearing

and bid him

were yelling in the multitude. [2not 3being able 1And] to know

sunebh

2271

my
3754 3588

hsucian

1410

mh

1258

hear

191-1161

22:2 akousanteV
de oti

apologiaV

Hebrew dialect

And some one thing and some another

3361

627

Ebra+di dialektw
prosefwnei

243-1161-243-5100

en tw oclw

4819

3you 4now 1defense]!

de allo
ti
21:34 alloi

1722 3588 3793

ebown

3588

1210

kai epunqaneto

esti

[2to
*

[2chains 1with two], and to inquire about who he may be, and what
1510.2.3 4160

1473

2532 2753

2532 4441

alusesi
dusi

191

brethren, and fathers,

3568

soldiers,

autou kai ekeleuse

deqhnai

the commander took hold of him,

Men,
1473

4757

And having approached,

1473

epelabeto

2532 3962

4314

nun
proV umaV

1448-1161

1949

ciliarcoV

80

22:1 andreV
adelfoi kai patereV
akousat
e mou thV

autouV

epausanto
tuptonteV
ton Paulon
21:33 eggisaV
de

ceased

435

1473

kai touV stratiwtaV

And the ones beholding the commander and the

3973

Pauls Defense

paralabwn

ekatontarcouV
katedramen
ep'

idonteV

oi de

that all

Who immediately having taken

4757

stratiwtaV
kai

1824

21:32 oV

Jerusalem was in tumult.

CHAPTER 22

speirhV
oti
olh

thV

[2ascended 1a report] to the commander of the cohort,

4797-*

21:32

o
IhsouV

am

3588-1161

Jesus
4862

22:9 oi de

sun

NazwraioV

1473

1510.6

3588

emoi onteV

to

whom you persecute.

And the ones [2with 3me 1being]

3303

2532 1719

men

5457

2300

1161 5456

de

1096

eqeasanto
kai emfoboi

fwV

indeed [2a light 1saw],

3756

191

ouk
fwnhn

22:10 eipon
de

3588

2980

5100

ti

4160

poihsw

of the one speaking

2962

kurie

1473 450

to

me, Having risen up, go

proV me

anastaV

4198

1519

poreuou
eiV

to me.

3588 1161 2962

de

And I said, What shall I do, O Lord?

4314

1473

oV
moi
lalount

tou
hkousan

1but 5voice 2they did not 3hear]

2036-1161

3588

egenonto
thn

and [2thrown into fear 1became]; [4the

kurioV

2036

eipe

And the Lord said

*

2546

kakei
Damaskon

unto Damascus! and there

22:11

A C T S

1473-2980

4012

soi lalhqhsetai

3956

peri

3739

pantwn

5021

tetakta
i

wn

211

3588 2440

ta

3588

imatia

337

1473

anairountwn

twn

the garments of the ones doing away with him.

1473

4160

2036

for you

to do.

poihsai

soi
575

apo

3756

1689

And as

I did not

look at anything

wV de

22:11

3588 1391

5613-1161

eneblepon

ouk

3588 5457-1565

eipe

5496

5259

ekeinou

thV doxhV
tou fwtoV
ceiragwgoumenoV

because of the glory

3588

of that light,

4895

1473 2064

Damaskon

22:12 AnaniaV

the ones being with me, I came unto Damascus.

1161

5100

de

435

2152

anhr

tiV

2596

5259 3956

1473

according to the

law,

[2from 3the 4earth

1473-3588

said to me, O brother Saul, look up!

1519 1473

looked up on

him.

3962-1473

4400

22:14 o

of our fathers

1473 1097

3588 1342

kai idein

3588 2316

eipen

3588

twn
qeoV

And he said, The God

handpicked

2532 1492

2036

de

proeceirisat

paterwn
hmwn
o se

3588 2307-1473

gnwnai
to

you to know
2532 191

his mouth;

3708

3144

1473

martuV

3956

444

3739

4314

proV
autw

all

men

of what you have seen and heard.

3568 5100 3195

450

melleiV

2532 191

907

anastaV

your sins,

3588 3686

3588

calling upon

the name

of the Lord.

1096-1161

1473

22:17 egeneto
de

5290

1519

upostreyanti
eiV

moi

2532 4336-1473

1722 3588 2413

kai proseucomenou
mou en tw ierw

and my praying

in

1611

1473

2532 1831

Hasten

and go forth

speuson
kai exelqe
3756

1722 5034

en

tacei

Ierousalhm
1473-1722

me en

ex

2504

2036

your

2962

1473

And I said,
5439

O Lord, they
2532 1194

1the 2commander] to be led unto the

2036

3148

426

camp,

having said,

[3with whips

1Investigate

eipwn

2443 1921

mastixin
1223 3739

di'

156

3779

2438

2036

4314

imasin
eipe

3588

2532

3588 *

ekatontarcon
o

178

191-1161

3to crack the whip on]?

ekatontarcoV

518

3588

5506

aphggeile
tw

3004

ciliarcw

legwn

4160

3588 1063 444-3778

*-1510.2.3

esti
outoV
gar anqrwpoV
RwmaioV

o
poiein

what you are about to do!

for this man

4334-1161

is a Roman.

3588 5506

de
22:27 proselqwn

2036

1473

And having come forward, the commander said to him, Tell

you are a Roman?

And he said, Yes.

1360

5037

3588

5506

1473

4183

2774

because

1And

2the

3commander],

by a great

sum

1473

emou

te

egw

3483

611

22:28 apekriqh

nai

[4responded

pollou

2932

de

1acquired].

And Paul

that I

even was born to it.

kai

1080

3588 1161

5346

thn

1473-1161

de
efh
PauloV
egw

2112-3767

gegennhmai

3588

kefalaiou

[2this citizenship

know

was

efh

de

tauthn

politeian
ekthsamhn
o
2532

said, But I

868

22:29 euqewV
oun

575

apesthsan
ap'

Then immediately [4abstained 5from

3588

casting into prison and flaying against the synagogues of the ones

6him

1the ones 2being about 3to investigate him]. And the

4100

1909

5506

believing

upon you.

kai derwn
kata

pisteuontaV
epi
129

aima

1473

se

Stefanou

2blood 3of Stephen

2186

efestwV

3588

3588

4174-3778

3754 1473 1510.7.1

3588 4864

3588 1161 5346

ciliarcoV

1987

hmhn
egw

3004

lege

ciliarcoV
eipen
autw

ei
su RwmaioV

4012

3708

ora

to the commander, saying, Look to

me if

testimony concerning me.

umin

3588 1543

to me,

Ierousalhm
dioti

1473

And hearing, the centurion

came forward to report

melleiV

1Paul],
1832

exestin

akatakriton

22:26 akousaV
de

5100 3195

PauloV

5and 6uncondemned 1allowed 2for you

mastizein

proselqwn

toiV

1543

estwta

anqrwpon
Rwmaion
kai

4334

3588

4the 6standing 5centurion

3147

ti

they sounded out

they stretched him forward with the

2476

proV ton

straps, [2said 3to

2him],

2019

proeteinan
auton

And as

auton

aitian
outwV
epefwnoun

hn

22:25 wV de

thn

1473

anetazesqai

5613-1161 4385

against him.

3588

1473

fulakizwn

2596

1519

saying

oti
autoi epistantai

eipon

22:19 kagw
kurie

71

moi ei

1473 3588 3141

4him

parembolhn

ei

aera

agesqai
eiV

ciliarcoV

1473 1487 1473 *-1510.2.2

paradexonta
i sou thn marturian
peri

they will not welcome

air,

5506

1473

quickly from Jerusalem!

3858

ou

into the

3004

legont

moi
auton
a
1537

1throwing]

3925

the temple, there took place in me

and beholding him

4692

genesqai

22:18 kai idein

a change of state,

kuriou

unto Jerusalem,

1096

2532 1492

ekstasei

2962

onoma
tou

And it happened to me in returning

109

ton

[3bid

Is it [4a Roman man

1941

sou epikalesamenoV

taV amartiaV
to

3588

3588

And

kai apolousai

now, why be about to? Having arisen, be immersed and wash off
3588 266-1473

1519

1473

1487 444-*

2532 628

baptisai

906

koniorton
ballontwn
eiV

2753

2532

kai hkousaV
22:16 kai

ewrakaV

2868

kai

o
22:24 ekeleusen
auton

autw

for you will be a witness to him to

pantaV
anqrwpouV
wn

2532

imatia

1473

ek

4495

kai riptountwn

that we should know for what reason thus

the voice from out of

esh
22:15 oti

tou stomatoV
autou

de

for him

2532

autwn

his will,

ton dikaion
kai akousai
fwnhn
3754 1510.8.2

1473

ina
epignw

1537

1473

kaqhken
auton

qelhma
autou

5456

and to behold the just one, and to hear

3588 4750-1473

2440

And I the same hour

3588 1161

anebleya
eiV auton

nun ti

5610

wra

Take

2520

ou gar

[3crying out 1And 2of their], and tossing

their garments, and [2dust

2504

3756-1063

1161

me, and having stood by,

308

142

saying,

1such a one]! for it is not fit

22:23 krazontwn

ta

until this
3004

their voice,

ton toiouton

3588

kai epistaV

3778

autou acri
toutou

autwn
legonteV

thn fwnhn
aire

1473 2532 2186

proV me

makran

891

3588 5456-1473

2896

zhn

3112

eqnh
1473

And they heard him

3588 5108

thV ghV

to live.

adelfe anableyon

auth
th
Saoul
kagw

308

3588 1093

apo

3in 4Damascus

*-80

2you]!

word, and they lifted up

the [2dwelling
4314

[3unto 4nations 5far off

2532 1869

575

nomon

1484

de
22:22 hkouon

3551

ton

for I

tou logou
kai ephran

2198

having come to

e moi
eip

3588 3056

1722 *

22:13 elqwn

1Jews],

1shall send

And

1519

191-1161

se
exapostelw

3588 2730

2064

Ioudaiwn
2036

all

me, Go!
1473

22:21 kai

3754 1473

eiV
oti
poreuou
egw

proV me

1821

3588

marturoumenoV
upo pantwn
twn katoikountwn
en Damaskw

borne witness to by

1473 4198

he said to

[3Ananias

eusebhV
kata

1And 2a certain], [2man 1a pious]

3140

upo

being led by the hand by

1519 *

sunontwn
moi hlqon
eiV

twn

4314

2532

auton

it shall be told to you concerning all the things which is arranged

touV
taV sunagwgaV

2532 3753

22:20 kai ote

1632

3588

execeito

to

And when [5was poured out 1the

3144-1473

2532

4your witness],

also I myself was

sou kai
tou martur
oV

2532 4909

3588 336-1473

kai suneudokwn
th

standing by, and assenting with

1473

autoV

1510.7.1

hmhn

ciliarcoV

1161 5399

de

hn

3588

kai

3754 *-1510.2.3

2532 3754

realizing that he is a Roman, and that

1473-1210

3588-1161

dedekwV

auton

22:30 th de

3588 804

1887

1014

epaurion
boulomenoV

And the next day,

gnwnai
to

to
asfaleV

twn Ioudaiwn

ti kathgoreitai
para

guarding

to know

safely

why he is charged by

1473

575

3588 1199

3844

3588 *

the Jews,

2532 2753

2064

and bid

[3to come 1the

apo twn desmwn

kai ekeleusen

auton
elqein

22:12 CP eulabhV reverent.

he loosed him

22:12 Ald. omit en Damaskw.

arciereiV

749

3588 5100-2723

wanting

1097

elusen

22:20 CP prwtomarturoV chief-witness.

1921

he was tied up by him.

3089

22:16 i.e. delay.

2532

anetazein

auton

oti
esti kai oti
efobhqh
epignouV
RwmaioV

commander also feared,

1510.7.3

1473-426

mellonteV

5442

anairesei
autou fulasswn

his removal,

3195

autou oi

from the bonds,

2532 3650

3588 4892-1473

kai olon
to

2chief priests] and all

3588

touV

2532 2609

kai katagagwn

sunedrion
autwn

their sanhedrin;

and leading down

P R A X E I S

212
3588 *

2476

1519

ton Paulon
esthsen

Paul,

1473

autouV

eiV

he stood him among them.

444-3778

anqrwpw
toutw
ei de

1487-1161 2532

kai pneuma
elalhsen
autw

this man;

but if

also a spirit

32

23:1 atenisaV

3588

de

1096

435

eipen

andreV

said,

Men,

80

2Paul]

1473

adelfoi

3956

egw

brethren,

3588

pepoliteumai

tw

3588 2250

23:2 o

sanhedrin,

sunedriw
18

agaqh

1good]

3936

1473

parestwsin

toiV

to the ones standing beside him

5119

3588

23:3 tote

Paul
3588

mellei

2is about

1473

mouth.

2036

5180

[2to

3him

1473

tuptein

se

1said], [3to beat 4you

2316

5109

1God],

O wall being whitewashed. And you,

qeoV

stoma

to strike his

4314

2867

toice

2532

kekoniamene

1473

kai

2919

1473

2596

3588

3551

2532

do you sit down

judging

me

according to

the

law,

and

3891

2753

1473 5180

krinwn

paranomwn

keleueiV
me

acting unlawfully you bid

3936

2036

parestwteV
5346

3756

And the ones

3588 2316

80

2046

758

3588 2992-1473

3754 3588 1520 3313

1510.2.3 *

2Paul]

that the one part

is

meroV
esti

2896

3588

de

[3having known 1And

en

1161

23:6 gnouV

you shall not speak ill of.

oti
PauloV
to

of your people

1097

kakwV

2532 726

eteron

of Sadducees, and the other

435

1537

him

from out of the midst of them,

1519

3571

2186

5613-1063 1263

2036

the Lord

said, Take courage, Paul!

3588

4012

80

1473 1163

2532 1519 *

so

you must also [2in 3Rome 1testify].

outw
se dei

386

1473

brethren, I

Farisaiou

1680

peri

2532

elpidoV
kai

a son of a Pharisee; concerning hope

3498

1473 2919

anastasewV
nekrwn

and

3778-1161

krinomai

egw

a resurrection of the dead I

1473

de autou
23:7 touto

am judged.

1519 *

in

Jerusalem,

3140

A Plot to Kill Paul

1096-1161

2250

4160

And this he

5100

23:12 genomenhV
de hmeraV
poihsant
eV

And becoming day,

4963

332

3Jews]

a confederacy, devoted

Ioudaiwn
sustrofhn
3383

2068

1438

aneqematisan
eautouV

3383

4095

nor

drink until

legonteV

themselves, saying

2193-3739 615

3588 *

mh te piein
ewV

fagein
ton Paulon
ou apokteinwsi

mh te

to neither eat
1510.7.6 1161

23:13 hsan

4183

5062

pleiouV

de

they should kill

Paul.

3588

3778

tessarakonta
oi

[6were 1And 7more than 8forty

4160

tauthn

2the ones 4this

3748

4334

pepoihkoteV

thn sunwmosian
23:14 oitineV
proselqonteV

5conspiracy 3making];
3588

toiV

749

2532 3588

arciereusi
kai toiV

who

having come forward

4245

2036

332

1438

aneqematisamen
eautouV

we devoted

331

presbuteroiV
eipon
anaqemati

said, As an offering,

3367

1089

2193

ewV
geusasqai

mhdenoV

ourselves to not [2one thing 1taste]

615

3588

apokteinwmen
ton

ou

23:15 nun

Paul.

3588

1718

you

reveal yourselves to the commander with the sanhedrin,

3704

839

emfanisate

umeiV

opwV

5506

ciliarcw

tw

1473-2609

aurion

4862

katagagh

auton

3588 4892

sunedriw

sun tw

4314

1473

5613 3195

wV mellontaV

proV umaV

so that tomorrow he should lead him to

you, as

being about

1231

having said,

there became

a faction

between the

Pharisees

to determine more exactly

the things concerning him;

4253

2092-1510.2.4

2532

kai

3588

the

Sadducees,

twn

and

Saddoukaiwn

4977

escisqh

kai

and

3303

23:8 Saddoukaioi

2532

1063

Farisaiwn
4128

1the

2multitude].

plhqoV

to

[3was split
3004

3588

3361-1510.1 386

gar legousi
mh einai
anastasin

men

[2the Sadducees 3indeed 1For] say

there is no resurrection,

3366

32

3383

4151

*-1161

3670

nor

angel,

nor

spirit;

but the Pharisees acknowledge

de
mhde aggelon
mhte
pneuma
Farisaioi
3588 297

ta

amfotera

1096-1161

450

anastanteV

diemaconto

3173

megalh

kraugh

And there became [2cry

3588 1122

oi

3588

tou
grammateiV

having risen up, the scribes

1264

2906

23:9 egeneto
de

both.

3004

3313

3762

2556

3588

kai

Farisaiwn

of the Pharisees

199

3588

pro

3588 1448-1473

tou eggisai
auton

before
1473

auton

191

3588 1749

de

3588

to do away with
5207

3588

thV
uioV

79

adelfhV

3854

6of Paul] the ambush, having come

3925

518

camp,

reported it

3588 *

1519 3588

and entered

into the

23:17 proskalesamenoV

to Paul.

[3having called

PauloV

ena

1520

3588

1543

ekatontarcwn

efh

2Paul]

one

of the

centurions,

said,

1722 3588

3494-3778

in

[2this young man 1Take]

touton

neanian

520

twn

5346

3588

ton

4314

3588

5506

to

the

commander, for he has

apagage
proV ton

23:9 Ald. omits kai.

thn

4341

aphggeile

parembolhn
tw Paulw
3588

2532 1525

eiV
enedron
paragenomenoV
kai eiselqwn

Paulon
to

1And

and we,

3588 337

[7having heard 1And 2the 3son 4of the 5sister

de

1473-1161

de
autou hmeiV

etoimo
i esmen tou anelein
1161

23:16 akousaV

him.

1161

1473

peri

his approaching, are prepared

do we find

tw

4012

diaginwskein
akribesteron
ta

2147

euriskomen

kakon
en

Nothing bad

2532

1a great]. And

merouV
twn

of the part

legonteV
ouden

disputed violently, saying,

omologousi

oun

1473

3588

twn

3767

Now then

4714

stasiV

until
3568

Paulon

1096

egeneto

twn
3004

2980

lalhsantoV

3588

tineV

[4having made 1some 2of the

of which time we should kill

am a Pharisee,

Paule

kai eiV Rwmhn

marturhsai

the sanhedrin, Men,

eimi uioV

FarisaioV

emou eiV Ierousalhm

3779

of Pharisees, cried out in

4012

1473

peri

3739

2293

you testified the things concerning me

andreV

tw sunedriw
adelfoi egw

5207

And the following

kurioV
eipe
qarsei

wV gar diemarturw
ta

for as

epioush

23:11 th de

3588 2962

o
autw

night, standing by him,

autwn

3588-1161 1966

thn parembolhn

1473

nukti epistaV

1473

mesou

3588 3925

eiV

ekraxen
Farisaiwn
en
*-1510.2.1

3319

to the chief priests and to the elders,

3588-1161 2087

Saddoukaiwn
to de

1722 3588 4892

71-5037

strateuma

1473

ek
katabhnai
kai arpasai
auton

3588 4945

arconta
tou laou sou

2560

ereiV

military

2597

3754 1510.2.3

2Paul], I did not know brethren that he is

gegraptai
gar

ouk

loidoreiV

of God you revile?

chief priest; for it has been written, A ruler

3756

3058

tou qeou
1492

1125-1063

arciereuV

23:4 oi de

hdein
adelfoi oti
estin

PauloV
ouk

[3said 1And
749

tuptesqai

The chief priest

3588 *

te

4753

the

kai

3588-1161

me to be struck?

eipon
ton arcierea

5037

nomon

ton

3588 749

standing beside said,

23:5 efh

kata

me

3588

bid

su

2521

kaqh

2753

autwn
ekeleuse
to

and to lead him unto the camp.

3588 4750

PauloV
proV auton
eipe

Then
3195

1473

mh

them,

agein
te

AnaniaV
epetaxe

3361

ciliarcoV

1473

this

5180

5506

by

as far as

tuptein

autw
autou to

3588

5259

acri
2004

1161

[3a great 1And

Paul be pulled apart

o PauloV

diaspasqh
up'

to God
*

1288-3588-*

qew

tauthV

2228

[3being cautious 1the 2commander], lest

3778

But the chief priest Ananias gave orders

3588

4183

2125

891

arciereuV

de

day.

to him, or

23:10 pollhV
de

stasewV
eulabhqeiV

to go down and seize

3588 1161 749

thV hmeraV

the

[2conscience

2316

have conducted myself in public

4892

suneidhsei

in all

4176

1473

spoke

qeomacwmen

2there being] faction,

3588

4893

pash

2980

2313

4714

genomenhV

PauloV
tw

[3gazing upon 1And

2036

4151

an angel, we should not fight against God.

Paul Stands before the Sanhedrin

1161

3361

aggeloV
mh

CHAPTER 23
816

23:1

ciliarcon

2192-1063

ecei
gar

23:18

A C T S

5100

518

1473

3588 3303-3767

apaggeilai
autw

ti

something to report
1473

71

4314

him,

he brought him to

hgage
auton
1198

23:18 o

3588 5506

having called

71

neanian

4314

3young man 1to lead] to

1473

you, having

1949

5his hand

5506

2532 402

4441

2596-2398

kai anacwrhsaV
2192

is it

518

eceiV

estin o

which you have to report

4934

The Jews

agreed

oi

1473

to me?

mellonta

*-1510.2.3

esti
RwmaioV

3588 2065

1473 3704

839

you that

tomorrow

opwV
aurion

Ioudaioi
suneqento
tou erwthsa
i se

to ask

him,

having learned

And wanting

to know the reason for which

2609-1473

1519

3739

2147

on

3588 3551-1473

1but 5worthy 6of death 7or 8bonds

2192

5613

1917

1519

2Paul],

as

of a plot

against the man,

4441

4012

5100

mellonteV

199

akribesteron
punqanesqai
peri

ti

3588 435

3195

1473

moi

1824

3992

4314

epemya

Ioudaiwn
exauthV

Jews,
3588

2725

3004

3588

by them;

the

accusers

to say

the things against him

autou

You

then

should not

oun

su

23:21

him.
1748-1063

peisqhV

mh

1473

enedreuousi
gar

3982

1537

435

4183

3men

1more than

andreV
autwn
pleiouV

auton
ex

for they lie in wait for him,

autoiV

be persuaded

1473

[4of 5them

5062

3748

332

1438

2forty],

who

devoted

themselves to neither

tessarakonta
2068

3383

oitineV

4095

aneqematisan

2193

3739

nor

1473

2532

him;

and now they are ready, waiting

1473

2092-1510.2.6

1860

epaggelian

sou

3588 3494

3853

ton neanian

3367

paraggeilaV

apeluse

1718

tauta

4314

1519

through the night

5290

that

having entered into

Caesarea,

to the governor, presented

2232

1417

5100

two

certain

1543

2036

2090

centurions,

he said, Prepare

3704

4198

that

opwV

duo

3588

tinaV

twn

4757

1250

[2soldiers

1two hundred],

etoimasate
stratiwtaV
diakosiouV

poreuqwsin

2193

ewV

2532

they should go

unto

Caesarea,

and

KaisareiaV

2460

[2horsemen

1440

2532 1187

1250

1seventy],

and [2spearmen

1two hundred], from the third

ebdomhkonta
kai dexiolabouV
diakosiouV
5610

3588

3571

hour

of the

night;

2443

1913-3588-*

that

Paul setting upon one,

wraV

ina

thV

nuktoV

Fhlika

Felix

3588

ton

the

4023

2232

hgemona

periecousan
ton

containing
tw

2903

3936

[3beasts

1and

2present],

kthnh

kratistw

te

hgemoni

Fhliki

to the most excellent governor Felix,

jurisdiction he is,

Claudius

Lysias

Hail!

esti

3754

575

oti

kai puqomenoV

apo

and having ascertained that he is from

1251

Cilicia;

I will hold a hearing for you, said he, whenever also

oi

1473

sou

5346

3752

efh

2532

otan

kai

3854

2753-5037

1473

1722 3588

should come.

And he bid him

[2in 3the

en
kathgoro
i sou paragenwntai
ekeleus
e te auton

your accusers
4232

tw

5442

Hrwdou

praitwriw

fulassesqai

4praetorium 5of Herod 1to be kept].

CHAPTER 24
Paul Appears before Felix
24:1
749

cairein

1537

kai eperwthsaV
ek

1510.2.3 2532 4441

KilikiaV
23:35 diakousoma
i

1a letter]

5463

2532 1905

to

23:26 KlaudioV
LusiaV

this impression.

1885

what

poiaV
eparciaV

epistolhn

having [2written

tupon
touton

4169

1992

grayaV

to him.

hgemwn

Paul

[4having read it 1And 2the 3governor], and having asked of

proV

they should deliver him

23:25

1473

also

4314

diaswswsi
1125

2532 3588 *

3588 2232

de

parasthsai

1295

5179-3778

2232

trithV

5037

governor;
3588

apo

5154

2934

epibibasanteV
ton Paulon

3588

23:24

575

3936

1161

3588 2725-1473

ippeiV

kai

thn

hgemoni
paresthsan
kai ton Paulon
autw

23:34 anagnouV

having called on

3588

and having delivered the

3588

proskalesamenoV

ekatontarcwn
eipen

The ones who

2532 325

letter

4341

23:33 oitineV

thn Kaisareian
kai anadonteV

eiV

tw
epistolhn

1473

with him,
3748

thn parembolhn

1992

And

kai

4862

poreuesqai
sun autw

3588 3925

me.

2532

And the

4198

horsemen to go

1519 3588 *

314

23:23

Antipatris.
2460

1473

Paul Led to Caesarea

23:32 th de

and they returned unto the camp.

eiselqonteV

led him
3588-1161

thn Antipatrida

touV ippeiV

eiV

71

Paul,

3588 *

3588

1519

upestreyan

to

3588 *

unto

epaurion
easanteV

3588

hgagon
analabonteV
ton Paulon

eiV
thV nuktoV

1525

enefanisaV
proV me

these things were revealed to

3588 3571

3754

oti
eklalhsai

the young man, exhorting, saying, [2to no one 1Divulge]

3778

353

autoiV

they allowed the

1583

mhdeni

1473

next day

630

sou

unto you.

according to the thing

soldiers then,

[2from

commander dismissed

ciliarcoV

epi
auton

proV

oun stratiwtai
kata

1439

5506

1473

The

1887

Then the

also

1909

2596

575

3588-3303-3767

23:22 o men oun

3you 1a promise].

3588

prosdecomenoi
thn apo

1473

being set in order for them, having taken

dia

4327

etoimo
i eisi

nun

you, exhorting
4314

3588-3303 3767-4757

23:31 oi men

Be in health!

1223

drink until of which time they should do away with

3568

errwso

diatetagmenon

anelwsin

eat

4517

1299

mhte

337

mhte

ewV
fagein
piein
ou

auton
kai

3383

eautouV

immediately I sent forth to

toiV kathgoroiV
legein
ta

the
2532

paraggeilaV
kai

1473

3361

3588

by

1473 3853

proV se

1473

3767

5259

esesqai
upo twn

being about to be

being about something to more exactly inquire about concerning

1473

desmwn

1510.9

ton andra
mellein

eiV
epiboulhV

2228 1199

qanatou
h

And having been indicated to me

1you should lead

3195

2288

23:30 mhnuqeishV
de

2609

wV

514

axion
3377-1161

econta

4indictment 2having].

5sanhedrin

Paulon

zhthmatwn

[3no

4892

ton

2213

concerning matters

1161

4the

katagaghV

their sanhedrin;

peri

3367

de
tou nomou
autwn
mhden

of their law,

sunedrion
autwn

to

4012

egkaloumenon

3588

sunedrion

1223 3739

3588 4892-1473

unto

1458

euron

[3unto

to

3588 156

that

1097

kathgagon

eiV
autw
auton

1462

3754

oti

maqwn

1014-1161

1519

eiV

3588

1473

egklhma

sun

I rescued

auton

whom I found to be accused

And he said that,

attending with

3129

they accused him, I led him down

3754

them,

autwn
epistaV

up'

2the

oti

4862

1473

1458

23:29

and

2186

di' hn
23:28 boulomenoV
de gnwnai
thn aitian

he is a Roman.

enekaloun

kai

1473

1807

exeilomhn

2532

Ioudaiwn

twn

5259

anaireisqai

strateumati

tw

What

de
23:20 eipe

337

3588

5100

2036-1161

i moi
apaggeila

3588 *

military,

epunqaneto

kat' idian
ti

3commander], and having withdrawn in private inquired,

1510.2.3 3739

the

autou o
thV ceiroV

[4having taken hold of 1And

ciliarcoV

4753

lalhsa
i

to you.

Jews,

3588

2980

3588 5495-1473

de

the

being about to be done away with by

something to say

1161

23:19 epilabomenoV

soi

5100

3588

by

upo

3588

hrwthse
touton
ton

2192

5259

having been seized

sullhfqenta

The

3778

ti
econt
a

4815

This man
3195

me, asked me [2this

1473

proV se
agagein

435-3778

andra
touton

3588

o
kai fhsin

1473 2065

me
desmioV
PauloV
proskalesamen
oV
3494

2532 5346

the commander, and says,

4341

prisoner Paul

paralabwn

Then indeed having taken

proV ton ciliarcon

3880

men oun

to him!

213

23:27

3588

ton

3326-1161

4002

2250

2597

And after

five

days

there came down

de
meta
*

pente
3326

hmeraV

3588 4245

3588

katebh

the

2532 4489

AnaniaV

twn presbuterwn

arciereuV
meta
kai rhtoroV

chief priest Ananias with the elders,

*-5100

Tertullou
tinoV

3748

1718

oitineV
enefanisan

a certain Tertullus, who

and a rhetorician,
3588

tw

2232

hgemoni

revealed themselves to the governor

P R A X E I S

214
2596

3588

kata

2564-1161

tou Paulou

against
756

1473

24:2 klhqentoV
de

Paul.

autou

And having been called, [2himself

2723

3588 *

3004

4183

1515

o
hrxato
kathgorein

eirhnhV

TertulloV
legwn
pollhV

3began 4to charge

1Tertullus], saying, Great

5177

1223

1473 2532 2735

tugcanonteV
dia
1223

3839-5037

thV shV pronoiaV

this nation because of

588

2532

24:3 panth
te

your forethought,

kai

both totally and

2903

pantacou apodecomeqa

tw

are happening to

3588 4674 4307

eqnei
toutw
dia
3837

3588

sou kai katorqwmatwn

ginomenwn

is happening through you, and great feats

1484-3778

peace

1096

kratiste

3326

3956

pashV
Fhlix
meta

3793

4172

polin
3739

1465

3870

egkoptw

191-1473

1473

akousa

parakalw
i se

1I 3hinder], I appeal
1932

for you to hear us

2147-1063

epieikeia

3588 4674

so suddenly in

3588 435-3778

3061

For having found

this man

4714

3956

and moving

insurrection among all the Jews

3588 3611

3588 *

pasi

4414-5037

thn oikoumenhn

3588

3739 2532 3588

airesewV

24:6 oV

1sect];
3739

Nazwraiwn

3985

ieron

epeirase

2532 2596

kai ekrathsamen
kai kata

whom also we seized,

2309

bebhlwsai

2919

we wanted

to judge.

5506

3551

our

law

ton hmeteron
nomon

3928

1161

24:7 parelqwn
970

polhV

1537

3588

LusiaV
o

3588 5495-1473

biaV
ek

hmwn

twn ceirwn

4commander] with a great force [2from out of

520

de

[5having come by 1But 2Lysias 3the

4183

ciliarcoV

3588 2251

and according to

hqelhsamen
krinai

2753

3588

3our hands

2725-1473

2064

his accusers

to come;

24:8 keleusaV
touV kathgorouV
autou ercesqai

aphgage

1took him],
3844

953

who also [3the 4temple 1attempted 2to profane],

2532 2902

on

twn

of the [2of the 3Nazarenes

2413

kai to

in

3588

prwtostathn
te thV

the habitable world, and front rank

139

3588 2596

3739

bidding
1410

1473

dunhsh

par' ou

350

4012

anakrinaV

autoV

3779

I serve

to the paternal

3004

139

legousin
airesin
4100

God, believing

2532 3588

profhtaiV

and to the things [2in the prophets

1680

24:15 elpida

2192

1519 3588 2316

ecwn

3778

4327

God;

386

3195

prosdecontai
anastasin

which also they themselves wait for

1342-5037

mellein

a resurrection about

1510.9

3498

2532 94

to be

of the dead, both of just and unjust.

1722-3778-1161

te kai adikwn

dikaiwn

24:16 en toutw
de

And in this

677

askw

autoV

ton qeon

eiV

[2a hope 1having] in

kai autoi outoi

1473-778

in all things

4396

ton nomon
kai toiV

esesqai
nekrwn

a sect,
3956

pisteuwn
pasi

4893

aproskoton

suneidhsin

I discipline myself, not causing anyone to stumble, [2a conscience

2192

4314

ecwn

3588 2316

1223

1161

etwn
1519

poihswn

4183

3588

eiV

to

1484-1473

[2charity

4376

kai prosforaV

1722

24:18 en

3761

3326

in

2351

ierw

tw

3756 3326

575

apo

3588 *

thV AsiaV

with a tumult. But certain [2from

3739

1163

24:19 ouV

dei

1909

1473

epi

meta

ou

the temple, not with

5100-1161

qorubou

de
oude meta
tineV

a multitude, nor

in

1722 3588 2413

hgnismenon
en

me

which they found me purified

3793

I came
2532

eqnoV
mou

1473 48

on

eur

oclou

1654

my nation, and offerings;

2147

oiV

continually.

3854

pleionwn
paregenomhn
elehmosunaV

de

1offering] to
3739

1275

men

[2after 4years 1And 3more]

4160

444

God and

2094

24:17 di'

2532 3588

kai touV anqrwpouV

pantoV

ton qeon
dia

proV

1having] towards

sou

3Asia

3918

pareinai

2532

kai

whom must [2before 3you 1be at hand], and

1536

2192

ecoien

ei ti
kathgorein

to charge,

4314

1473

proV

me

2228

24:20 h

if anything they may have against me;

and

1473

4902.4

him.

[5joined in making an attack 1And 2also 3the 4Jews],

[2these 3themselves 1let] speak! if

they found anything in

5335

3778

1473

92

1909

me

for an offence, with my standing before the

autou 24:9 sunepeqento

de

3779

2192

maintaining these things thus

3588 *

3506

24:10 apekriqh

to suffice.

1473

PauloV
neusantoV
autw

Ioudaioi

kai oi
611

ecein
outwV

faskonteV
tauta

3588 *

3739

2316

3588 3551

2532 1473

these things, to realize

accuse

o
tout

But I acknowledge this

patrww
qew

1having been written],

all

2532

3778

de
24:14 omologw

3971

gegrammenoiV

2723

1161

peri

3670

3588

1125

3739

what we

4012

dunantai

hn
thn odon

according to the law

3778

kathgoroumen

hmeiV

kata

toiV kata

3956

epignwnai
wn

2596

2596

1Jews],

pantwn
toutwn

1473

3000

Ioudaioi

2723

[2to render proof 1are they able] concerning

outw
latreuw
tw

having questioned, concerning

1473

nor

3588 3598

3754

from whom you will be able, he

1921

1410

to you, that according to the way, which they call

peri

the

3936

2723

oti

soi

hn

toiV IoudaioiV
toiV kata

3588

in

3777

i mou
nun kathgorous

3739

mischievous,

2532 2795

kai kinounta
stasin

your

touton
ton andra
loimon

24:5 euronteV
gar

clemency.

4935

suntomwV

hmwn
th sh

2596

nor

1473

But so that [2should not 4upon 6much more 5you

se

3777

synagogues,

me.

thankfulness.

mh

the

which now they charge

3588

1473

pleion

3568

wn

so

4183

epi

4864

oute

thn
taiV sunagwgaiV
kata

en

24:13 oute
parasthsai

city;

2443-1161

1909

1722 3588

oute

of a multitude, neither in

2169

3361

3777

oclou

everywhere we receive it gladly, most excellent Felix, with all

eucaristiaV
24:4 ina de

24:2

3588

1161

de

[3responded 1And

2232

3004

hgemonoV
legein

tou

1473

2094

For many

years you being judge to

1510.6-1473 2923

etwn
onta
se
ek pollwn
2115

euqumoteron

3588

3588 1484-3778

4012

this nation; knowing this,

1683

peri

ta

1097

626

emautou apologoumai

more cheerfully the things concerning myself

1410-1473

1987

tw eqnei

toutw
krithn
epistamenoV

3754 3756

I make a defense.

4183

oti
24:11 dunamenou
sou gnwnai
ou

1510.2.6

pleiouV

eisi

2228

2250

1177

575

af'
hmerai
dekaduo

moi

6to me 5days
1519 *

eiV Ierousalhm
me

5100

proV tina

305

anebhn

hV

2532 3777

1722 3588 2413

24:12 kai oute

into Jerusalem,
1473 4314

3739

4352

proskunhswn

4twelve] from which I ascended to do obeisance

en

and neither in
1256

or

2147

on

eur

the temple did they find

2228 1999

dialegomenon
h

me with anyone reasoning,

tw ierw

4160

episustasin
poiounta

2476

stantoV
mou

en

5100-2147

1722

ti euron

en
3588

epi

1520-3778

peri

1722

estwV

tou

3754 4012

oti
autoiV

sanhedrin;

3739

voice

which I cried out

386

peri

sunedriou

5456

tauthV

hV
miaV
fwnhV

1473

4892

2896

ekraxa
3498

anastasewV
nekrwn

standing among them, that, Concerning a resurrection of the dead

1473 2919

4594

5259 1473

191-1161

3778

by you.

And hearing these things,

krinomai

egw
shmeron
up' umwn
24:22 akousaV
de tauta

am judged today

3588 *

306

1473

199

1492

more exactly

knowing the things

akribesteron

Fhlix
anebaleto
autouV
eidwV

Felix
4012

postponed them,
3588 3598 2036

peri

thV odou eipwn

3752

otan

3588

ta

3588 5506

o
LusiaV

ciliarcoV

concerning the way, having said, Whenever Lysias the commander

2597

1231

3588

2596-1473

should come down,

I will determine

the things

as to you.

katabh

diagnwsomai

1299-5037

te
24:23 diataxamen
oV

kaq' umaV

ta

3588

1543

5083

ekatontarch
threisqai

tw

And having given orders to the centurion

3588

ton

to you.

2476-1473

other than concerning this one

[2a conspiracy 1causing]

24:7 CP adds afeileto kai proV se apesteile removed and sent

1487

eipatwsan
ei

4012

24:21 h

You being able to know that [2not 3more than 1there were
1473

2036

outoi

emoi adikhma

2Paul], [3nodding 4to him 1of the 2governor] to speak, saying,

1537 4183

3778

autoi

2192-5037

to keep

Paulon

ecein
te

anesin

425

2532

3367

Paul,

and to let him have

relaxation,

and

for no one

kai

mhdena

24:24

A C T S

2967

3588-2398-1473

5256

2228 4334

to assist

or to come forward to him.

autou uphretein
h
kwluein
twn idiwn

to restrain his own people

4782

1304-1161

3854-3588-*

4862

435-3778

2723

1473

Felix having come

with

this man,

let them accuse

him.

3588 1135-1473

paragenomenoV
o Fhlix

1510.6 *

sun

3343

3588

Drusilla

his wife,

being Jewish, he fetched

2532 191

1473

Paul,

and he heard him

4012

3588 1519 5547

Paulon
kai hkousen
autou peri

concerning the [2in 3Christ

1473

1343

2532 3588 2917

dikaiosunhV

3588 3195

eiV

econ

3335

but a time for sharing

260-1161

2532 1679

de
24:26 ama
5259 3588 *

3704

Paul,

3089

4437

to nun

1325

1473

elabe

caritaV

3588 *

IoudaioiV
o

toiV

2641

3588 *

Fhlix
katelipe
ton Paulon

Felix left

Paul

5100

IoudaioiV
qelwn

4012

3588

3326

eparcia

th

25:2

enefanisan

oi

the

meta

foremost men

of the

Paul,

3chief priest]

1473

tou

the things against

1473

154

auton

5484

25:3 aitoumenoi
carin

asking

3704

3343

that

he should fetch him

1473

1519

against him,
1747

enedran

4160

poiounteV

337

Ierousalhm

unto Jerusalem,
1473

anelein

a favor
*

eiV

autou opwV
metapemyhtai
auton

kat'

2596

3588 3598

611

5083-3588-*

Then

Festus

responded

for Paul to be kept

1722

1438-1161

3195

in

Caesarea,

but he himself

was about

en

Kaisareia

1607

ekporeuesqai

go forth.

FhstoV

apekriqh

de
eauton
3588

25:5 oi

305

2919

toutwn

1563

Ierosoluma
anabaV

eiV

1909 1473

krinesqai

ekei
2036

ep' emou

25:10 eipe

3588 *

1909

3588 968

PauloV
epi

[3said
2476-1510.2.1

eimi
tou bhmatoV
KaisaroV
estwV

2Paul], Unto the rostrum

1473-1163

of Caesar I am standing,

2919

krinesqai

me dei

3762

IoudaiouV
ouden

I did no

91

5613 2532 1473 2573

1921

1487 3303

wrong,

as

realize.

[2if 3indeed

1063

also you well

91

2532 514

2288

kai axion

gar adikw

4238

men

5100

qanatou
peprac
a

ti

1For] I do wrong, and [3worthy 4of death 1have acted 2in anything],
3756

3868

3588 599

paraitoumai
to

ou

I do not ask pardon

3739

3778

1487-1161 3762-1510.2.3

ei de
apoqanein

to die;

2723

estin
ouden

but if

1473 3762

there is nothing

1473

1410

me
outoi
kathgorousi
mou oudeiV

wn

of which they charge

*

1941

2grant].

To Caesar I call upon.

carisasqai
Kaisara
epikaloumai
4814

3326

sullalhsaV

1473

dunatai
autoiV

me, no one [3me 1can

5483

5119

4to them
3588 *

25:12 tote
o

FhstoV

Then

3588 4824

Festus

611

tou sumbouliou

meta
apekriqh
Kaisara

conversing together with the council

1941

1909 *

epikeklhsai

responded, To Caesar

4198

epi Kaisara
poreush

you have called upon, unto Caesar

you shall go.

1722

mellein
3767 1415

Bernice and Agrippa

threisqai
ton Paulon
en
1722

oun dunatoi en

5034

2250

1161

[3days

1And 4having elapsed 2some], Agrippa

25:13 hmerwn
de

1230

diagenomenwn

tacei

3588

935

2532

to quickly

the

king

and Bernice

1473

5346

basileuV
kai

fhsi
umin

The ones then mighty among you, says he,

24:24 CP adds Ihsoun Jesus.

1519

along the way.

3588-3303-3767

o men oun

3588

tw
carin
kataqesqai
apokriqeiV

kata
thn odon

auton

[2an ambush 1while making] to do away with him

25:4

and
3588

kata

and they appealed to him,

2596

kai

2596

Jews

2532 3870

2532

arciereuV

2the

Ioudaiwn

Paulou
kai parekaloun

749

twn

KaisareiaV

from Caesarea.

3588

5to him

3588

prwtoi

Ierosoluma
apo

autw

1And

4413

575

1473

de

[4revealed
3588

ascended unto Jerusalem

1161

611

hdikhsa
wV kai su kallion
epiginwskeiV
25:11 ei

1885

Then Festus, having set foot in the jurisdiction, after

1718

FhstoV
de

And Festus,

2698

of which it is necessary for me to be judged. To Jews

Paul Appears before Festus

eiV

5484

1wanting 3favor 2to lay down], responding to

3778

peri

ou

CHAPTER 25

three days

3588 *-1161

25:9 o

said, Are you willing [2unto 3Jerusalem 1to ascend 7there

3739

hmeraV

treiV
anebh

2309

oute

temple, nor

Paul,

1And

1519

264

3777

ieron

to

2036 2309

bound.

305

3588 2413

in anything I sinned.

qeleiV

Paulw
eipe

de

2250

against the

1161

1910

eiV

8concerning 9these things 4to be judged 5by 6me]?

dedemenon

25:1 FhstoV
oun epibaV

1519

nor

hmarton

ti
Kaisar
a

[4with the 5Jews

1210

*-3767

1519

oute

3777

Ioudaiwn
oute
eiV

toiV

5484

against Caesar
3588

3754 3777

oti

while of his pleading, saying that, Neither against

law

eiV

2983

2309-5037

to be laid away with the Jews,

626-1473

ton nomon
twn
1519

autw

2480

iscuon

ouk

of the Jews,

1Felix], Porcius Festus. And wanting favors

3588

kataqesqai

3756

3588

Fhlix
Porkion
Fhston
qelwn
te

3as a successor
2698

which they were not able

the

he consorted with him.

3739

Paul,

3588 3551

plhrwqeishV

tou Paulou
a

1352

kai

aitiwmata

with many and grievous accusations

25:8 apologoumenou
autou

2532

159.1

kai barea

apodeixai
to exhibit,

4137

3588 *

diadocon

3588

feronteV
kata

Ierosolumwn

2532 926

shall be given

And a space of two years having been fulfilled, [2received

1240

oi
4183

2having come down 1Jews],

584

apo

polla

Ioudaioi

against

3656

de
24:27 dietiaV

katabebhkoteV
2596

metapempomenoV

auton
wmilei

1333-1161

bringing

dio
auton

more frequently fetching him,

[3being come
4Jerusalem

so that he should loose him; therefore also

1473-3343

puknoteron

paragenomenou
*

de

periesthsan

5342

1473

3854

25:7

[3from

autou

I will call you back.

3754 5536

acqhnai

the

oti
kai elpizwn
crhmata
doqhsetai

to him by

to be led in.

3333-1473

But at the same time also hoping that things

upo tou Paulou

opwV
autw
lush

71

Paul

tou bhmatoV

there stood around

de metalabwn

poreuou
kairon
metakalesoma
i se

it suffices, go!

3588 968

epi

2he],

1Felix] responded, For now

2540-1161

1909

575

2597

4198

having sat upon the rostrum,

3588

3588-3568

2192

2523

the next day

4026

611

apekriqh

2than 3ten], having gone down

1473

1719

Fhlix

1more

epaurion
kaqisaV

Paulon

ton

2597

deka
katabaV

1161

1And

genomenoV
o

3588

he bid

to be,

[3thrown into fear 2becoming

1176

3588 1887

Kaisareian
th

ekeleuse

about

emfoboV

[4days

2753

and self-control, and the judgment

3588 *

2228

1510.9

kai egkrateiaV
kai tou krimatoV
tou mellontoV
esesqai
1096

And having spent time

4183

hmeraV

autoiV
pleiouV
h

en

unto Caesarea,

1And 2of his] concerning righteousness,

peri

2250

1belief].

1161

2532 1466

4012

1473

1519

[3reasoning

autou

1722

among them

1256

24:25 dialegomenou
de

tw

andri toutw
kathgoreitwsan
autou 25:6 diatriyaV
de

4102

pistewV

thV eiV criston

en

out of place in

some days,

hmeraV
tinaV

1722 3588

atopon

estin

2250-5100

metepemyato

Drousillh
th gunaiki autou oush
Ioudaia
ton

5140

1510.2.3 824

ei ti

having gone down too, if anything is

And after
*

1473

1536

sugkatabanteV

3326-1161

de
meta

24:24

1473

prosercesqai
autw

215

25:6 CP oktw eight.

25:7 i.e. prove.

5100

tinwn

AgrippaV

2658

1519

arrived

at

Caesarea,

Bernikh
kathnthsan
eiV

Kaisareian

P R A X E I S

216
782

3588 *

5613-1161

aspasomenoi
ton Fhston

saluting
1304

1563

dietribon

3588

kata

Festus

394

the king

presented the things

435

ta

Paul,

saying, [3man 2a certain 1There is]

anhr

1510.2.3

tiV

2641

5259

1198

being left

by

Felix,

a prisoner;

esti

kataleleimmenoV
upo FhlikoV
desmioV

1718

3588

whom

on my being

in

Jerusalem,

[8revealed

1the

749

2532

arciereiV

kai

2chief priests

4245

3588

4the

5elders

6of the

1473

1349

presbuteroi

154

2596

asking for

[2against 3him

aitoumenoi
kat'
611

3754

oti
apekriqhn
444

any

man

oi

Ioudaiwn

twn

autou dikhn

7Jews],

3756-1510.2.3 1485

4250

for

destruction, before the practice the one

apwleian

2228

prin

3588

3588

2596-4383

2192

being accused

[4face to face

1may have 2the 3accusers],

5117-5037

627

topon
te

2983

2725

touV kathgorouV

4012

laboi

apologiaV

tou egklhmatoV

and [2a place 3of defense 1may receive] concerning the indictment.
4905

3767

1473

25:17 sunelqontwn
oun

1759

311

4160

3588

1836

poihsamenoV
th

2making],

[3delay

2523

exhV

kaqisaV

in the next day having seated at

2753

71

3588

I bid

[3to be led in 1the 2man];

ekeleusa
acqhnai
2476

3588

staqenteV

435

andra

ton
2725

25:18 peri

on

3762

156

5282-1473

upenooun
egw

thV

their

2398

2213

4012

they had

2348

auton

against

3739

639

1161

25:20 aporoumenoV

zhn

to be alive.

de

2962

1487

1014

this

inquiry,

said,

Shall he be willing to go

2546

Ierousalhm
3588

2919

kakei

Jerusalem,

bouloito

krinesqai

4198

25:21 tou de

1941

Paulou
epikalesamenou

But Paul,

unto
3778

toutwn
5083

thrhqhnai
auton

2753

5083

1473

for the

I bid

to keep

him

3739

804-5100

Concerning

whom

[2anything safe

1063

kat'

*-1161

444

191

anqrwpou
akousai

myself [2the 3man

191

akoush

1473

autou

3588-1161

o de

2532

eboulomhn
kai
839

aurion

also
5346

fhsin

1to hear]. And the morrow, he says,

3588-3767

25:23 th oun

you shall hear him.

1887

2064

epaurion
elqontoV

Then in the next day

1380

grayai

3992

dokei

1198

pemponta

1473

156

desmion

4591

autou aitiaV

shmanai

[4having come

4314

3588 *

5346

3Paul

2010

for you

[2for yourself

1to speak].

Then

soi uper

seautou

626

legein

1614

apelogeito

3588

tote

Paul
26:2 peri

made a defense, having stretched out the hand.

3739

1458

all

of which I am accused by

pantwn
wn
2233

epi

Concerning

935

egkaloumai
upo Ioudaiwn
basileu Agrippa

1683

3107

myself

blessed

emauton

1473

5259 *

PauloV

4012

thn ceira

3956

3588 5495

ekteinaV

epitrepeta
i

1said], It is permitted
5119

4594

sou shmeron

the Jews, O king

3195

makarion

apologeisqai

being about

26:3 malista

Agrippa,

626

mellwn

3122

unto you today;

to make a defense

1109

1510.6

gnwsthn

onta

3588

2596

1485-5037

of all

the things

among

the Jews

of both customs

pantwn

kata

twn

2213

1352

zhthmatwn
dio

matters.
1473

me.

1189

IoudaiouV

deoma
i

1473

se

2532

te
eqwn
3116

kai

and

191

sou makroqumwV
akousa
i

Therefore I beseech you

26:4

1473

especially [3a diviner 2being 1you]

3956

mou

25:16 CP ecei he has.

1473

3004

1909

tou

thV

1125

ti

4572

I esteem

3588

5100

scw

1473-5228

Caesar.

autoV

2192

And Agrippa [2to

Kaisara

1473

3588

Agrippa, so that the

efh
26:1 AgrippaV
de proV ton Paulon

3Festus 1said], I wanted

unto

3704

CHAPTER 26

to

And Agrippa [2to

935

opwV
sou basileu Agrippa

gar moi
2596

mh kai taV

4314

1014

1909

him

[3illogical 1For 4to me 2it seems] to send forth a prisoner,

I should send him forth

5346

1473

3to write

1473

ef'
prohgagon
auton

1I have not]. Therefore I led

1096

3992-1473

3588 *

grayai

examination having taken place, I should have something to write.

of which time

4314

1125

4254

dio

anakrisewV
genomenhV

3739
*-1161

1352

and especially unto you, O king

until

efh
25:22 AgrippaV
de proV ton Fhston

pempein

ti
asfaleV

ou

1909

3992

Augustus, I judged to send

you,

2193

proV

2919

ekrina
ton Sebaston

4012

kai malista

umwn
epi

hghmai

pemyw
auton

de

Pauls Defense before Agrippa

eiV thn tou Sebastou diagnwsin

ekeleusa
threisqai
auton
ou

3588 *

and

1519 3588 3588 *-1233

ewV

1161

autou

and not [2the 4against 5him 3accusations 1signifying].

having called upon himself to be kept

inquiry of Augustus,

1473

kai

3361-2532 3588

and there to be judged concerning these things?

1161

2532

2to have done], [3also 4himself 1and

2532 3122

1519

peri

mh dein

having perceived [3nothing

1473

poreuesqai
eiV

4012

And I

3756-2192

4to my 5lord

concerning

3004

3361-1163

3367

4238

ouk ecw

kuriw

thn peri
egw

2214

elegon
toutou
zhthsin
ei

yelling aloud [2must not

peri

25:26

moi

interceded with me

and here,

epikalesamenou

auton

1473

1916

2this one] having called upon

1473 3588 4012

3778

1793

Ioudaiwn
enetuc
on

2532 1759

1473

5335-3588-*

[3being perplexed 1And 2I]

peri

de katalabomenoV

25:25 egw
mhden

concerning a certain Jesus having died, whom Paul maintained

2198

twn

1941

toutou

tw

4012

2532

kai

him,

3778

1473-1161 2638

efasken
o PauloV

Ihsou teqnhkotoV
on

tinoV

1473

proV

2334

pepracenai

qanatou
auton

25:27 alogon

peri

the

any longer.

2288

249

4012

tina

4314

eicon

reverence of God
5100

peri

2192

deisidaimoniaV

own

1161 5100

and all

3588

4worthy 5of death 1he

[3matters 1but 2certain] concerning

1175

idiaV

epeferon

3accusation 1brought]

25:19 zhthmata
de

3371

351

2018

kathgoroi
oudemian
aitian

oi

which I suspected;
3588

ou

concerning whom,

[3standing up 1the 2accusers], [2no

3739

3739

3588

O king Agrippa,

IerosolumoiV
kai enqade
epibownteV

3live 1he]

axion

3588

the rostrum,

2532 3956

the multitude of the Jews

*

both Jerusalem

1not

4012

Paul was led in.

*-935

1men], you view this one concerning

plhqoV

pan to
te

him.

epi tou bhmatoV

ousi

prominence being
71-3588-*

435

3588 4128

in

1473

1909 3588 968

toiV
1510.6

andreV

hmin
qewreite
touton

en

3367

enqade

mhdemian

autwn
anabolhn

[3having come 1Then 2they] here,

ou

3778

3588 1462

peri

3956

514

2723

proswpon

ecoi
kathgoroumenoV
kata

1473

mhketi

zhn auton

3588

te

exochn

kat'

2753-3588-*

[2being present with 3us

2198 1473

684

5037

1851

the ones of

5346-3588-*

1722 5037

carizesqa
i

2596

and Festus having bid,

sumparonteV

whom all

5483

2532

4840

whom

RwmaioiV

with both the

3588

And Festus says,

To

1519

tina anqrwpon
eiV

2532

3739

the custom with Romans to grant

auditorium,

25:24 kai fhsin o FhstoV

Agrippa
basileu kai panteV
oi

3739

eqoV
ouk estin

4862

hcqh
o PauloV
polewV
kai keleusantoV
tou Fhstou

4314

25:16 proV ouV

1punishment].

I answered that, It is not

5100

enefanisan

3588

oi

3and

Ierosoluma

435

visible display,

201

kai andrasi
toiV

4172

5325

akroathrion
sun

to

commanders, and men,

of the city,

eiV

ciliarcoiV
thV

1519

genomenou
mou

3588

eiV

2532

3588

1096-1473

ou

1519

eiselqontwn

5506

4183

3Bernice] with much

and having entered into the

concerning

3739

3326

pollhV
fantasiaV

thV BernikhV
meta

1525

4012

25:15 peri

3588 *

1Agrippa 2and
kai

3004

2532

tou Agrippa
kai
2532

Paulon
legwn

ton

relating to

3588

5100

3588 *

3days

3588 935

FhstoV
tw basilei aneqeto

1they spent] there,

2596

2250

pleiouV
hmeraV

And when [2many

3588 *

ekei

4183

25:14 wV de

Festus.

25:14

leniently

to hear

3588-3303-3767

981-1473

3588

1537

Indeed then the

mode of my life,

the one

from

thn men oun

in
mou
biws

thn

ek

26:5

A C T S

3503

3588

youth,

the thing from the beginning happening

575

1484-1473

1722 *

neothtoV
thn

746

1096

archV

ap'

1722

3588

genomenhn
en

2467

eqnei
mou en

isasi
IerosolumoiV

my nation in

Jerusalem,

3956

me from the beginning, (if they should want

3754

2596

1437 2309

139

to witness) that according to the exactest

2356

2198

of our

religion

I lived a Pharisee.

1680

3588

4314

3588

the hope of the [5to

6the

elpidi
5259

2532

3568

26:6 kai

1909

nun ep'

And now for

3962

1860

thV

2476

7fathers

1promise

2919

1096

4God] I stand

2being

26:7 eiV

being judged,

3588

hn

in

to

which

2962

kurie

1473 1377

diwkeiV

su

4228-1473

5257

ofqhsoma
i

2250

2992

6day

people and the

4012

3739

1680

1serving],

hope

to arrive;

concerning

which

hope

1458

katanthsai

935

peri

elpidoV

hV

5259 3588 *

egkaloumai
basileu Agrippa
upo twn Ioudaiwn

I am accused, O king
571

Agrippa, by

2919

apiston

3844

krinetai

1453

egeirei
3588

3686

if

3767

indeed then thought to myself [5towards

edoxa

oun

3588

tou

1683

1727

polla

Nazwraiou

4238

enantia

3788-1473

I shall send you,

3588 1994

575

5457

to turn

4655

2532 3588 1849

from darkness

3588 4567

1909

3588 2316

3588

epi ton qeon

tou
fwV kai thV exousiaV
tou satana

eiV

2983-1473

859

of Satan unto

266

God,

2532 2819

1722

and a lot

among the ones

3588

kai klhron

afesin
amartiwn
en

autouV

labein

for them to receive a release of sins,

4102-3588

1519 1473

pistei
th

26:19 oqen

eiV eme

having been sanctified by the belief in

toiV

3606

me.

From where,

3701

kai epoihsa
1473 5438

ouraniw
optasia

3588

235

3588

but

to the ones in

1722 *

[2in prisons

first,

and Jerusalem,

2983

3588 *

2532 3588

of

and to the nations, I reported

5586

1519

Judea,

2532

1994

1909

And

to turn

unto

4864

4178

5097

1473

4238

the

synagogues

often

punishing

them,

1doing].

[2in 3all
1484

Damascus
3588

5561

thn cwran

1and] the

518

region

3340

2532

eqnesin
aphggellon
metanoein
kai

3588 2316

514

1752

to repent

3588 3341

and

2041

erga

thV metanoiaV

God, [3worthy

4of repentance 2works

3778

26:21 eneka

prassontaV

5037

an

pas
te

axia
epistrefein
epi ton qeon

3588

autouV

3956

IerosolumoiV
eiV

thV IoudaiaV
kai toiV

yhfon
26:11 kai

timwrwn

Damaskw

en

2532

prwton
kai

th

toiV
26:20 alla

heavenly apparition,
4412

fulakaiV

egw

exousian
labwn

pollakiV

1473-649

nun se apostellw

3770

2532 4160

I brought down a vote.

sunagwgaV

3568

ouV

to open their eyes,

in all

taV

3739

eiV

autwn
tou epistreyai

26:18 anoixai
ofqalmouV
apo skotouV

2596-3956

pasaV

kata

1519

nations, unto whom now

resisting persuasion to the

1849

kathnegka

autwn

and for doing away with them

1484

tou

to be

[3from 4the 5chief priests 2authority 1receiving];

anairoumenwn
te

from the

not

agiwn

2702

taking you out

Agrippa,

of the holy ones I

1473

3588

O king

And many

337-5037

1537

se ek
26:17 exairoumen
oV

1that it was necessary

in

1imprisoned],

455

wn te

1807-1473

545

39

twn arcierewn

katekleisa
thn para

3588

you

3739-5037

eideV

1096

Which also I did

3588 749

1492

3756

3588

3588 3844

1473

proceirisasqa
i se

2532 4183

2623

4400

soi

basileu Agrippa
ouk egenomhn
apeiqhV

1722 *

Jerusalem.

touV

935

26:10 o

twn
en IerosolumoiV
kai pollouV

3588

both of what you beheld, and of what

kai twn eqnwn

hgiasmenoiV

dein

2in many things 4opposite 3to act].

2532

laou

37

proV

1909

1163

3739

praxai

4314

emautw

6the 7name 8of Jesus 9the 10Nazarene

4183

3498

God [2the dead

1380

1473

3739-5037

unto light, and the authority

nekrouV

qeoV

3708

1519

3303

onoma
Ihsou

to

1487 3588 2316

you

and stand upon

Why

1473

men
26:9 egw

1raises]?

1473

rise up,

5100

26:8 ti

the Jews.

ei
par' umin

[2unbelievable 1is it judged] by

But

soi

5and

2658

whom

2532 2476

1473

2532

1679

Jesus

450

1063

3708

4night

3000

on
IhsouV

am

kai martura
wn te

3571

elpizei

eimi
egw

3739

235

2532 3144

uphrethn

3intensity

latreuon

eipen

I shall make known to you;

hmeran

Who

1473 1510.2.1 *

And he said, I

1519 3778

1616

kai

said,

your feet! [2in 3this 1For] I appeared to you, to handpick

[2with

nukta

2036

5100

eipon
tiV

And I

gar wfqhn
podaV
sou eiV touto

1722

ekteneia

1473-1161 2036

anasthqi

26:16 alla
kai sthqi
epi

our twelve tribes,

en

sklhron

de
26:15 egw

1to kick].

de

are you, O Lord?

4642

me diwkeiV

2979

3588 1161

1429-1473

dwdekafulon
hmwn

1473-1377

kentra
laktizein

as an assistant and witness

1519 3739

esthka
krinomenoV

upo tou qeou

2759

proV

you persecute.

proV touV pateraV

epaggeliaV
genomenhV

3588 2316

3by

3588

sect

ezhsa
hmeteraV
qrhskeiaV
FarisaioV

4314

soi
ei

thn akribestathn
airesin
thV

2251

why do you persecute me? It is hard

1510.2.2

qelwsi

ean

3588 196

kata

5100

Saul,

for you [2against 3spurs

foreknowing

oti
marturein

Saul,

1473

Ioudaioi

1473 509

3140

dialect,

dialektw
Saoul
Saoul
ti

2the 3Jews];

4267

me anwqen
26:5 proginwskont
eV

1258

3588 *

panteV
oi

[4understand 1all

tw

among

217

1473

toutwn

me

3588

Ioudaioi

oi

Because of these things [4me 1the 2Jews

315

987

4057-5037

1693

4815

sullabomenoi
en

tw ierw

I compelled them

to blaspheme.

And extremely

raging against

3having seized] in

the temple, attempted to lay hands upon me.

hnagkazon

blasfhmein

te
perisswV

emmainomenoV

1473

1377

ediwkon

ewV
kai

2193-2532

1519

3588

taV

exw

1854

4172

them,

I persecuted them

even as

unto

the

outer

cities.

autoiV

1722 3739

26:12 en

2532 4198

1519

kai poreuomenoV
eiV

oiV

In

which also going

2532

authority

and delegated power

exousiaV
kai

2011

3588

epitrophV

2250

Damascus

1473 5457

fwV

5456

4862

sun

1473 2532

me

2980

3195

[3said

4was about 5to happen 1and 2Moses],

3588

2246

hliou

4of the 5sun

1473 4198

emoi poreuomenouV
thn ghn
3588

fwnhn
lalousan
proV me

kai legousan
th

a voice speaking

and saying

191

hkousa

elalhsan
mellontwn
ginesqai
3805

3588

kai

MwushV

3588 4396

oi

profhtai
1487

26:23 ei

whether

5547

1487

[3is susceptible of suffering 1the

2Christ];

whether he first

1537

5457

paqhtoV
ex

o
386

3498

anastasewV
nekrwn

through resurrection
3588

tw

2992

law

kai toiV

1484

eqnesi

to the people, and to the nations.

Ebra+di

26:17 CP egw I.

cristoV
fwV

4413

prwtoV

ei

3195

mellei

2605

kataggellein

of the dead [3light 1is about 2to announce]

2532 3588

in the Hebrew

2532

te

I beheld,

eidon

1096

wn

1492

1519 3588 1093

3004

legwn

way

odon

of us having fallen down onto the ground, heard

to

ektoV

5037

3598

And all

4314

kai

both to small and

3739

the

thn

2667-1473

eiV

megalw
ouden

3004

3588

3956-1161

2980

2532

[2nothing 3outside 1saying] of what both the prophets

6shining about 7me 1light], and the ones [2with 3me 1going].

26:14 pantwn
de katapesontwn
hmwn

3397-5037

te
marturomenoV
mikrw

great,

lamprothta
tou

kai touV

3143

I have stood, testifying

1623

891

God, unto

chief priests,

2987

2532 3588

this day

from

the

from heaven above [2the 3brightness

perilamyan
me

2476

esthka
thV hmeraV
tauthV

3588 2316

tou qeou acri

thV para

by

O king,

thn

3588 2250-3778

3588 3844

tucwn

3762

3771

4034

3588

5177

3173

935

uper

3then 1Having attained]

749

kata

5228

3767

[2aid

3588

2596

meshV

1315

epeirwnto
diaceirisasqai

1947

oun
26:22 epikouriaV

with

3985

3844

[2of the day 1in the middle] in

basileu ouranoqen

3326

met'
thn Damaskon

twn arcierewn

thV para

3319

hmeraV

poleiV

3588 *

unto

1849

26:13

eiV

1722 3588 2413

3778

26:24 tauta

1161

de

[3with these things 1And

P R A X E I S

218
1473-626

3588 *

autou apologoumenou
5346

3105

efh

3173

Festus

mainh

3588

Paule
ta

3130

4062

manian

eiV

4183

1473

2903

fhsi

many

[3you 1letters

26:25 o

de

apofqeggomai

3778

3588 935

toutwn

3these things 4the 5king],

2980

2990-1063

lalw

321

1063

2010

[6knows

1For 2concerning

4314

3739

2532 3955

to

whom also openly speaking

kai parrhsiazomenoV

gar auton

3778

3756

toutwn

ti

5364

ou

3762

peiqomai

3756-1063 1722 1137

ouden

4238

ou gar en gwnia

pepragmenon

3778

4100

touto

935

26:27 pisteueiV

1is this].
1492

You believe, O king

3754 4100

oti

oida

Agrippa, the prophets?

3588 1161

pisteueiV

26:28 o

5346

3Paul

1said], By little

26:29 o

en

both in

genesqai

cristianon

2172

tw qew

an

3756 3440

1473

not only

you, but

ou
pollw

a little and in

much,

3956

3588

191

all

the ones hearing

pantaV
touV

3588 2316

said, I would make a vow even to

2532 1722 4183

oligw
kai en

monon
se

God,

235

1473 4594

1096

me today

to become such

2504

opoioV

1510.2.1

kagw

3924

as to like what even I am,

3778

3588

except

2036-1473

26:30 kai tauta

basileuV

And these things him having said, [3rose up 1the 2king],

2532 3588 2232

3588 5037

hgemwn
h

kai o

2532 3588

4775

kai oi
Bernikh

te

the

3588 2596

sugkaqhmenoi

And the open sea

along

having sailed,

we went down

unto

Myra

2546

2147

3588

1543

And there

[3having found

1the

2centurion]

kakei

eurwn

4126

1519 3588 *

of Alexandria sailing to
1473

1722 2425

auto

ikanaiV

27:7 en

it.

1096

2596

3588

417

near

3588

one another, saying

desmwn
prassei
o

4238

3588

anqrwpoV
outoV

bonds

[2does

1this man].

tw Fhstw
efh

444-3778

630

*-1161

26:32 AgrippaV
de

And Agrippa

1410

apolelusqai
edunato

3588 444-3778

anqrwpoV
outoV

said to Festus, [3to be loosed 2was able

1508

that, Nothing [2of death 1worthy] or

1199

3588 *-5346

2228

1941

1This man]

3433-5037

3881

2596

near

Salmone.

1473

2064

1519 5117-5100

it,

we came to a certain place

hlqomen

paralegomenoi
authn
eiV topon
tina

27:8 moliV
te
2564

2570

3040

3739-1451

being called, Good

2425-1161

5550

1230

5613-1161

2919

And when
1519

eiV

3588

5100

tinaV

certain

speirhV

Italy,

eterouV

other

hmaV

apoplein

for us to sail away

3588

ton

they delivered up
1202

desmwtaV

prisoners
*

SebasthV

of the cohort of Augustus.

1543

ekatontarch

to a centurion,
27:2

went by,

3588 2532 3588 3521

to

2334

also the fasting

3754 3326

Men,

I contemplate that with

oti
5413

1910-1161

5037

te

2532

Paulon
kai

both Paul
3686

onomati

by name

epibanteV
de

and
*

Iouliw

Julius,
4143

ploiw

And having set foot in a boat

saying to them,

5196

2532 4183

of the load of cargo and the boat,

2532 3588 4143

fortiou

3588

2942

centurion

[2by the

3navigator

kubernhth

tw

3123

mallon
27:12

1being said].
5224

uparcontoV

3existing]
1012

321

4314

proV

for

2532 3588

but

also

4144

3588-1161

ploun

27:11 o de

3is 5to be 1the 2voyage].

3588

legomenoiV

loss,

235

kai twn
kai tou ploiou
alla

1510.9

1543

3004

2209

damage and much

not only

3195

1473

ubrewV
zhmiaV

meta
kai pollhV

3588

monon
tou

already

3004

27:10 legwn
autoiV

3756 3440

ou

2235

hdh
kai thn nhsteian

Paul earnestly advised,

435

andreV
qewrw

1was persuaded] rather

636-1473

it was decided

3860

2087

1223

parelhluqenai
parhnei
o PauloV

epeiqeto

tou

thn Italian
paredidoun

unto

4686

3588 4144

3982

3588

ekriqh

wV de

27:1

2532 1510.6 2235

And a fit amount of time having elapsed, and being already

tou plooV
dia

episfalouV

ekatontarchV

The Voyage to Rome

a city of Lasea.

hdh
cronou
diagenomenou
kai ontoV

27:9 ikanou de

[6of our lives 4about

CHAPTER 27

poliV
Lasaia

hn

Harbors, near which was

hmwn
mellein

esesqai
yucwn
ton

if he had not called upon Caesar.

1510.7.3 4172

LimenaV

kaloumenon
KalouV
w egguV

5590-1473

epekeklhto
Kaisara

ei mh

prosewntoV
hmaV

Crete,

3867-3588-*

514

axion

qanatou

sailing slowly,
4330-1473

we sailed under

3928

2288

3361

Cnidus, [3not 4allowing us further

5284

voyage, because

ouden

onto

Salmwnhn

anemou
upepleusamen
thn Krhthn
kata

tou

a dangerous

3762

1519

hmeraiV
braduploounteV

3588 *

with

3754

a boat

1020

thn Knidon

kai moliV
genomenoi
kata
mh

they spoke

oti
legonteV

2250

de

having withdrawn

3004

ploion

1473

[2in 3a fit amount 1And] of days

And

allhlouV

4143

he boarded us

1161

2000

240

of Lycia.

1688

Italy,

4314

with them.

LukiaV

pleon

eiV
Alexandrinon
eiV thn Italian
enebibasen
hmaV

2980

proV

thV

ekatontarcoV

402

elaloun

3588

Mura

eiV

2532

anacwrhsanteV

and Pamphylia

kathlqomen

and also Bernice, and the ones sitting together

kai

Cilicia
1519

27:6

1727

2532 *

2718

diapleusanteV

1473

26:31

being adverse.

3588 *

and the governor,

autoiV

winds

thn Kilikian

kata
kai Pamfulian

And hardly sailing along

3588 935

1510.1

touV anemouV
einai
enantiouV

to

pelagoV
to

we sailed under

417

1277

these bonds.
450

eipontoV
autou anesth

3588 3588

3588-5037 3989

27:5 to te

1the 2wind],

1199-3778

5284

anacqenteV
upepleusamen

Cyprus, because of

and hardly coming

toutwn

parektoV
twn desmwn

eimi

5care

321

And from there embarking,

also

5108

1958

poreuqenta
epimeleiaV

3his friends 1going

1223

2532 3433

kai
alla

treating Paul,
4198

2547

2532

mou shmeron

akouont
aV
genesqai
toioutouV

3697

2532

302

5384

thn Kupron
dia

[2to

*-1096

PauloV
eipen
euxaimhn

de

3588

you persuade me to become a Christian.

2036

1722 3641

kai

1473-3982

en oligw
me peiqeiV

And Paul
2532

4314

AgrippaV
proV ton

And Agrippa

1722 3641

3588 1161 *

de

I know that you believe.

efh
Paulon

3588 4396

basileu Agrippa
toiV profhtaiV

3588

3588 *-5530

2Julius]

27:4 kakeiqen

3588 *

1519

kathcqhmen
eiV

IoulioV
tw Paulw
crhsamenoV

proV touV filouV

4to attain].

2I am 4persuaded 5in any way]. For not in a corner [2being done

2609

etera

1And

4314

tucein

3Asia

Aristarchus a Macedonian

3588 *

permitted him [2to

I speak. [7to be unaware 1For 6for him 8in any 9of these things 3not
3982

5037

5177

thn Asian
*

2087

te

Sidwna
filanqrwpwV
te

epetreye

3588 *

[2along

And another day we led down unto

1987

peri

27:3 th

of Thessalonica.
Sidon. [3kindly

4012

2596

Aristarcou

ontoV
sun hmin
MakedonoV
3588 5037

QessalonikewV

and discreetness

5100

3588

touV kata

plein

1510.6 4862 1473 *

topouV
anhcqhmen

truth

1063 1473

lanqanein

5117

proV on
basileuV

4126

mellonteV

of Adramyttium, being about to sail the

2532 4997

26:26 epistatai
gar

of words I declare.

3195

Adramutthnw

225

235

669

rhmata

mainomai

ou

1places], we embarked; being with us

3105

alhqeiaV

Fhste
alla
kai swfrosunhV

he says, most excellent Festus, but

4487

grammata

But I am not maniacal,

kratiste

1121

se
polla

4into 5a frenzy 2dizzies].

5346

voice

3588 1161 3756

peritrepei

fwnh

th

with a great

said, You are maniacal, Paul;

1519

3588 5456

FhstoV
megalh

2having made his defense],

26:25

2228

2532

nauklhrw

5the
5259

upo

toiV

3490

tw

4and

3588

But the

3588

kai

6shipmaster
3588

Paulou

than the things [2by

3Paul

428

1161

3588

[5being unsuitable

1And

2the

aneuqetou
3915

paraceimasian

wintering,
2547

tou

anacqhnai

boulhn
kakeiqen

1513

ei pwV

de

3040

limenoV

tou

4harbor

3588

4183

pleiouV

eqento

the

more

they made

oi

5087

1410

dunainto

counsel to embark from there, if by any means they might be able,

27:13

A C T S

2658

katanthsanteV
eiV

1519 *

Foinika
paraceimasai

arriving

at

Phoenix, to pass the winter, a harbor

991

3914

2596

3047

KrhthV
bleponta
kata

of Crete looking

3040

2532 2596

liba

3588

limena

thV

5566

kai kata

219

1473 3588 3571-3778

moi th

nukti tauth
tou qeou
aggeloV

32

me

in this night

an angel

3739-2532

cwron

3000

se

Euroclydon
5285-1161

3558

1380

And blowing gently south, thinking the purpose

142

788

3881

kekrathkenai

aranteV

asson

to have been reached,

having lifted off

[2close by

3588

3326

thn Krhthn

Crete.
1473

417

9it

5189

1they sailed]

1161

polu

3588

tufwnikoV

906

2596

kat'
ebale

de

6wind

2564

5a stormy],

being called
1161

sunarpasqentoV

3588

de

[4being seized with force

Paul,

5483

parasthnai
kai idou

2316

3956

qeoV

3588

4126

pantaV
touV

1God] all

3326

2114

435

1473

4100-1063

3588 2316

for I believe

in

be cheerful men!

God that so

2596

3739

in

which manner it has been spoken to me.

kaq'

5158

2980

tropon

on

5100

Euroclydon.

4island 1But 3a certain] we must

fall.

nhson
de

kai

5065

and

the fourteenth

27:26 eiV

3571

27:27 wV de

And when

1096

tessareskaidekath
nux

[2onto
5613-1161

ekpesein

dei hmaV

tina

1308-1473

egeneto

diaferomenwn
hmwn

night came to pass, we being carried about

417

1929

epidonteV

1722 3588 *

not

able

to tack

into the

wind,

giving up

en

tw Adria

in

the Adriatic, towards the middle of the night

5342

3519

eferomeqa

5100

de

5295

upodramonteV

ti

[4small island 1And 3some 2running under]

2564

kaloumenon

3433

Klaudhn

being called

2480

moliV

Clauda,
3588

4627

4to take]

of the

skiff;

skafhV

thV

4031

iscusamen

[2hardly

1096

genesqai

1161

27:16 nhsion

we bore off.

anemw

1we were 3able

3739

27:17

3588

oi

it will be
1519

moi
1601

3boat],

1161

1473

lelalhta
i

3588

tw

1510.8.3

oti

estai
qew
outwV

1163-1473

2532

Therefore

3754 3779

gar tw
andreV
euqumeite
pisteuw

503

antofqalmein

27:25 dio

with you.

1410

dunamenou

3588

soi

1352

sou
pleontaV
meta

the ones sailing

3361

mh

Caesar

1473

kecarista
i

3520

ploiou

2the

2532 2400

Eurokludwn
4143

tou

1And

8by

kaloumenoV

4884

27:15

4183

ou

parelegonto

[4after 2not 3long 1But 7shot

anemoV

authV

3756

27:14 met'

eimi

you must stand before, and behold, [2has granted 3to you

3588 4286

27:13 upopneusantoV
de notou
doxanteV
thV proqesewV
2902

3361-5399

saying, Fear not,

3936

dei

1510.2.1

ou

27:24 legwn
mh fobou Paule
Kaisar
i

and in whom I serve,

1473 1163

3739

of God, of whom I am,

3004

latreuw

w kai

towards the southwest and towards the northwest.

3588 2316

3492

2596

3319

kata

4317

nautai

3588

meson
5100

1473

prosagein
tina

1the 2seamen 6neared

3571

5282

upenooun

nuktoV

thV

[3suspected

5561

2532

cwran

autoiV

27:28 kai

4some 7them 5region].

1001

5control

having sounded, they found it [2fathoms 1twenty]; and a short time

142

2147

bolisanteV

3712

euron

1501

And

perikrateiV

orguiaV

2532 3825

1024-1161

eikosi

1001

bracu de

hn

aranteV

1339

which

having taken up,

having elapsed, and again having sounded, they found it [2fathoms

2147

diasthsanteV
kai palin
bolisanteV

3712

euron

orguiaV

996

5530

5269

3588

4143

ploion

1178

5399-5037

3381

[2helps

1they employed],

undergirding

the

boat;

1fifteen].

And fearing

perhaps [2into 3rough 4places

1537

bohqeiaV

ecrwnto

upozwnnunteV

to

dekapente

1519

5138

27:29 foboumeno
i te mhpwV
eiV

5117

topouV

traceiV

5399-5037

3361

1519

3588

1601

ekpeswsi

1601

and fearing

lest

into

the

Syrtis

they should fall off,

1they should fall], [4from out of 5the stern 1they tossed 3anchors

foboumeno
i te

mh

eiV

Surtin

thn

ekpeswmen

4403

4495

5465

3588

4632

3779

5342

eferonto

5064

2172

2250

1096

letting down

the

rigging,

thus

they were borne along.

2four],

vowing

day

to come.

calasanteV

skeuoV

to

4971-1161

outwV

5492-1473

de
27:18 sfodrwV

3588

ceimazomenwn
hmwn

th

And vehemently with our being tossed by the storm, on the

2212

5343

1537

seeking

to flee

from the boat,

ek
zhtountwn
fugein

27:30 twn de

3588 4143

2532 5465

tou ploiou
kai calasantwn

next day

an expulsion of cargo

was made;

5154

849

3588

4631

3588

4143

ploiou

3195

third day

with our own hands

[2the

3rigging

4of the

5boat

1to be about 3the anchors 2to stretch out],

trith

autoceireV

4495

erriyamen

1we tossed out].

epifainontwn

3383

And neither

sun

nor

hliou

2250

epi pleionaV

were appearing for

3641

2246

1909 4183

4627

1519 3588 2281

4392

the

skiff

into the sea,

with an excuse as

798

[4distress

stars

to the centurion,

3756

loipon

ouk

1and 2no

4014

3956

perihreito

pasa

3small] was pressed upon us, [2remaining 4was removed 1and all
1680

3588 4982-1473

4183-1161

tou swzesqai

elpiV
hmaV

3hope]
5224

5119

776

de asitiaV

27:21 pollhV

for us to be preserved.

And a long lack of food

2476-3588-*

1722 3319-1473

2036

o PauloV

uparcoushV
tote
staqeiV
en

mesw
autwn
eipen

existing,

their midst

then Paul standing

1163-3303

5599

edei
men

Indeed it behooved you,

1473

3361

moi

mh

in

435

andreV

men,

321

575

anagesqai

apo

5196-3778

2532

3588

this damage

and the

tauthn
thn ubrin
kai
3867

parainw

1473

2209

2114

euqumein

umaV

580

2770-5037

Crete,

so as to gain

thV KrhthV
kerdhsa
i te

thn zhmian

loss.

peiqarchsant
aV

having yielded obedience

to me, to not have embarked from

3588

2532

27:22 kai

1510.8.3

1537 1473

4133

3588 4143

3569

tanun

And at present
1063 5590

3762

gar yuchV
oudemia

apobolh

I earnestly advise you be cheerful! [5cast off 1For 3life

estai

said,

3980

3588

45

2not one

tw

1543

ekatontarch
kai toiV

Paul said

4757

1437 3361-3778

mh outoi

stratiwtaiV
ean

and to the soldiers,

If

these do not

1722

3588

4143

1473

4982

stay

in

the

boat,

you

[3to be preserved 1will not

meinwsin
en
1410

tw

3588

thV

3588 4757

27:32 tote
oi

2be able].
4627

2532 1439

609

3588 4979

cut off

the lines

1473

1601

ekpesein

skafhV
kai eiasan
authn

3195

and allowed it
2250

emellen

hmera

[2was about 1day]

3335

metalabein

to share
4594

2250

3367

4355

ou

stratiwtai
apekoyan
ta

Then the soldiers

of the skiff,

3756

swqhnai

ploiw
umeiV

5119

dunasqe

scoinia

891-1161-3739

27:33 acri
de ou

to fall off.

And until

1096

3870-3588-*

parekalei
o PauloV

apantaV

to come,

Paul appealed

for all

ginesqai

537

5160

3004

5065

in nourishment,

saying,

[2is the fourteenth

trofhV
4328

legwn

tessareskaidekathn

777

1300

asitoi
shmeron
hmeran
prosdokwnteV
diateleite
1Today] day
[2expecting
3without eating 1you continue],

mhden

1352

proslabomenoi

27:34 dio

[2nothing 1having taken] to yourselves.

1473

4355

5160

you

to take

nourishment, for this

proslabein
trofhV

umaV

3936-1063

For there stood beside

27:31 eipen
o PauloV

3306

plhn tou ploiou

ex umwn
27:23 paresth
gar

4will be] of you, except the boat.

prwraV

[4from 5the prow

2036-3588-*

ekteinein

2532 3588

thn

4408

wV ek

1614

mellontwn
agkuraV
3588

5037

5613 1537

skafhn
eiV thn qalassan
profasei

astrwn

te
hmeraV
ceimwn
oV

3062

oligou
epikeimenou

th

and

mhte

5494

many more days,

1945

3588

tou

3383-1161

de
mhte

27:20

2014

skeuhn

thn

2532

kai

27:19

3588

and having let down the

4160

epoiounto

nautwn

And the seamen

1546

ekbolhn

agkuraV

3588-1161 3492

tessaraV
huconto
hmeran
genesqai

1836

exhV

45

prumnhV
riyanteV

ek

27:33 or watching.

3778-1063

3870

parakalw

Therefore I appeal to
4314

3588 5212

gar proV thV umeteraV

touto

[2for

3your

P R A X E I S

220
4991

5224

swthriaV

3762

1063 1473

uparcei
oudenoV

2359

gar umwn

1537

27:35

3588

ek
qrix

CHAPTER 28

thV

4deliverance 1exists]; [2not one 1for 4of yours 3hair 6from

2776

4098

kefalhV

2036-1161

peseitai

2983

740

2168

3588 2316

756

1799

3956

genomenoi

2532 1473

all;

2115

esqiein

de

[4cheerful 1And

4355

3having become 2all],

1510.7.4-1161

also they

1722 3588 4143

de
27:37 hmen

took

3588 3956

And we were in the boat,

1440

1803

2seventy

3six].

2893

3588 4143

all

27:38 koresqenteV
de

trofhV

And being satisfied with nourishment,

1544

3588 4621

1519 3588

casting out

the grain into the

ploion
ekballomenoi
ton siton
eiV

to

they lightened the boat,

3756

4443

5160

3754

3588-1161 915

3588

And the barbarians furnished

5177

5363

chance

humane treatment to us; for having lit

1473

thn tucousan
filanqrwpian
3956

proselabonto

5205

the

rain

3588

ueton

ton

1473

dia

2532

1223

3588

5592

attending,

and

because of

the

chilliness.

4962

1161

[3bundled up

1And

dia

kai

3588 *

28:3 sustreyantoV
de

thn

1223

2of us], because of

2186

efestwta

ton

anayanteV
gar

pantaV
hmaV

a bonfire, they took [3unto themselves 1all

3588

381-1063

hmin

4355

puran

yucoV

to

5434

4128

tou Paulou
fruganwn
plhqoV

2532 2007

2Paul

5of sticks

1909 3588 4443

4a multitude],

2191

1537

3588

ecidna
ek

2281

kai epiqentoV

qalassan

and having placed them on

sea.

2329

1326.7

2510

4heat

1having gone completely through],

clinched onto

qermhV

Shipwreck on Malta
3753-1161

2250

de
27:39 ote

1096

3588

hmera
egeneto

1093

2859

1161 5100

epeginwskon
kolpon
de

2recognize];

[4bay

2657

2192

econta

katenooun

tina

1but 3a certain 2they contemplated] having

123

1519 3739

a shore,

on which they consulted if

1011

eiV on
aigialon

1487 1410

ebouleusanto
ei
45

1856

dunaton

3588

exwsai
to

they are able to thrust the

2532 3588

boat.

And [2the 3anchors 1having removed], they gave up

ploion
27:40 kai taV
1519

eiV

3588 2281

4014

agkuraV
perielonteV

260

447

ama
thn qalassan

unto the sea,

4079

taV zeukthriaV
twn

3588 736

3588

and having lifted up the mainsail

2722

1519

topon

3588

eiV

ton

for

the

123

aigialon

pneoush

to the blow,
1519

peripesonteV
de

27:41

eiV

And having fallen into

2027

diqalasson

4154

4045-1161

shore.

1337

of the

ton artemwna
th

rudders;

5117

3588

together unfastening the tillers

2532 1869

they held

eiwn

3588 2202

anenteV

phdaliwn
kai eparanteV

kateicon

1439

3588

epwkeilan

3491

2532

naun

thn

kai

a place between two seas, they ran [3aground 1the 2ship]. And
3588-3303

4408

2043

3306

prwra
ereisasa

h men

the

prow

4403

3089

prumna
elueto

stern

3588-1161

asaleutoV
h de

having stuck, remained unshaken,

but the

5259 3588 970

3588-1161

3588

upo thV biaV

twn

was loose by

4757

761

emeinen

1012

2949

kumatwn

27:42 twn de

the force of the waves.

1096

2443 3588

1202

And the
615

boulh
egeneto

stratiwtwn
touV desmwtaV
apokteinwsi
ina

soldiers

plan

was

that [2the 3prisoners 1they should kill],

3361 5100 1579

1309

lest any swimming,

should have escaped.

mh

3588-1161

ekkolumbhsaV
diafugh

tiV

1543

1014

1295

wanting

to save

27:43 o de

But the

3588 *

2967

ekatontarcoV
boulomenoV
diaswsai
ton Paulon
ekwlusen

centurion
1473

3588

tou
autouV

them

1013

and bid

641

1826

exienai
ouV de

1909

2532 3588

3062

and the

rest,

5100-3588

epi

3739-3303

tinwn twn

egeneto

3956

1295

pantaV
diaswqhnai

it came to pass all

thn ghn

1909

epi

4548

sanisin

some indeed upon planks

575

3588 4143

2532

3779

apo tou ploiou

kai outwV

and others upon some of the things from the boat.

1096

3588 1093

[2unto 3the 4land

ouV men
27:44 kai touV loipouV
1909

dunamenouV

prwtouV
epi

having thrown themselves off first,

1to exit];
3739-1161

1410

the ones able

4413

aporriyantaV

kolumban

to swim,

restrained

3588

boulhmatoV
ekeleus
e te touV

of their will,

2860

Paul,

2753-5037

And so

1492

3588

And when

[3beheld

1the

3588 2342

6hanging

4the 5beast] from

240

3843

allhlouV

1537

pantwV

epi thn ghn

anqrwpoV
outoV
on

1this man],

2198

dikh
zhn
Dice [2to live

660

oun

3588

apotinaxaV

to

He indeed then, having brushed off the

2342

1519 3588 4442 3958

beast

into the fire, suffered no

qhrion
eiV

whom

3588 1349

3767

28:5 o men

1allowed not].

proV
3739

thV qalasshV
h

3588-3303

ouk eiasen

4314

they said to

having been delivered from the sea,

3756-1439

2barbarians

3588 444-3778

3588 2281

ek

barbaroi
3004

his hand,

estin o
foneuV
1537

915

oi

one another, Assuredly [2is a murderer

1295

thV

autou elegon
thV ceiroV

5406-1510.2.3

3762

2556

3588-1161

kakon

pur epaqen
ouden

to

28:6 oi de

hurt.

And the ones

4328

1473

3195

4092

expecting

him

to be about

to become inflamed,

prosedokwn

auton

mellein

2667

869

3498

to fall down

suddenly dead,

afnw
katapiptein

2228

pimprasqai

1909

4183

epi
nekron

1161

polu

or

1473

autwn

de

[2for 3a long time 1and] of their

4328

2532 2334

3367

expecting

and viewing

nothing out of place [2to 3him

prosdokwntwn
kai qewrountwn
mhden
1096

3328

ginomenon

824

3004

eiV auton
2316

elegon

metaballomenoi

1519 1473

atopon

1473

qeon

auton

1was happening], changing their minds, they said [3a god 1him
1510.1

1722-1161 3588

einai

28:7 en de

2to be].
5564

4012

3588 5117-1565

peri

toiV

3588

4413

tw
cwria

that place

3588

prwtw

5224

ton topon
ekeinon
uphrce

And in the parts around

thV

3520

existed

3686

nhsou
onomati
Popliw

a place belonging to the foremost man of the island, by name Publius,

3739 324

oV

1473

5140

2250

5390

3579

treiV
hmeraV

anadexamenoV
hmaV
filofronwV
exenisen

who having received us,

1096-1161

28:8 egeneto
de

three days

3588 3962

And it happened the father

1420

obligingly

3588 *

4912

2621

5dysentery 2constrained 1reclined];

eiselqwn

2532 4336

4314

3739

to

whom

2007

autw

2390

1473

iasato
auton

on him, healed

28:4 i.e. the goddess of justice.

3588 *

PauloV

Paul

taV ceiraV

having placed the hands

3778

3767

This

then having taken place,

28:9 toutou
oun

him.

kai

3588 5495

kai proseuxamenoV
epiqeiV

having entered, and having prayed,

1473

2532

of Publius [3with fevers 4and

sunecomenon

dusenteria
katakeisqai
proV on
1525

lodged us.

4446

ton patera
tou Popliou
puretoiV

1909 3588 1093

came through safe unto the land.

eidon
3588 5495-1473

qhrion
ek

diaswqenta

4143

5613-1161

2910

kremamenon
to

3588

kaqhye
wV de

28:4

his hand.

thV

the bonfire, a viper [2from 3the

diexelqousa

autou
ceiroV

And when [2day 1it became], [3the 4land 1they did not
1921

epi thn puran

5495-1473

3756

thn ghn ouk

that

3930

barbaroi
pareicon

28:2 oi de

[4Malta 1the 2island 3is called].

nourishment.
1250

2564

nhsoV
kaleitai

no

[4souls 1two hundred

2880-1161

ebdomhkonta
ex

ekoufizon

5590

1921

oti
tote
epegnwsan

And having come through safe, then they knew

5160

ai pasai

en tw ploiw
yucai diakosiai

5119

diaswqenteV

3588 3520

h
Melith
ou

panteV
kai autoi proselabonto
trofhV

1295

28:1 kai
*

1161

27:36 euqumoi

and having broken he began to eat.

1096

2532

3956

God before

2068

hrxato

kai klasaV

Paul Bitten by a Viper

kai

enwpion

qew
pantwn

tw

having taken bread, he gave thanks to

2532 2806

2532

tauta

And having said these things, and

arton
eucaristhse

labwn

3778

de
27:35 eipwn

7your head 5shall fall].

1096

genomenou

28:10
2532

A C T S

3588 3062

3588

2192

loipoi oi

kai oi

also the rest

4334

2532

2323

came forward,

and

were cured;

proshrconto
4183

pollaiV

1722 3588 3520

sicknesses

in

Romans.

eqerapeuonto

kai

5092

769

asqeneiaV
en
econteV

the ones having

5091

nhsw

th

the island

3588

4314

also

to loose me,

on account of

the

not one

reason

kai

apolusai

dia

5224

1722 1473

uparcein
en

emoi

and embarking,

placed

being

in

me.

1722 4143

en

ploiw

And after three months we embarked in

a boat,

3914

1722

3588

3520

having passed the winter

in

the

island,

an Alexandrian

parakeceimakoti

en

3902

th

parashmw

nhsw

2532 2609

DioskouroiV
1961

And leading down unto

2250

5140

3606

we remained [2days

4022

1three].

2658

perielqonteV

From where

1519 *

kathnthsamen
eiV

having gone around we arrived

2532

Rhgion

at

3326

meta

kai

Rhegium. And after

1520

2250

1920

3558

1206

one

day

[2ensued

1a south wind]; on the second day

mian
hmeran
epigenomenou
notou
2064

1519 *

hlqomen
eiV

3739

PotiolouV

80

euronteV

adelfouV

where having found brethren

1909

pareklhqhmen

2147

28:14 ou

we came into Puteoli;

3870

deuteraioi

1473

1961

autoiV

ep'

2250

2033

epimeinai
hmeraV
epta

we were appealed upon by them to remain [2days

3779

1519 3588 *

outwV
eiV

thus

2064

Rome

191

1473

891

1473

peri

1831

meet

us

3739

2294

2064

2983

elabe

qew

tw

to God, he took

1519 *

3588 1543

hlqomen
eiV Rwmhn
o

ekatontarcoV

And when we came unto Rome, the centurion

3860

3588

paredwke

1198

3588

4759

touV desmiouV
tw

delivered up the
1161 *

de

3588 2316

having given thanks

3753-1161

courage.

and Three Taverns;

2168

de
28:16 ote

qarsoV

came forth to

2532 *

o PauloV

idwn
eucaristhsaV

whom Paul seeing,

eiV

Forou

Tabernwn

Appiou
kai Triwn

as far as Appii Forum

1492-3588-*

ouV

1519

exhlqon

hmwn

acriV
apanthsin
hmin

oi

And from there the

4012

brethren having heard the things concerning us,

529

3588

28:15 kakeiqen

we came.

3588

adelfoi akousanteV
ta

kai

1seven]; and

2547

hlqomen
thn Rwmhn

to

80

2532

stratopedarch

3306

Paulw
epetraph

2596

menein

1438

himself with the

[2guarding

5613

not

as

reason then

eneken
gar

[2neither 3letters

ontaV
twn

Ioudaiwn

4905

1161

sunelqontwn

de

1473

3004

4314

elege
autwn

proV

brethren, I
2228 3588

the people or
*

[2nothing 3against

1485

toiV eqesi

the

[2customs
3860

Ierosolumwn
paredoqhn

3from 4Jerusalem

enantion
poihsaV

3588

3971

toiV patrwoiV

1having done]
1198

desmioV

5100

having come

has any one of the brethren

of the

adelfwn

2228 2980

elalhs
e ti

5100

reported

or

spoke

anything [2concerning 3you 1bad].

515-1161

4012

3844

28:22 axioumen
de

1473

peri
1473

4190

sou ponhron

191

3739

5426

sou akousai

para
a

froneiV

But we deem it worthy [2from 3you 1to hear] what you think;
4012-3303-1063

3588 139-3778

peri men gar

1110-1510.2.3

1473

estin hmin

thV airesewV
tauthV
gnwston

for indeed concerning

3754 3837

this sect,

it is known

483

2240

4314

a day,

there came to

hkon
hmeran

And arranging for him

1473

1519

him

[2unto

3588

proV auton
eiV

4183

3739

pleioneV

1620

3578

thn xenian

3his guest room

1263

exetiqeto

oiV

1473

28:23 taxamenoi
de autw

that everywhere it is spoken against.

2250

to us

5021-1161

oti
pantacou antilegetai

3588

diamarturomenoV

thn

1many more]; to whom he expounded testifying

932

basileian

3588

4012

3982-5037

1473

of God,

and persuading

them

qeou

tou

kingdom
3588 *

peri

peiqwn
te
575

5037

tou Ihsou apo

concerning

Jesus,

4396

575

3588-3303

the things

2532

tou nomou
MwsewV
kai
2193

of Moses and

2073

ewV

prw+

ta

2532

esperaV

28:24 kai

from morning until evening.

3982

3588

epeiqonto

oi men

3588 3551

te

4404

3588

autouV

from both the law

profhtwn
apo

twn

the

2316

And

3004

3588-1161

legomenoiV
oi de

toiV

some indeed were persuaded to the things being said,

800-1161

1510.6

And disharmony being with

2036

3588 *

apeluonto
eipontoV
2573

3588 4151

Well

the [2spirit

4396

4314

3588

proV ton
2532 3766.2

kai ou mh

1Paul

3588 39

kai

ou mh

1520

3588

to

1223

1holy] spoke
3962-1473

2532

2036

this people!

and say,

sunhte
1492

idhte

3588

Hsa+ou tou

3004

the

4198

28:26 legon
poreuqhti

saying, Go
189

touton

laon
kai eipon
akoh
4920

through Isaiah

our fathers,

2992-3778

3754

oti

en

4discourse 3one], that,

2980

elalhse
dia
agion

191

akousete

In hearing you shall hear,

2532 991

991

kai bleponteV
bleyete

and in no way should you perceive; and seeing

3766.2

one another,

tou Paulou
rhma

pneuma
to

and some

240

4487

profhtou
proV touV pateraV
hmwn

prophet

4314

onteV
proV allhlouV

28:25 asumfwnoi
de

and in no way should you know.

1was delivered up] into the hands

80

twn

aphggeilen
h

1519 3588 5495

taV ceiraV
twn

3588

518

2532

eiV

thV

3854

1paternal], [2a prisoner

3588

3588

from

nor

Men,

4160

575

3777

them,

andreV
ouden

autouV
adelfoi egw

1727

1said], We

Judea,

to

1473 3762

3him

IoudaiaV
oute
paragenomen
oV
tiV

435

80

1473

edexameqa
apo

4concerning 5you 1received]

to
kalwV

the ones being [2of the 3Jews

2036

1209

sou

they retired at [2having spoken

1Paul]

1473

eipon

proV auton
hmeiV

1473

1three]
*

[2with this chain

4314

1473

ex

4012

grammata
peri

treiV

3588

3588 254-3778

And they [2to

1121

[2days

1510.6

to see and to speak to you;

28:21 oi de

1I am encompassed].

oute

kai proslalhsai

of Israel

after

3588

2532 4354

3588 *

3588-1161

perikeimai

630

hmeraV

tauthn

28:20 dia

tauthn
elpidoV
tou Israhl
thn alusin

thV

4029

4314

1537

1680

for on account of the hope

1foremost], [3having come together 1and 2they], he said to

law

3588

tou

For this

1492

I appealed to you,

1752-1063

And it came to pass

[2calling together

tw

1473

5140

sugkalesasqai
ton Paulon
touV

3588 2992

3870

idein

oun thn aitian

parekalesa
umaV

2250

3588 *

prwtouV

3767-3588-156

3588

wV

1223 3778

kathgorhsai

3326

meta

ouc

2723

ti

1096-1161

4779

4413

5100

disbelieved.

egeneto
de

28:17

2192

Kaisara

[4my nation 1having 2anything 3to accuse].

hpistoun

Pauls Ministry at Rome

twn Ioudaiwn
3756

569

3him 1soldier].

1But 2the 3Jews],

Caesar;

of the prophets,

4757

[4disputing
*

3588

stratiwth

fulassonti
auton

to call upon

3588

sun tw
eauton

kaq'

But to Paul was committed to remain by

1473

4862

3588

28:19 antilegontwn
de

epikalesasqai

tw

prisoners to the commander of the camp.

2010

5442

3588

for death

1161

1941

3777

28:13 oqen

SurakousaV
epemeinamen
hmeraV
treiV

Syracuse,

1519

28:12 kai katacqenteV

eiV

marked by the ensign Dioscuri.

*

Alexandrinw

qanatou

483

I was compelled
1484-1473

anhcqhmen

2288

aitian

315

eqnouV
mou ecwn

321

mhdemian

to

2007

3376

wanted

the ones who

2532 321

treiV mhnaV

eboulonto

156

hnagkasqhn

5140

1014

me

3367

Pauls Arrival at Rome

3326-1161

1473

3588

our need.

de
28:11 meta

having questioned me,

anakrinant
eV

1223

3588 5532

the things for

350

Who

630

proV thn creian

ta

3748

oitineV

28:18

2532

etimhsan

kai anagomenoiV

timaiV
hmaV
epeqento

with much honor esteemed us,

Rwmaiwn

3739

oi

28:10

1473

221

3975-1063

you shall see,

28:27 epacunqh

1063

gar

[5was thickened 1For

P R A X E I S

222
3588

2588

3588 2992-3778

2532 3588

tou laou toutou

kardia

2the 3heart

3775

wsi

kai toiV

191

2532 3588 3788-1473

hkousan

barewV

2576

autwn
ekammusan

kai touV ofqalmouV

1they heard], and

3379

[2of their eyes

1492

mhpote

1they closed the eyelids];

3588

idwsi

3788

2532 3588

kai toiV
ofqalmoiV

toiV

lest at any time they should see with the eyes,

3775

917

4of this people], and [3with the 4ears 2heavily

191

2532 3588

akouswsi

wsin

2588

3ears 1should hear], and with the heart

1994

2532 2390

should turn,

and I should heal them.

1510.5

1473

estw

3754 3588

kai

1110

autouV

1484

oti
toiV

umin

2532

should perceive, and

1473

epistreywsi
kai iaswmai

and [2with the

4920

sunwsi

kardia

kai th

3767

oun

28:28 gnwston

[2known 3then

649

3588 4992

eqnesin
apestalh
to

swthrion

1Let it be] to you! that to the nations [4was sent 1the 2deliverance
3588 2316

1473-2532

tou qeou

191

2532

autoi kai akousontai

3of God], and they

28:29 kai

will hearken.

2036

he

having said, [3went forth 1the 2Jews

1722

565

aphlqon

1438

oi

4803

eautoiV

en

3588

And these things

1473

autou eipontoV

4183

1333

2Paul

5space of two years 4a whole] in

2532 588

3650

2784

28:31 khrusswn

1722 2398

olhn
3956

en

3588

3588

4012

peri

3588 2316

thn basileian
tou qeou

3410

misqwmati
4314

1473

to

him,

2532 1321

kai didaskwn

of God, and teaching

*

5547

3326

Jesus

Christ,

with all

3956

meta
pashV

tou kuriou
Ihsou cristou

the things concerning the Lord

3954

eisporeuomenouV
proV auton

3588 932

3588 2962

3588

de

his own hired house,

the ones entering

proclaiming the kingdom

ta

idiw

1531

touV
pantoV

and gladly received all

4having

1161

[3stayed 1And

kai apedeceto

5much

28:30 emeine

7among 8themselves 6debating].

PauloV
dietian

2192

pollhn
econteV

Ioudaioi
3306

suzhthsin

3778

tauta

209

akwlutwV

parrhsiaV

confidence unrestrainedly.

28:28